HANDICRAFT

FOR

BOYS

BY

'X
,-.

FREDERICK

A.

INVENTOR

OF

Author

185

FREDERICK

THE

TELEPHONE

WIRELESS

of'^In"ventingfor Boys''

Boys'

WITH

COLLINS

Book

of Submarines,"

AND

ILLUSTRATIONS

NEW

YORK

A.

STOKES

PUBLISHERS

"The

etc.

DIAGRAMS

COMPANY

Copyright, 1918, by
Frederick

All

Stokes

A.

Company

rightsreserved

OCT 23 1918

.K

TO

MY

CLARENCE

NEPHEW

AND

AND

NIECE

MAY

ZEITLER

life, if

Your

and

parts

haven't

phases

of

well

the

to

in

do

and

this

is

part

of

of

out

it

when

But

for

and

outdoor

body
This
with

playing
get

so

crafts

described

hours

doing

the

hobby
like.

about

and

something

the

of

it, still

There

to

action

(c)

where

any

of

great

jig-sawing,
is

and

of

extent

it is

things

don't

various
all

mistake

your

deals

you

want

and

arts

your
not

spare
to

have

die-sinking

tremendously
in

and

mind

for

using

(b)

constructive.

while
the

engaged

gymnastics

your

printing,

something

visualizing

in

less

of

kinds

chess,

or

written

kind

in

or

neglected

is

only

as

in, for

edge

three

are

in

have

latter

the

to

as

work

sadly

checkers

more

interested

such

elders

your

to

mind

your

chiefly

which

book

to

you

where

games,

doing

are

is

body

your

pretty

enough

want

There

dominoes,

at

often

and

routine.

(a)

instance

where

and

get

you

playing

to

comes

daily

your

ends,

attend

school.

playing, namely
as

it that

will

you

three

first

the

about

say

sleeping

to

see

eating, (2)

(i)

are

is

boy,

average

playing.

for

important

very

and

eating

quite likely

will

to

existence

your

the

like

(4)

word

BOY

these

and

sleeping, (3) working

Now

it

live

you

four

into

split up

THE

TO

WORD

brain

or

ing
fascinatand

then

WORD

with

them

fashioning

THE

TO

BOY

and

hands

your

ought

you

to

it.

do

these

of

of

source

and

that

the
time

things

pick

up

value,

more

to

work

an

engine,
well

you

there

lot

your

of

information

brain

and

like

together
then

and

you

the

whenever

depend

can

occasion

The

Antlers,"

Congers,

N.

Y.

what

may

Frederick

on

while

the
is

same

far

of

learn

connected
them

doing

will

hands

direct

dynamo

at

is

hands.

and

will

and

own

your

and,

it
in

once

you

after

and

planning

eyes

A.
"

of
but

described,

have

them

with

fun

the

them

at

them

made

you

is

only

look

to

time

long

upon

ucts
by-prod-

the

playing

last

spent

pleasure

great

know

Not

been

have

of

crafts

and

arts

efforts

your

kinds

other

from

Different

to

arise.

Collins.

to

serve

CONTENTS
CHAPTER

I.

PAGE

CARPENTRY

WORK

The

Tools

How

Hints

How

to

and
Bit

Use

Plane

"

How

Marking
and

Gauge

Clamps

How
and

"

Use

to

How

Make

to

Good

Hand

Use

to

to

Nail

to

Drive

Make

Glue

and

and
Use

Screws

How

"

How

"

How

Use

els
Chis-

Brace

"

to
to

Gimlet

Screws

Rule

How

"

"

Saw

Use

to

Use

to

Use

to

How

"

How

Tools

of

How

"

Use

to

Tools

Hammer

Gouges

MAKING

Kinds

Using

How

"

The

"

on

Hold

to

"

Need

You

Some

CABINET

AND

Set

"

Nails

Glue-Pot
How

"

Use

to

It
How

Sharpen

to

About

Sharpening

Chisels

and

Auger
How

Edge
About

How
a

SCROLL

"

Make

Joints

Sharpening

Tools

To

"

of

Etch

Wood

Removing
Name

Your
Use

to

Oak;

Birch;

Walnut

"

Corner

Joints

Drawings

Things

"

You

for

Make
to

Tool

About

Make

to

Bench

How

"

to

Make

WOOD

TURNING,

WOOD

ETC

24

Sawing

Sawing

Sawing

Work

Chest

Scroll

Scroll

How

Sharpening

About

Joints

SAWING,
CARVING,

All

About

"

Mahogany;

Working
to

"

Your

of

Kinds

Cedar;

to

"

Bits

Tools

from

Pine;

II.

Care

Tools

on

Plane

Take

to

Tools
Saws

Bits

Rust

How

Your

Outfits

"

Outfit
Use

the

Scroll
ix

Saw

Cheap

Scroll

CONTENTS

CHAPTER

PAGE

Other

Few
A

Twist

A
A

"

How

The

How

The

"

Saw

TO

Fancy

of

Boxes,

FOR

Turning

Lathe

How
The

of

Pliers

Saw

Blades

Designs

"

for

Saw

Lester

Scroll

The

Saw

Scroll
Saw

Works
Scroll

Power
Scroll

Saw

Saw

Woods

How

"

Saw

Outfits

"

"

Trimmings

"

Etc.

Wood

in
a

Pair

Saws

for

Scroll

Work

Scroll

Foot-

Woods

Table

Wood

Scroll

on

Scroll

Foot- Power

Fleetwood

Foot-Power

Get

Scroll

"

on

"

for

Scroll

"

Design

Sawing

Cricket

saw

Stock

Hammer

Trace

Scroll

Files

"

Drill

Small

TO

Things

Saw-Table

Hand
"

Helpful

First
is Made

Lathe

Lathe

Cheapest

for

Attachments
Turning

Tools

You
the

Can

Buy

Companion
Wood

for

Lathe

How

"

Turn

to

Wood
The

Art

Wood

of

Set

Your

Chip

or

Wood

Carving

Carving

"

in

Make

to

Make

Burning

Tools

Necessary

Etching

an

Alcohol

an

About

"

Carving

Woods

Wood

Pyrography,
How

Best

Wood

of

Panel

"

The

"

Kinds

"

Carving

Solid

Tools

Carving

of

Carving

for

The

Carving

the

Tool

A
Lamp
How
Designs
"

"

How

"

to

Better

Outfit

Burn

in the

to

Designs
Coloring
Where

Staining

and

Buy

to

Wood

Stains

"

Ebony

Stain

"

Fumed

Oak
HL

AND

METALS
Your

METAL

Kit
Tools

About

of
"

Tools
Some

Sharpening

WORKING
The

"

Hints
Tools

S6
Various

on

Using

Kinds
the

of

Tools

CONTENTS

xi

chapter

page

Metals

Their

and

Uses

Iron

Iron

Wrought
Steel
Tin
Zinc
Lead

Copper
Aluminum
A

Useful

Few

Alloys

Brass

Type-Metal
Pewter
How

Ideas

Work

Metal

Do

TO

Sheet

"

and
Cutting
Joints
How

Sketch

Your

Work

Metal

Sawing

Seams

Making

"

and

Metals

Solder

TO

First

"

Fluxes
Solders
Bolts

Rivets

and

Finishing

Metal

Coloring

"

"

"

Metals

"

"

Frosting

"

Sheet

Giving Brass
Bluing Brass
Dull Look
Color
a
Giving Brass

Green

Metals

Up

Steel

Bluing

Bending

"

Brass

Articles

Brass

and

Copper

How

"

Lacquering

"

Make

to

the

Lacquer
IV.

VENETIAN
BRASS

PIERCED

REPOUSSE,

IRON,

WORK

PEWTER

AND

Venetian
The

Need

Making

Tools

Dead

Must

Have

What

to

How

"

Materials

The

"

First

Do

Design

Toaster

Work

Simple

Boiler

Plate

Doing

"

Make

to

Egg

You

Tools

You

How

Iron

Bent

How

to

to

Make

for

Iron

"

Make

an

Venetian

Holder

Black

Repousse
Needed

Finish

Work

Work
for

Repousse

Work

"

How

to

^(i

xii

CONTENTS

chapter

page

Prepare

Work

the

Bossing

"

Work

the

Flat

Candlestick

Photo

Frame

Make

to

Make

to

Work
Polishing Metal
Coloring and Lacquering Metals

ishing,
Fin-

"

Work

Metal
Outfit

The

How

"

the

How

"

Design

and

Cleaning

Pierced

Tracing

"

Do

to

With

it

"

How

"

How

Do

to

the

Work
Casting

Working

and

Something

Pewter

About

Pewter

About

"

Cast

to

Pewter

Working

Pewter

Pewter

The

"

Making

"

How

"

sary
Neces-

Patterns

Mold

the

Make

to

"

Finishing

the

Ware
Engraving

that

How

"

Engrave

to

EXPLAINED

SIMPLY

DRAWING

103

Drawing

Free-Hand
Talent

Practice

versus

Draw

TO

Simple

Proportions

Faces

Objects
The

"

Working

Figure

Sketching

Shade

"

"

The
How

"

Lifb

Still

Perspective

in

Point

Vanishing
TO

Figures

Human

Drawing

"

Sketches

Outline

"

You

for

Line

the

of

Draw

to

Pictures

"

Simple

"

Sketching

How

Used

are

Metal

ON

V.

Metal

on

Tools

The

Drawing

Drawings
Tools

Drawing
Working

Making

Have

Should

You

Simple

"

Drawings
Plain

Drawings

"

Isometric

tive
Perspec-

How

Draw

Drawings
Some

Simple

How

Aids
Draw

TO

Spiral
to

Make

"

How
and

Drawing

to

Circle
to

Use

"

Draw
a

an

to

Ellipse

Pantagraph

"

"

How
How

CONTENTS

xiii

CHAPTER

PAGE

Make

TO

How

Reflecting

Make

TO

Tracings

Impressions
Art

Cutting

of

VI.

SOME

KINKS
How

IN

The

To

Blue

The

Fixing

Good

AN

Enlargement

Developer

How
How
How

Make

to

Make

to

Make

Paper

the

Lantern
Slides

How

"

Photographs

Photography

Spirit

Photographs

Fish

VII

How

"

to

Lantern

Lantern

Radium

Trick

Make

Reflectoscope
Magic

Make

TO

to

Reflectoscope

Work

to

to

How

"

Bromide

the

Make

TO

How

"

How

"

Apparatus

Use

to

Camera

for

Make

How

Camera

Developer

Cheap

and

TO

Fixing Solution

Plate

the

Enlarging

How

Receipt for

"

Bath

an

and

of

Dry

Printing
Pictures

Toning

Make

to

131

the

Kind

Develop

fer
Trans-

"

Prints

Fix

Simplest

How

ored
Hon-

and

Pictures

Contact

of

and

Combined

ing
Last-

Required

Kind

Tone

Ancient

Silhouettes

the

Materials

Another

Make

"

PHOTOGRAPHY

Make

to

Board

Decalcomania

of

Transfer

to

To

"

The

"

Pictures
How

Drawing

PRINTING

Taking

"

AND

Way

One

"

to

Caricature
ALLIED

ITS

Catch

Big

Photographs

ARTS

157

....

Kinds

Presses

Printing

of

Self-Inking
Works
The

"

Outfit

Outfit
Press

About

Press
Sizes

for
"

Type

Relative

and

Number

of

Press

the

Prices

Presses

of

"

Need
Press

3x5

Outfit

Parts

How

"

and

You

The

"

for

Type

an

Outfit

"

10

for

Press

Setting
of

Type

Letters

"

Styles

xiv

CONTENTS
PAGE

CHAPTER

of

Type
of

Sizes
Your

Ink

Printing

"

Your

Stock

Art

Making
Laying
Sizing
How

the

Finally

How

"

Pulp

Paper

Molds

The

"

Make

to

Need

You

"

Paper

Books

Bind

Cover

the

Sewing

"

Book

ting
Put-

"

BURNING

SINKING,

DIE

STAMPS,

183

STENCILS

AND

BRANDS

the

title

the

on

RUBBER

ors
Col-

in

And

"

"

Finishing

Making

VIII.

Gold

to

Type

Making

the

and

TO

How

"

Printing

"

"

Supply

Is

Paper

Job

the

Distributing

in

Paper

of

What

"

Rollers

and

The

"

Sizes
Type
Setting the Type

About

"

Type

of

Printing

"

Type

The

of

Table

"

Cases

Ready

Clean

The

Type

Type

Making

Parts

The

"

Stamps

Rubber
How

Needed

Materials

The
Making

Mold

the

Make

to

How

Make

How

"

to

Ink

Stamp

Rubber

Pad

Copygraph

Letter

"

Use

to

Pad

Ink

an

Make

TO

Rubber

the

ber
Rub-

the

How

Stamp

Rubber

How

Vulcanizing

"

Mounting

"

Stamps

Rubber

Make

TO

How

"

How

"

to

Copy

Hectograph

Make

to
a

Inks

Sinking

Die
How

How

the

Letters

Plates,
"

Finishing

Etc.

"

Up

Badge

the

Burning
Ho'W

Sink

to

Name

Badges,

Make

to

Brands
TO

How

Make
to

the

Use

Brand

Burning

Burning

Brand

Stencils
How

TO

Cut

Stencils

Cutting Paper

Stencils

"

Cutting Brass

Stcn-

CONTENTS

XV

CHAPTER

PAGE

cils

How

"

How

Use

to

Make

to

Practical

Stencil

Stencils

Decorative

Ink

How

"

Mixing

"

"

Stencils

"

Use

to

Colors

for

Stenciling Borders
IX.

THE

ART

OF

What

Is

Glass
Use

TO

Glass

How

Tubes
To

To

"

Seal

Tube
Size

To

"

End
How

To

Make

to

Blow

Make

Hole

in

Same

the

of

Side

other
An-

of

Bulb

"

To

"

Make

of

Tubes

of

Tube

of

Ends

the

Ends

To

"

"

"

the

on

Tube

of

Round

the

End

Tube

Disks

Glass

Tubes
Join Two
the
Join a Tube
to

To

"

in

Glass

Is

To

Border

Nozzle

Glass

Cut

Tubing

"

One

Finish

Holes

to

Cut

Burner

Glass

Blow

TO

of

Glass

Btinsen

to

How

"

to

Drill

Ways

to

Bend

to

What
How

How

"

Glass
How

"

How

"

Couple

202

Cut

to

Cutter

Edges
A

"

Tubing

How

"

Glass

Glass

OFF

GLASS

WORKING

Blowpipe

How

"

Blow

to

Bulb
How

Etch

to

The

Sand

Glass

The

"

How

"

Acid

Glass

Cement

TO

Frost

Process

Blast

Ground
How

Glass

Process
Way

Simple

"

Make

to

to

Glass

Substitutes

Glass

for

Mica
Gelatine
How
X.

TOYS

Silver

TO

FOR
How

THE

TO

KIDDIES

Make

TO

Make
a

Nifty

Coaster

Wheelbarrow

Swing
Horse

Puzzle
Truck

Automobile

Swell

High-Low
Stick

227

Policeman's

a
an

Make
A

Mirror

"

How

How
to

Make

to

to

Make

to

How

"

"

"

How

"

How

"

How

Make

Make

to

Pony

a
and

xvi

CONTENTS

CHAPTER

PAGE

Cart

How

"

How
to

XL

HOME

to

Make

Life-Like

Dancing

Wireless

MADE

Make

to

Make

Goose

Sambo

"

How

"

Pup

MUSICAL

INSTRUMENTS
.

The

Musical

How

The

Them

Musical

How

Tomato
The

Play Them

to

Cans

Them

To

"

Play the

Musical

Cans

Musical

How

How

"

Tomato
Make

to

252

Coins

Make

to

Glasses
Make

to

Them

How

"

the

Play

to

Glasses
The

Tubular

How

Harp
Make

to

It

Musical

The
How

How

"

Push

Harp

Pipe

Make

to

the

Play

to

It

How

to

How

to

"

Push

Play the

Pipe
The

Xylophone

Curious

How

The

Make

to

Make

to

"

Play the

phone
Xylo-

Tubaphone

Peculiar

How

It

It

How

"

Play the

to

Tuba-

phone
The

Cathedral

How

Make

to

Cathedral

How
An

SOME

to

How

"

Play

to

the

Harp

Make

Egyptia.n
How

XII.

to

Them

Chimes

Aeolian

The

Chimes

It

How

the

How

to

Wind

Plays It

Fiddle

It

Make

EVENING

"

"

Make

the

Bow

ENTERTAINMENTS

274

...

Cartoons

While

Drawing
Thirty
Glass
The

the

Minutes
of

Wait

You
Cartoons

Chemistry

of

Milk

Vicious

"

The

Soap

The

"

Magic
Bubbles

Mystic

Fountain
"

The

"

Un-

CONTENTS

xvii

CHAPTER

PAGE

Wheel

CANNY

Giving

"

Travelogue
"

Electrical

An

Soiree

Demonstrating
"

Without

Electricity
The

Electrified

Apparatus

Papers

How
"

Person

How

Like

Repels

"

Making

Experiments

The

With

Induction,

Spark

or

Palms

How

to

Talk

on

Making
How

the

Telegraphy
Fun

for

Read

the

the

Engine

Palms

Steam
Model

Engine

Engine
Works

Electrify

Like

Apparatus
Coil

strating
Demon"

Wireless
Reading

to

ILLUSTRATIONS

XX

PAGE

Outfit

An
How

that

the

Tool
in

Burning
The

Chief

Some

How

Sconce

How
A

Punch

How

Pierced

Brass

Pierced

Brass

Home

Made

Tools

for

How

An
A
A

The

Simple

View

Vanishing

How

Find

to

The

Vanishing

The

Drawing

The

The

Plan

The

Box

How

Square

the

Lines

96
98

Metal

on

99
100

Sheet

of
of

the

Horse

and

Race

Horse
.

Body

105

106
107

108

Face

of

Perspective Drawing

Put

109

....

Point

Vanishing

Points

loi

104

....

Boxer

Face

Points
the

^.

and

Man

Human

the

of

Copper

of

Drawing

no

Use

to

in

"
.

Tools
and

Drawing
Drawn

95

is Made

Drawing

the

Profile

The

on

of

93

Pewter

Graver

Outline

View

91

Ware

of

Full

90

Sign

Engraving

Line

Work

Brass

Shade

Melting

Proportions

85

Pierced

for

Pewter

Engraving
Simple

85

....

89

Casting

Hold

to

Work

Repousse

Frame

Toast

Pewter

for

Punch

Candle

for

Ladle

How

84

67

Need

Iron

81

Hammer

Designs

Photo
You

Tools

80
Holder

63

Repousse

Repousse

The

'j'j

Candlestick

Repousse

Punch

Hold

to

Work

79

Plate

Repousse

and

70

Iron

Candle

Hold

to

Venetian

Boiler

Venetian

for

59
Made

are

Toaster

Egg

an

58

Tools

Joints

for

Iron

Make

Artistic

and

Need

Bent

to

An

You

54
Tools

Working

Seams

Useful

53
54

Working

Metal

Metal

Vapor

Design

Metal

Materials

Benzine

is Heated

the

Other

How

Burns

Need

You

Triangle
for

on

the

Drawing

Board
.

Box

in Isometric
for

112

Isometric

.114
115

116

Perspective
Drawings

are

Made
.

.117

ILLUSTRATIONS

xxi
PAGE

of

Sheet

of

Proportions

The

Drawing

Isometric

Paper
Ellipse

Isometric

an

ii8
119

How

to

Draw

Circle

with

Thread

120

How

to

Draw

Spiral with

Thread

121

How

to

Draw

an

How

How

Your

of

They

Photo

The

Pin-hole

Two

Camera

Cheap

of

Impression

Your

and

Hand

125

Great-Grand-ma
127

Camera

Complete

Good

123

131

Pin-hole

and

Used

and

Frame

Printing

Easily Made

122

is Made

Great-Grand-pa
Young)

Were

12a

Used

Board

(Soot)

Carbon

(When

An

and

Reflecting Drawing

Lasting

Thread

is Made

Pantagraph

Silhouettes

Ellipse with

135

with

Cloth

and

Rubber

Cameras

Bands

137
139

Home-made

Enlarging

Apparatus

141

Home-made

Enlarging

Apparatus

143

Home-made

Enlarging

Apparatus

144

Cheaply

Cross

Reflectoscope

Made

The

Reflectoscope

The

Parts

The

Magic

Way

How

of

Coin

Catch

Caricatures
Model

Magic
for

Ready
a

145

the

Reflectoscope

....

Use

for

Ready

Lantern

to

of

Home-made

Photograph

One

of

View

Top

Section

Made

147

Lantern

149

Use

with

150

Radium

152

Cod

155

Made

are

Self-inking

156

Printing

Press

159

Outfit

for

The

Parts

of

How

the

Type

The

Upper

Case

168

The

Lower

Case

168

An

How

to

Putting
Tools
A
How

for

Sewing
The

Stick

on

Bound

Up

Stick

in the
a

167

169

Chase

170

Chase

171

Making

Boards

Book

Arranged

are

of Type

Paper

the

162

165

Composing

Locking

Cut

Press

Type
Cases

for

Frame
to

Hold
a

Model

146

and

Muslin

Cloth

Flap

Complete

177
for

Book

Binding

....

179

180
181

xxii

ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE

Matrix

The

Frame,

Chase

and

Boards

for

Making

Rubber

Stamps
The

184
in the

Type
Matrix

The

Chase.

of

Plaster

Paris

Impression

in the

Frame

Matrix

186
the

with

Rubber

Gum

in

Ready

Place

to

canize
Vul-

187
The

Rubber

Pulling
First
The

Stamp

Ready

Impression

an

Badge

on

and

Last

Making

Steps

in

Burning

Stencil
Glass
The

Letters

and

to

Cut

Cutter

Circular

Kinds

Iron

of

Hold

to

Pane

Two

Regular

Cross

of

of

in

210

Tube

a
a
a

211

Tube

212

Tube

212

Making

Tube
.

.213

Ring

of tht Apparatus

Apparatus
with

Glass

Policeman's

Automobile
for

Coaster

Ready

215

to

216

Use

217
a

Glass

of

Glass

for

Truck

Ready

Bulb

Sand

219

Blast

Together

Put

Etching
for

Ready

220

Etching

221
.

223

or

Will

Now

You

Be

Good

228
....

Truck

Automobile

Swell

218

Glass

218

Bulb

Acid

Puzzle,

the

Blow-pipe

Bellows

Blowing

in

Blast

214

Blowing

Thick

Ready

to

229
Run

230

Coaster
to

205

207

Arrangement

Part

The

Cutter

205

Home-made

Step

for

Glass

Together.

Last

Etching

Point

208

in

Tubes

Foot

Steps

Making

Plans

197
199

Diamond

of

Hole

Blowing

Regular

The

Copper

Blow-Pipe

Glass

Plans

or

195

Tubes

End

Section

First

194

Burners

the

Welding

Sand

Sinking

Cutter

Bunsen

Make

193

of Glass

Glass

Glass

to

The

Die

Stencils

Sealing Off the End

for

204

for

Bordering
How

192

Sinking in the Letters

Vise.

Cutters

Right Way

How

in

Badge

of

191

Badge

Figures

Brand

188

the Copygraph

Flat-iron

Steel Letters

from

Steps in Making

Use

to

Ride

231

On

.'

"

"32

xxiii

ILLUSTRATIONS

PAGE

The

Nifty Wheelbarrow.

the

for

Plans

Ready

Barrow

to

Wheel

234

for

Plans

Ready

Swing

The

Ride

Stick

for

Plans

High-low

the

Horse

and

Pony

High

237

Cross

Banbury

to

Swing

Low,

Swing

to

236

Swing

238

The

Cart.

and

Pony

Cart

When

Done

240

the Life-like

How

Dancing

The

Mechanism

The

Wireless

Side

When

How

to

The

Harp

How

to

Parts

the

How
A

of

His

the

Wireless

of

Dog

Pup

Pup

245

247

Pup
House
Your

or

in

House

Tomato

for

Ready

Clap
Hurry

249

....

Hands

He
250

257

Harp

259

Pipe is Played

The

Bars

Cathedral

The

Harp

263

are

Made

of

Wood

are

Made

of

Metal

Fiddle

Bow

How

the

Fiddle

How

an

First

Principles of

Easel

Simple

273

is Made

276
278

Cartooning

Cartoons

Fountain

265

272

is Played

of Amor,

271

is Made

the

268

Egyptian

How

Tubes

266

Aeolus

an

264
.

Chimes

of

Mystic

261

Pipe

Push

Tubaphone.

The

258

Thrills

Xylophone.

The

254
255

Thousand

Push

Oracle

Spin It

Glasses

Musical

The

to

Can

Play the
a

Coin

Musical

Bars

Three

House

Dog

253

the

of

for

Control

Wireless

The

Plans

the

246

Solenoid

of the Wireless

the
of

Hold

Musical

The

of

Coin

Chopin

The

Floor

the

House

Dog

View

View

Out

Musical

The

244

248

Call

You

Comes

Sambo

in

Slot

Electric

with

End

Front

the

of

Section
Cross
Action
The

Dancing

Pup, the

Spanker

The

243

of the

End

241
242

Sambo

The

Back

Shall I Wander

Where

Gander,

Goosie, Goosie

The

is Made

Goose

or

that

You

Are

You

Can

Do

in Love?

279

280
282

xxiv

ILLUSTRATIONS

PAGE

Making

Hydrogen
Soap

The

Vicious

The

Uncanny

The

Electrified

Gas

283

Bubbles

285

Wheel

Simple

Cross

Chloride

287

Papers

Wireless
of

Section

291

Demonstration
the

Set

Showing

Coherer

294

Construction

Its

295
.

The

Parts

of

the

Hand

Named

According

to

Science

296
.

The

Parts

Working

the

Hand

View

Section
of

Named
for

Drawings

Cross
End

of

Side
the

According

the
View

Engine.

of
The

the
Crank

Arm

Top

View

The

Steam

to

Demonstration

Palmistry
Steam

298
Engine.

Engine
Shaft.

302

The

Rocker
304

of

the

Engine

Engine
Ready

306
to

Demonstrate

309

HANDICRAFT

BOYS

FOR

CHAPTER

CARPENTRY

CABINET

AND

WORK

MAKING

Did

shipwrecked
Well,

on

To

be

finished
a

nobly

you

But

to

is

to

as

get

tools
in

to

in

out

work

for

with
useful

Crusoe

be

in
of
a

and

be

wouldn't
artistic

jack-knife
All

workshop

and

you'll take
with

and

on

room

did.

to

highly
in

while
upon

as

serve

home.

way

things

need

it would

marooned

wood.

the

you

months'

very

looked

be

island

your

few

bungalow.

might

of

use

in

workmanship,

to

worker

light

making

Robinson

some

of

plenty

it

have

the

were

Crusoe

things you'd

awfully

savage

don't

limited

prowess

be

well

and

you

all the

furniture

community
of

and

palmetto

it would

exhibit

if you

Robinson

like

bad

fashioned

your

but

civilized

rare

or

sure

do

you'd

island

terribly

three-room

what

good, strong pocket-knife with

so

have

you'd

furnish

had

be

about

tropical

if you

it wouldn't
time

think

ever

you

lonely

show

to

as

your

keen
own

to

there

where

buy

your

need

you

few

isle

do
is

good

pleasure
hands

as

HANDICRAFT

The

Tools

out

and

for

while

it

buy

is

always

usually of

If you

afford

can

will get them

buy

of

very

buy
regular
tools

should

but

each

the

pleasure lies.

making,
the

few

of

(i)

are

weighing
regular carpenter'shammer.
inch
hickory, with a 2^
hammer

which

handle

the

wedged

goes

off boards

sawing with

about

half

cabinet

for

called,are

there

actly
ex-

should

shown

be

in

Figs.

try

to

the

through

get

of

mallet, made

and

face

is

which

9 ounces,

(2)

clear

the
a

the

hack

Ohio

2.Disston

Tool
saws

are

the

grain, (b)
that
or

saw

Company
kind

16 inch

in

one

and

head

12

to

miter

inches

makes

20

board
saw

for

inch
can
as

long and

good hammers.

get.

crosscut

is used

which

"

grain so

called; it is about
The

tools

cast-steel,adze-eye, bell-

handsaw

across

lengthwise, (c)

any

carpentry though they

first are

at

saws,^ namely (a)

usually called
for

can

is

in.

(3) Four
"

in

and

you

many

used

tools

for

will need

these

and

faced

tools

make

to

joinery are

used

size

best, for therein

little sharper and

the tools you

and

The

go

of them.

more

All

those

as

usually kept

are

same

Now

don't need

you

the finer kinds

as

to

good tools

of

safely.

"

of

supply house

tool

be the very

of Tools.

Kind

The

chest

ordinary pieceof woodwork

one

great mistake

large number
quality.
poor

to

of

chest

It is

"

cheap chest of tools of whatever

there

they are

then

Need.

You

BOYS

FOR

saw
ing
saw-

rip-saw,
be sawed

it is

has

times
some-

about

HANDICRAFT

4
teeth

20

the

to

smooth

(d)

cut.

tapering blade
holes

out

wood.

compass

about

The
than

shorter

of

to

and

narrow,

is used

to

is thinner

saw

with

it than

cut

of

wheels

or

and, hence, smaller

be cut

can

fine and

very

disks,

cut

saw

compass

curves

long

keyhole

it has

saw;

inches

10

blade

BOYS

that it makes

so

in boards, and

narrower

and

inch

FOR

with

and
holes

pass
com-

saw.

(4)
trough

miter

A
of

(pronounced mi'-ter) is

box

wood

screwed

to it but

the box

have

formed

of

without

in

with

bottom

top

ends.

or

two

The

kerfs

little
sides

sides of

they are
of
called,at angles of 45 and 90 degrees so that strips
be sawed
wood, molding and the like can
accurately
or
mitered, to make a corner
joint.
across,
(5) Three planes ^ and these are (a) a block plane
for small lightwork;
(b) a smoothing plane which is
has a handle
and is set fine,that is
a little longer and
the bit,or blade is finelyadjusted for finishingwork;
and
(c) a jack-plane,which is a large plane used for
planing off rough surfaces.
chisels,* or firmer chisels as they are
(6) Three
called.
These
are
regularflat,bevel-edgedcarpenter's
should
be ^, J4 ^^^
the blades
chisels and
V^ inch
saw-cuts

them,

or

as

wide, respectively.

(7)
them

gouges,^

Three
their

full

firmer

or

These

name.

gouges

Stanley planes the best.

I like

Buck

Brothers

Buck

Brothers'

are

noted

gouges

are

for

their

also

chisels.

good.

to

gouges,
are

give
simply

H
WITH
BORING
J9H0LE
BR/^CE/l/iDBir

HOW

/J

SCREWDRIVER

fl N/IIL

13 USED

TO

THE

USING/IM/^RKING
Fig.

2.

G/IUGE
FEW

TO

HOW

TRY SQUARE

THE

THE

MORE

TO
COMMON

/IND
IT

HOW

SET/IHP
HOLD

RIGHT
SH/IRPEN
WOOD

USE

WORKING

IT

W/?r
/? CHISEL
TOOLS

HANDICRAFT

chisels with

curved
be

can

groove

having %, ^
of the

as

ought

Vie

and

Yz

is

and

(9)

maple

of

enough
(11)
a

An

not, hence

its

Two

(12)

for

other

the

and

holes

brace

for

in wood

often

%, %6, %,

carpenter'srule.

try-square with

6,

(13)

largescrews.

two

or

being

are

should

be

least

at

for

Two

apiece.
(15)
6

holes

hand

When

for

startingscrews
or

screws,
are

made

of

or

cut

they

are

about

7 inches

long
They

and

inches

wide.

nail set; this is

buy

auger

steel

bits get

the

gimlets,
are

glued.

are

cost

The

more

used

they should

only

ful
use-

the like.

they are

and

the

and

togetherwhen

after

you

urements
meas-

square

and

as

wood

wood

piecesof

more

clamps

or

better,

or

small

double

bored

screw.

make

to

thing is

graduated in
of one
good

only

not

be

(10)

thumb

brass

try whether

to

is

adjustablehead

drivers, one

called ; these

clamp

with.

rule; this should

is used

screw

Four

bit,

name.

making

(14)

curve

and

Vs,and the other Viq inch in diameter; these

one

blades

the

as

get them

is fitted with

This
but

bore

to

fold

iron bound

with

with

bar of the gauge

the

9-inch blade.

bits.^

boxwood

with

work

to

rounded

in diameter.

four

inch

an

them

regularsweep,

five bits and

or

regular,2- foot,
marking gauge;
i6ths

tool

inch

an

inch

Get

five auger

have

to

board.

that

so

is called.

and

know,

you

You

in

brace

BOYS

cuttingedges

cut

cuttingedge

(8)

FOR

to

they
jaws
open

quarter

punch for drivingthe

genuine Russel

Jennings.

CARPENTRY
head

of

denting

(16)

nail below

the

oil-stone

Washita

inches

keep
(17)

it in and
A

tools

oil, or

is needed

(18)
want

to

for
A

You

quarter

or

can

your
can

brush.

clamp

the

without

make

often

small

you

box

inch

or

to

long

will be

with

cover

the dust.
filled with

can

comes

in

sewing

handy

oil,
good, light lubricating

of Le
own

J^

stone

kind

right

5 inches

oil

other

buy

less,or

or

machine

jacketed glue j)ot

Get

tools.

sharpening your

make

is

on

should

any

small

brush.

cents.

the wood

of

protect it from

so

2m,

and

you

sewing

Fig.

machine

wide

and

large enough
to

surface

it.

sharpen wood-working
thick,

WORK

if you

Page's liquidglue,or
glue

then

% pint can
can

which
round

of

buy

holds

glue-pot and
liquid glue for a

get

cast

iron,

pint for

bristle brush

water-

about

for

40

glue

HANDICRAFT
Some

tools

Hints

easilytell

can

but

How

end

hold

and

in your

that is

it

hand

and

this takes
of

the

jar off

using it surer
wood-

on

When

use

close

How

to

"

thumb

your

I tell you

Hold

"

the

wood

taking it

am

hold

it
to

never

all of

the

sawed

be

to

for

granted that
fingersof your

in the handle

the other side and

on

mer
ham-

Ss,for driviflg
chisels

through the hole

right hand

use

drive nails with.

to

Saw.

Never

the work

kind.

righthanded; put

are

with

Use

left hand

your

you

mallet

the

pounding;

are

makes

and

arm

head, and' need

its

the free

wrist above

and

less tiresome.

mallet

to

wooden

with

use

mer,
ham-

use

from

it is you

of your

of any

work

you

rather

and

willing

^illswing freelyand easily

whatever

or

them

be

you

inches

keep yotin hand

level of the nail

handle

must

When

"

that it

so

hammer

practice.

to

couple of

hold

you

used

I have

should

you

Hammer.

the handle

grasp

Since

"

eliough to

just how

and

Hold

to

BOYS

skilled workman

do the rest

to

Tools.

old

was

you

become

to

Using

on

since I

ever

FOR

the

of

saw

handle

grip the

firmly.
To
to

of

start

guide

it to

will look

way
course

saw.

and

the back

straightbut
between

rest

at

an

the

this does

Stand

not

the

of

where

thumb

your

steady it.

and

down

the mark

put it on

saw

the board

saw

too

the

saw

against the side

so

and

that

your

don't

angle of 45 degrees,that
and

horizontal

apply

to

back

want

you

the
saw

hold

it

is half

vertical.
or

eye

Of

keyhole

CARPENTRY
How

handle

no

rest

Use

to

Plane.

Since

"

right hand

lay your
left hand

your

WORK

the

on

nose

and

lettingup

on

it

on

the tail of it and

of

it.

Make

the

plane

little as

plane has

smooth

over

quick strokes, pressingdown

forward

short,
it goes

as

it

draw

you

back.

jack-planehas

saw-handle
hand.

handle

it is held

and

If there

is

like

knob

no

it

on
a

with

saw

the

on

something

right

your

of

nose

like

it hold

it

it. When
using a
by laying your left hand across
jack plane give it a long stroke with even
pressure and
will take off the

you

How

Use

to

Chisels

properly when
inches

Hold

below

shaving all

groove

the beveled
from

and

at

the

mortise.

it

with

your

the

Gouges

of

left hand.
and

you

when

at

making

the vertical when

from

in the

used

are

chisel

couple

from

horizontal

slightangle

grip

down

edge

hold

To

"

cutting a

slight angle

cuttinga

Gouges.

and

the top of the handle

it with

grooves,

same

way

the

sharp

chisels.

as

How

Use

to

pointed end
be

of
of

handle

crank

the brace
you

start

you

are

and

to

boring to
down.

your

the bit in

bore

the

on

brace

with

Set

"

spot which

exact

bore.

to

are

you

line with
bit

that it is

on

Hold

left hand

your

right hand.

sightthe
see

Bit.

and

the hole

the
with

and

Brace

the bit

of

the center

top handle

up

of

along.

way

thickness

same

Have
your

the
the

the top of
and

after

sides of the hole

both

plumb

eye

and

is to

"

that is

straight

HANDICRAFT

lo

How

Use

to

long

into

again

How
device

The

head

which
is

is

spaced off

rule

one

distance

point.

in inches

making

accuratelyor

have

you

"

wooden
The

bar

bar

is

is

to

near

on

useful

board

end

one

of

graduated,that is,it

fractions

it easy

of

set

the

inch

an

head

like
at

any

point.
hold

the gauge

set

This

Gauge.

and

the steel

from

When

the rule

In

lines
parallel
straight.

on

this makes

and

inch.

an

feet

sub-divided

are

more

or

it is

of

slides

steel

which

of

Marking

off

edge

one

inches

joinery use

to mark

when

is two

misfits.

Use

to

BOYS

rule
carpenter's

i6ths

and

for

will have

"

into

8ths

measurements

you

Rule.

divided

and

FOR

the head

against

the
to mark, press
edge of the board you want
steel point against the surface and
draw
the gauge
along with both hands when the point will scratch a
the

line.
How

piecesof
time

to Use

having a

is used

have
inch

Nail

driven

it,hold

forefingerand

with your

hammer.

the

"

screw

of

drive

After

little at

that is

woodwork.

the shank,
After

end

together with your

it in by hittingthe
the head

you

is within, say, %

put the small, hollow

them

up

parallel.
finishingnail,that is,a

kept even,

are

nail until its head

of the surface
on

togetherbetween

only a shade larger than

head

in

the

"

each

screw

Set.

Put

Clamps.

or

to be held

for the finer kinds

nail set
and

are

clamp and
that the jaws

so

How
nail

that

wood

Screws

Hand

of the

jaws
a

Use

to

is sunk

of your
thumb
nail set

below

the

FOR

HANDICRAFT

12

BOYS

pieces of genuine
Coignet glue into

small
good glue, put some
Peter
Cooper or imported French
the inside glue pot in enough water

make

pot is

outer
to

set

Stir the

boil.

glue until

The

it.

cover

the water

fire and

on

to

in it is

brought
it

it is all melted, when

sewing machine oil. Skim

the glue is boiling.
off the scum
that forms when
In using home-made
glue have it very hot, for the
hotter it is the stronger the jointit will make; further
of the wood
both
be glued
surfaces
to
put it on
togethervery thinlyas this also tends to make it stick
tighter.
have
Tools.
You
How
must
to
Sharpen Your
sharp tools if you expect to do a job like a carpenter
should

be about

thick

as

as

"

or

cabinet

maker.

Sharpening Saws.

About

the teeth with

in

be held
which
When

the

the
that

means

next

one

with

to

would

tooth

one

it is bent

ought

to

just as

be

who

makes

you

at

first.

one

the other

long jaws

be

must

this is done

and

way

the

trifle and

way

set, which

set.

learn

to

well,

Keep

must

saw

vibrating.

is bent

saw

business

by filing

the

with

vise

is filed the teeth

saw

tool called

You

is

that

from

saw

is done

taper fileand

saw

saw-vise,

keep

hand

This

"

file your
a

of

saws
filing

let

saws

this

do

oiled

when

it

but

saws

little better, to

or

your

own

man

job
not

for
in

use.

Sharpening Chisels and

sharpen a chisel or a plane bit put

Plane

About

few

Bits.

"

To

drops of oil

CARPENTRY
Washita

your

on

tool
flat

toward

the stone

on

edge

oil stone

it and

on

or

the beveled

and

it

edge of

rounding

the

it rests

it that

to

see

will make

you

the

and

it moves

draw

from

it toward

be

must

ground

get

it back

hone

and

you,

or

it

move

the

on

it pretty hard

on

on

it as

nick

in

easingup

plane-bitgets
a
grind stone;

out

on

to do

carpenter

then

and

grasp

you

you.

chisel

hands

back, pressingdown

away

When

exactly the right angle

at

both

stone, forth and

one

hold

you,

get it

you

firmly with

as

13

uneven.

When

it

WORK

it for you,

it,that is,sharpen it

if you

on

haven't

when

and

it it

get

you

oil stone

your

as

before.
Get
and

Washita

instead

stone

rubbing the edge

of
rub

you

the stone

grind a woodworking
About

of

cutter

it must

fine file

can

hone

it with

slipof

to

Take

in
them

But

plan

chest
each

if you
to

moistened

or

an

the

on

Never

try

to

wheel.

emery

Bits.

An

"

ordinary
it does

when
the

inside.

for this purpose

of Your
you

Tools.

don't

need

"

to

cabinet after you

gouges

and

A
then

oil stone.

an

dry

of the gouge

sharpening but
sharpened on

used

Care

is nice and
away

be

be

on

Auger

needs

very

How

tool

touchingup

the gouge.

on

Sharpening

auger-bitseldom
the

for the

slipstone

shop
work-

If your

tools

put your

get through

ing
us-

time.
use

wipe
with

them

them

only

off

oil and

with

then

in awhile

once
a

piece

lock them

of

it is

good

cheese-cloth

up where

neither

the

baby

get them

can

the street

show

tools

stand

Etch

tool you

hot solution

Next
melted

Put

y2

touch
covers

Let

add

"4

exposed parts

the acid

solution

paraffinand
steel exactlyas
acid

it.
about.

Be

Do

you
a

not

careful

should, brush
and

is

you

stay

some

stop its action.

not

marked

to

ammonia

scratch

needle

that the steel is

or
posed
ex-

it.

on

into

glass stoppered

the

Shake

into it and
acid

it until the

for

on

half

water,

or

off

scrape

etched

name

hour

an

the

on

it.
you

must

into

water

get

hot

will find your

the

careful

layer of

thin

darning

act

with

poison and
pour

ate,
carbon-

of the steel.

it off

wash

with

it is cold

letters with

the

on,

fingers.

of wood
it,dip a splint
in

saw,

be

of nitric acid.^

ounce

scratched

Nitric

with

can

water

the

the

an

well to mix

then

and

with your

surface

solution

and

water

surface

of

ounce

an

bottle and
solution

soda, in

called

the acid

and

name

the

sodium

or

other

some

finely

very

Clean

"

etch your

paraffinand when
clear through it with
sharp pointed tool so

wax
name

your

to

want

the cleaned

cover

Tools.

on

the cleaned

touch

to

not

off

rust

part; let it

rusted

by dissolvingsome

made

commonly

get the

can

the

on

of your

any

then rub it with

and

Name

Your

whatever

or

Should

"

lime.

unslacked

powdered
To

oil

sweet

some

couple of days

Tools.

signs of rustingyou

by rubbing

across

them.
from

Dust

Removing

girl from

the hired

nor

borrow

can

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

14

it
over

so

the acid
your

on

it

label the

as

as

bottle

it will

clothes, but
this

will

taining
con-

splash
if

you
it

neutralize

CARPENTRY
Kinds

of Wood
each

and

woods
crafts.

For

probably
these

Use.

to

its

has

one

There

"

and

use

than

more

15
are

specialuse
cabinet

carpentry

not

kinds

many

in the arts

making

half-a-dozen

you

woods

oak; (5) hirch and

This

"

is

and
will

(4)

zvalnut.

(6)
a

of

and

(i) pine; (2) cedar; (3) mahogany;

are,

Pine.

WORK

wood

good

for

making things

in

pine and these are

(a) zvhite pine and (b) yellozvpine.
White
pine is very soft, lightand straightgrained
if it is only to sit on
it even
and it is a pleasureto use
fence and whittle it with a pocket knife.
(I wish I
a
make
could
do it again.) You
benches, boxes,
can
other things out of it but
and one
toys and a hundred
general. There

it is too

are

kinds

two

of

cabinet work.

and

soft for furniture

Georgia pine has a fine yellow color,

beautiful
and
a
grain and together they are
very
showy. It is harder than white pine and while it can
be used
where
the latter cannot, it is not
nearly as
Yellow,

work.

to

easy

or

Cedar.

it is

family and
kinds

of

white

cedar.

Red

cedar

cedar

of; it has

fragrant wood

This

"

soft

nearly as
and

these

is the kind

pastelred

to

and

wardrobe

white

(a)

are

color

it is

is about

and

nice
especially

for

the

red

to

want

you

chests, for moths

pirieit

pine.

as

it is this latter property that

for

belongs

makes
do

get

to

There
cedar

are

and

to make

pine
two

(b)

things

fragrant odor and

it a good wood
not

like it.

easiest wood

making

the

to

Next
work

all small articles,

i6

HANDICRAFT

such

BOYS

FOR

glove boxes, handkerchief

as

and

boxes

the

Hke.

Mahogany.
of
and

Also

"

likewise there

and

(a)
mahogany and these are
(b) Spanish mahogany.

Honduras
made

and

of

color than

and

weight

softer

it is much

mahogany

Honduras

is the kind

mahogany

kinds

two

are

cigarboxes

that

are

both

lighterin

and

You

Spanish mahogany.

can

thingsof the better grades of

Honduras
mahogany and, curiously enough, it stays
It is nearly as
glued better than any other wood.
as
pine and it takes a fine polish.
easy to work
mahogany in
Spanish mahogany is like Honduras
name
only. It is a fine,close-graineddark-red-brown
ish
or
yellow-brown colored wood, takes a very high polall

make

and
Oak.
in
should

it

have

the finest kind

makes
This

"

making

an

"

wood

easy

to

their

piece of

This
from

different

in color, fine

wood

oak

work

ful
use-

it takes

furniture

depend

you
on

it

nearly.

of time,

family but
It is light

the oak

to

quiteeasy

used

after

But

can

you

belongs

it is

nice

tools when

and

furniture

grained,so tough

it makes
for

is

and

design of which

cutting edges.

wood

easily broken, and

reasons

wood

the

of furniture

that it will last to the end

Birch.

furniture.

strong, beautiful

all kinds

lose

soon

made

is

of

plain.

be

It is not
on

of nice

manner

work.

to

and

elastic it cannot

fine

polish.

For

these

it is

very

good

and

be

turning.

It is from

the

bark

of

the birch

that the

Indians

WORK

CARPENTRY
their canoes,

made
and

Walnut.

This

"

is

and

work

than

How

to

wood

oak

and

is

and

Make

long ago
it is

The

"

place where

together,and

joinery in woodworking

carving.
working
joint in wood-

word
or

hence

ful
beauti-

It is easier

for

two

tal
ornamen-

else

wanted.

fine wood

for

wherever

and

Joints.
the

fitted

are

the

of

be used

can

showy grain are

means

that

stocks

furniture, gun

to

story

good old English wood;

of wood

the finest kind

color

stick to the present.

must

we

this is

but

17

piecesof

more

the

words

joiner

parlance.

^W

-\^W
fl THE

SQUfiRE

BUTT

OR

JOINT

B- THE PL/JIN L /JP JOmT

THE

x\\S

There

(i) where

which

two

{2) where

corner.

kinds

two

are

of

HOW

chief

edge

edges of

are

joints

kinds

flat surfaces
the

^^

TONGUEPTiD
E- THE
GROOVE
JOim

JOINT

Fig. 3.

Lf)P JOINT

\^^

^^

\"-THE REBPTED

and

BEVELED

of

fixed
boards

Though there are many

joints'!shall only tell you

you

will find the

most

these

jointsand

are

two

made

useful

ways

about

each

to

meet
to

to

make

are,

other,
form
both

half-a-dozen

for your

needs.

i8

HANDICRAFT

Edge Joints.

the

joint; (b)
all of which

joint

three

are

edge joints and

flat,or
butt

There

"

these

the

shown

are

hutted

simply
This

In

nailed

joint is made
each

end

fixed
are

other.
a

the

on

do

this

Joints.

should

square

mitered
box

it true

and

trouble

in

these

of

one
are

lap

neater

the

edge

of

fitted and

they are

the boards

of

lap-jointis
board

one

it

without

the

at

made

and

joints

by planing
in the

groove

There

the

five

are

and

these

lap, or

the

by using

(a)

are

the

lap-joints.

jointswhich

corner

rebated

piecedjoint; (d)

corner

when

the

about

joint; (b)

of all of which

make.

"

know

joint,and

Now

half

of

easily,neatly and quickly you need

this is quite a costlytool,you can
as

well

get along very

you

and

together.

of

surfaces

edge

plane and

Corner

board

that when

so

jointthan

To

rabbet

are

smooth.

and

tongue

are

glued.

or

lap-jointthe edge

fastened

of the boards

better

of

by cutting away

together the

even

boards

abutting ends

the

top of the other

on

otherwise

or

matched

nailed, screwed

unless

simplest form

is laid

board

something else.

to

the

(c) the

Fig. 3.
edges of the

the

weak

very

or

square

in

together and

joint is

fastened

joint

square

(a) the

are

make

to

ways

easy

lap-jointand

In

BOYS

FOR

the

butt,or

joint; (c)

the

dove-tail

common

(e) the regular dove-tail joint,pictures

shown

are

you

make

can
a

in
a

saw

good

Fig. 4.
board

joint you

making anything

in wood

off

straight,plane

will

have

that you

small

want

to

HANDICRAFT

20

it 4 inches

draw
the

FOR

long.

work-bench

The

the

and

BOYS

which

box

tool

made

I have

drawings

follow

of
will

simple working drawings and

the last part of Chapter III explainsit all in detail,so
read it carefully.
When
Things for You to Make.
you have your
workshop ready, your tools at hand, the foregoing
ideas of woods
know
about
in your
and
mind
simple
things
working drawings you can go ahead and make
and your
first job will probably be to make
a bench.
show

how

you

to

make

"

Fig. 5.

How

yard
feet

or

long
bars

cross

be

Make

to

any

AN

EASILY

Work

planing mill
for the

Bench.

and

legs,and

get
two

BENCH

WORK

one

2x2

"

Go

of

thick

to

lumber

scantling12
scantlingsfor the

2x2

the side bars ; the middle

and

kind

MADE

piece of wood.

cross

bar

If you

can

can't

WORK

CARPENTRY

get

scantlingsget

2y.2

the

time

same

thick, 10

inches

the bench

and

4 feet

and

inches

and

Fig 5

four

long;

then

nail, or

of

frame

and

the

inch

four

nail

Saw

piecesfor

scantlings

the

first

feet

legs2

inches

long,

the

to

top of the

on

the end

to

in

shown

as

cross-bar

lay them

them

the

long.

better, screw

screw

or

inches

or

feet 6

of the bench

foot boards,

long for the top of

thick, 10 inches wide

3 feet 6 inches

the frame

middle

feet

cross-bars

up

Build

boards

for the tool board.

side bars

two

boards

will have

that you

so

up

long

and

whichever

have

all sides.

on

get three

wide

two

4's and

get planed smooth

size you
At

21

bars.

cross

5C/?""^v

a?ass

s"cr/o/v

GUIDE

/?

FdONT

l_\^^j/jwnXEC"

NUT

5 f^
=

When

you

vise

wood

have

the

for

bench

your

thus

1"

TO

^COLLAR

WmH"R.

Fig. 6.

7ZZ

\SCREW

SCREW

bench

work

far

QOLUIR

along put

on

the

and

in

Fig.

vise.
A

can

jaws

wood-worker's
be
are

bought
about

vise

for

they open

nearly 12

it to

bench

your

left hand

Fig- 5-

edge

$3.50

inches

is
of

the

on

wide

inches.
to

shown

as

screw

up

at

about

to

and

12

All you
the

rear

have

top of the bench

The

$9.00.

inches

jaw

to
to
as

long
do
the

to

and
fix

front

shown

in

HANDICRAFT

22

tool board

The

is not

great convenience.

feet

end

these

"

shown

as

in

of the bench

back

necessitybut it is

absolute

an

it

make

To

called cleats

are

and

off

round

all ready to make

are

you

and

the tool board

Screw

Fig. 5.

couple of strips

"

boards

off two

saw

together with

long, nail them

of wood

BOYS

FOR

one

the

to

things

in wood.
How

to

chestnut

are

Tool

good woods

lid for

it of

to

inch

make

the

have
inches
not

hold

Screw
to

wide

lid 3

inches

high,

rest

Screw

the

tightenough.
a stripof wood
on;

put

two

or

12

boards
See

tool

and

inches

long.

tool chest of.

the box

stuff; have

carpenter's

or

STRIPS.

12

high,

inches

7a.

your

birch

part of the chest, and

thick

MOULDING

Fig.

Either

Chest."

the box, that is the lower

Make
the

Make

chest

30

inches

inches

together as
Fig. 7.

inside the chest

three

wide

hinges

on

long and
and

30

nails will

for the tray

the

box

and

CARPENTRY
lid and

be

fit

not

of

particularhow

evenly

cover

you

can

and

put

on

fallingback

inches

serve

when

as

you

long

and

Fig. 7.
long and

6 inches

keyhole

your

tray of

in

at

To

on

better

which

is handier

keep

the lid from

piece of

the

hasp

box

chain

this will

and

check.

Finally make
shown

lock

it and

to

front

padlock, or

it,screw

open

lid will

staple on

top and
a

on

looking job.

neater

put

the

or

the

regular chest

it

Fasten

near

can

you

23

do

you

chest.

middle

that

so

makes

about

the

on

in the

the box

the

WORK

the ends

Make

the

out

saw

inches

as

high

handle

grips with
partitions4%

the sides and

Make

saw.

% inch thick wood

or

f\

JF'\

f
"^

ze'k"
Fig

inches
and

high

put

than

get such

the

28^

and

chest

this

chapter

company

macher,
Avenue
you

You

with

can

of

time

buy

any

as

them

or

and

if

you

tool

together

may

so

out
with-

described

or

is not

York

need

and

so.

dealer
one

narrower

forth

I have

Company,
want.

and

you

do

you

hardware

13th Street, New

just what

chest

long, screw

slide it back

town

Schlemmer

tool

By making the tray

each

any

in your

and

your

of the bottom

tools out

"

for

inches

can

you

liftingthe tray
Note.

tray

the bottom.

on

the

7b.

corner

at

tool

in

supply

hand

Ham-

of

Fourth

City, will supply

II

CHAPTER

SAWING,

SCROLL

you

sized

for
work

carpenter

find

tools, and

the

(2)

wood

chief

get these

to

whole

turning;

pretty

of

tools

good
to

do

things don't

be

nor

wood

(3)

and

carving

of

chest

scroll

(i)

are

work
wood-

of

kinds

room

these

of

ones

other

are

lot

making.

there

neither

take

that

it hard

because

discouraged

quite

cabinet

and

if you

Now

and

shop

it takes

observed,

have

may

room

ETC.

CARVING,

WOOD

As

TURNING,

WOOD

ing;
saw-

(4)

pyrography.
Not
but

only

they

make

time

your

and

will

when

be

precisely
and

these

ornamental

you

get

valuable

sawing,
the

your

same

to

hands

thing and
designs

of

out

is called.
24

same

working

factors

as

your

something

you

live.

Sawing

Scroll

sawing

the

achieved

long

as

jects
ob-

art

trains
and

one

three

have

you

the

work

at

these

you

About
fret

the

pleasant

trades

whether

not

or

and

together

All
Scroll

useful

are

eyes

harmoniously
that

of

pursuits

profitable because

are

you

mind,

the

are

and

jig sawing

that

is

wood,

sawing
or

all

mean

interlaced

fretwork

as

it

With

scroll

boards

thin

WOOD

SAWING,

SCROLL

you
make

and

There

is

foot

power

work

with

costing50

frame

saw

saw

the

most

pleasure,of

more

but

scroll saw,

25
and

cents

most

though

longer you'llenjoy it immensely.

scroll
Outfits.
A
Scroll Sawing
"

be moved

to turn

and

up

and

down,

it is

little

very

fine

saw

it takes

is

saw

simple piece of apparatus and it consists of a

otherwise
fixed in a frame, or
supported, so
can

few

exquisitepatterns
dainty articles imaginable.
in using a regular
course,
do just as good
can
you

and

frame

hand

the

out

can

TURNING

that

it

enough

narrow

sharp curves.

Now

scroll saws,

as

I shall call

kinds

and

these

those

run

by foot-power, and

are

(i)

them,

are

of

three

by hand; (2)
(3) those operated by
worked

those

other kinds of power.

CLfiMP
S/)W

3flW

BLADES

BL/iDE
CLfiMP

/JWL

2flWFRfiM"
H/)NDLE

Fig. 8.

and

Cheap

simple

Scroll

and

cheap

Sawing

scroll

sawing

Outfit.

"

outfit

The

simplest

cheapest scroll sawing outfit consists of (a) a

scroll saw
frame; (b) a dozen sazv blades, and (c) an
in Fig. 8.
If it is your
awl, all of which are shown

26

HANDICRAFT

idea

to

you

ought

(e)

brackets

out

saw

have

to

other

fancy knickknacks

of

(d) impression paper/

designs/

sheet

some

BOYS

and

sheet

FOR

and

(f)

some

iron

or

fancy

wood.
scroll

The

frame

saw

is

which
usually nickel-plated,
inches

wide

to

end

one

blade

to

to

put

the

and

clamp

the Scroll

saw

blade

the

of

the

is fitted

the

that

so

saw

frame.

Saw.

first thing to do

The

"

in the frame
teeth

about

handle

end

each

steel bar,

frame

long.

to

tightin

Use

points

forms

inches

12

be held

can

How

is

and

bent

and

be

have

the

is toward

that

down,

to

sure

handle.
Next

piece of

thin

the

mark

design
^^

wood

both

sides, hold

it flat

your

left hand,

grip

hand

and

shown

in

You

are

the

set

and

hold

Fig. 9.
ready

sawblade

down

and

strokes.

You

the

sometimes

to

This

is

See

Fancy

10

York

Both

can

City.

the

to

on

the

"

Woods
be

begin

bought

to

to

give

it

sawing
latter
and

"

paper

Scroll
of

L.

such

the

up

smooth

easilyit
and

wood

turned

so

as

design;

frame
and

be

as

right

your

find how

it

on

table with

the

even

can

hold

smooth

saw

turn

on

is vertical

out

saw

line, jig the

the

carbon

for

blade

saw

surprisedto

advantage

ordinary

the

are

you

out

saw

with

handle

saw

careful

will be

frame

saw

on

now

to

planed nice and

the edge of the

that

so

be

When

works.
not

it

intend

you

little

that the back

is used

for

Sawing in this chapter.

H.
A,
Wild, 171 Avenue

writing.
type-

New

28

HANDICRAFT
with

sides

screwed
This
the

sawed

makes

the

it is

from

grip on

it.

buy

can

end

10.

the

it.

of

the

HAND

board

"

shown

at A

Twist

drill,see

in

than

you

should

inch

thick board
Pair

pliersis
"The

them

have

very

nearly

and
You

SAW

useful

it and

gives you
table

saw

firm

or

you

To

do

have
and

of scroll

set

job

reallyneat

thin

and

saw

made

are

three cornered

and

as

tw^ist drill stock

better

for

they only
can

make

a
a

and

making

holes

cost

cents

50

hole

in

Vs

minute.

pair of flat-nose,side cutting

will go a long way
tool which

Millers
Falls, Mass., makes
Company,
tool companies sell them.

Falls
all

are

you

TABLE

M.ooth part of

in the
"

"

is far

one.

of Pliers.

Millers
and

11,

awl

an

from

1 1.

Stock.

Drill

B, Fig.

in wood

Fig.

wood

the

round, oval, knife edge, half round

as

clamp

^^

for Scroll Work.

should
at scroll sawing you
files are
files. These
long
Files

and

project out

raises

of

cents.

50

end

easilymake

can

for

BOYS

one

SCROLL

surface

You

one

of

clamped to,

Fig.

sawing

of

out

the bottom

to

table

FOR

making

toward

Small

Scroll
these

C in

Hammer.

with

known

finallyget
picturedat

There

(i) Star

as

success.

Fig. 11.

as

"

29

efforts

sawing

And

"

Blades.

Saw

are

and

kinds made

blades

saw

mer
ham-

D.

two

are

small

and

(2)

man
Ger-

blades.

saw

As

at

drive brads

to

scroll

your

shown

pair is

TURNING

WOOD

SAWING,

SCROLL

is

one

good

as

/ITWI ST

the

as

other

by

all

buy

means

DRILL

STOCK

8HS9

SCROLL
YER'S

SfiW

S/JW

FILES

5LPDES

{H/71F SIZE)

D
D
nSM^LL
H/IMMER

FLAT
SIDE
NOSE,
PLIERS
CUTTING

Fig.

II.

Star

blades.

Fig.

in

the

and
of

11,

the
How

smaller

to

draw

your

use.

In

Trace
own

either

the surface

sizes
cents

blade

the

on

smaller

three

larger sizes 15

teeth

from

sizes

but

The

made.

are

The

you

of the wood

to

10

cost

OF/f
PL/iCED
TO

are

tools

shown

are

10

at

Wood.

at

larger sizes

two

dozen.

on

must

you

fiRE

sawing

is shown

designs or buy
case

9/fW

and

Design

TEETH

WIDE /7P^RT
CLE/JN
CUT
scroll

necessary

SOME

THE

cents

The

dozen

spacing

F.
"

You

can

printedready
transfer
the design
going to saw.
them

to
to

HANDICRAFT

30
To

do

this

lay a sheet
impression paper

call

it,or

the

prepared

sheet

Now

with

take

pointed
When

side

is

be

A,

and

thimble

one

other

the

York

H.

L.

and

12

the

of

makes

clock
and

sells for
to
so

"

wood
12

from

range

Cricket Scroll Saw.

scroll

power

you

these

$4.50.

saw

Thumb

It has
work

your

that you
or

that you

saw

can

a
on

$4.50

to

This

"

can

buy
bevel

inlay it with

and

get patterns

can

mechanical
at

signs
de-

in

Fig.

several

are

and

the

$25.

is the
and

table that
a

thousand

the market

on

thread

cases,

There

"

saws

"

glove boxes,

articles you

Saws.

foot-powerscroll

pricesof
The

Scroll

sign
de-

it.

trace

furniture,alphabetsand
the horizontal engine shown
fire engine shown
at B.

Foot-Power

the

the wood

on

for doll
like

design.

Designs in great
Wild, Publisher, 171

cages,

useful

piece of

"

stands, photo frames

pretty and

tacks}^

the

City. Besides

boxes, bird

will find that

Sawing.
of

bought

thumb

of

lines

design

of the sheets

outline

forgot to

you

the

lay

pencil or

you

typists
it,with

as

call

corners

lead

in black

Scroll

New

handkerchief

wood;

the

trace

that is except where

Avenue

the

it all done

for

jig sawyers

fasten

plainlymarked

Designs
varietycan

paper

glue,or, better,with

and

have

BOYS

carbon

as

sharp, hard

bone

you

of

to

next

top of it;and

on

the wood

to

FOR

cheapestfootis the

tiltswhich
that

"

some

is

on

other

that

one

permits
a

slant

kind

of

metal.
tacks

are

short,flat

headed

tacks

used

by draughtsmen.

9rftHORIZONTAL

^T ft FIRE
Fig.

12.

MECHANICAL

STEAM

ENGINE

ENGINE

MASTERPIECES

31

MADE

WITH

SCROLL

SAW

little machine

This
inches

high;

good work

follow
the

as

it looks

what

it is made

which

machines

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

32

weighs 17 pounds and is 33

of lightercastingsthan the
but it will do just about
as
Fig.

higher priced ones.

13

shows

like.

TILTING

T/PBLe^

Fig.

The
has

and

cast

the

crank
The

Scroll

Lester

frame

iron

pitman

wheel
Lester

Saw.

"

with
has

that
the

and

is

This

"

the

SAW

MADE

well

made

SCROLL

FOOT-POWER

CHEAPEST

THE

13.

arms

of the

is,the rod which

frame

several

"

very

are

of

handy

saw

connects

saw,

frame
the

ash.

attachments

and

SCROLL
these

(a)

are

sawdust

the

(b)

automatic

an

which

the

prevents
a

TURNING

saw

Hne

you

clamp

from

blades

saw

are

with

33

which

blower,

dust

the

from

away

adjustablelever

an

(c)

WOOD

SAWING,

blows

sawing on;
hinged jaw

breaking;

and

drillingattachment.

Fig.

14.

THE

SCROLL

LESTER

SAW

LATHE

TURNING

WITH

ATTACHMENT

This
is 35
30

saw,

which

inches

high

pounds.
The

The

Fleetzuood

consequently the

is shown
and

Scroll

Fig.

in the

weighs

lathe

most

in

attachment
Sazv.

"

$10.00,

neighborhood of
costs
$2.00 extra.

This

expensive

14, costs

is the

foot

power

best

and

scroll

It has

made.

saw

is fitted with

tihing table,
A

plain stand

can

fancy stand,

see

be

bought

Fig.

Fig. 15.

How

saw

saws

shown

13 and

grooved

on

wheel

SCROLL

SAW

of

the end

of

fixed

to

very
the

with

with

"

see

like

frame

If you
that the
a

is

spindle,which
it,by a pitman or
a

$25.00.

will

14 you

part

drill and

Works.

frames

saw

It

one

or

for

Saw

inches.

this kind

had

be

can

of

$21.00,

for

Scroll

lower

crank

vertical

saw

FLEETWOOD

have

The

frame.

small

THE

again at Figs.

with
a

15,

Foot-Power

will look
scroll

scroll

i6

nearly

of

swing

blov/ingattachment.
a

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

34

hand
nected
con-

has

rod

enough

against the

the table

on

hard

down

Press

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

36

up

on

the

work

of the

strokes

top of the table is polishedit is easy

and

around

speed

even

an

blade

the

keep

too

fast.

Fancy

Woods

and

do

for

TABLE

on

saw

not

feed the

Saw

as

the

saw

at

against the

wood

Work.

"

Fancy

WOODS
Price

Name

the

Run

SAW

SCROLL

OF

saw;

it

keep

slide the work

to

the line.

Scroll

to

planed

to

per foot
thickness

of

yio to
Poplar, or White
Spanish Cedar
White
Maple
Sycamore
Hazel
Oak

Wood

or

Bass

$0.07

Wood

White

or

White

Ash

Holly

Black

Walnut

Bird's

Eye Maple

Mahogany
Cocobola
Amaranth
Rosewood
Satin

Wood

Tulip
Real

Ebony

These

A, New
Grand

50

bought of H. L. Wild, 171 Avenue

York
City, or of J. Gabriel and Company, 672
Street,Brooklyn, N. Y.
woods

can

be

that

woods

that

Wood

planed

are

is

sides

37

for scroll

sawing

Ke, %, %6 and

of

thick

inch

TURNING

both

on

in thicknesses

bought

be

can

WOOD

SAWING,

SCROLL

is the

best to

^ inch.
for

use

all

ordinary work.

foregoing list gives the

The

chief

the

price of

for scroll

good

Trimmings

pulls,box

nails, that

wire

legs, small

moldings, etc.,

be

can

scroll

specializein

who

dealers

and

screws

is brads, catches, metal

above

the

of

are

hinges,knobs,

hooks, French

locks, escutcheons, turned

bought

Brass

"

and

that

fancy woods

sawing.
for Boxes, Etc.

drawer

screws,

and

common

thickness

name,

sawyer's materials.

And

now

in

of wood
wood

or

to

another

lathe and

the

outfit you

pleasureof rounding
form, no, not if you
Get
than

Lathe

to

try

anything
the

buy

on

to

How

for very
a

or

Lathe

gouge,

wood

with

never

forget the

to

sawing

you

up of

bit of wood

will

live

to

were

turn

that

one,

is if you

to

one

with

and

costs

shapely

thousand

It is far better

"

into

years.

buy

expect

it,for in the first place it is hard

thingsto make
one

chisel

need

First.
make

it with

stick

spin a

it is called.

for scroll

than

shape

nating
highly fasci-

and

this is to

and

wood-work

turning as

While
more

of

in Wood

come

we

kind

Turning

in the second

lathe

to

turn

to

get

you

can

turning lathe

con-

little money.

is Made,

"

wood

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

38

principalparts, and these are (i) the

headsfock; (2) the rest; (3) the tailstock; (4) the
bed and
(5) the standj the first three parts of which
in Fig. 16.
shown
are
four

sists of

PULLEY

CONE

F/)CE

T/?P"R.

CENTER.

PU7T"

ST/?Rr/NG\
WHEEL
SPUR

HBflDSTOCK

J,EST
^^,^

16.

Fig.

head

The

of

is formed
A

frame.
this holds

The
allows

spindle and

while

being

it is

adjustable,is used to lay

so
keep it in position. A

it to be

slippedback

and

at any

point which

gives a rough adjustment,

second

is

and

the

end

and

the

other

the

tailstock

clamped

to

spindlein

is

and

on

the

to

tightlyin place

rest, which
tool

on

stand; it

the

of

usuallygo with the better lathes.

has two adjustments, the first of which

and

long

is screwed

center

wood

the

turning

your

is

spur

bed

the

to

LATHE

TURNING

pulley mounted

cone

The

turned.

is fixed

stock

OF

PARTS

CHIEF

THE

^^^

be

short

has

rest

end.
turned

headstock

These

parts

forth

spindle which

to

and
rest

be
the
on

allows
set

the

center

the bed

the
of

on

and

one

sharp point on

piece of

between

taper

the bed

is threaded

taper center, that is

This

on

wood

spur
the

which

center

of

tailstock.

of the lathe and

this in

SCROLL
is mounted

turn
a

SAWING,

drive wheel

scroll
The

this is driven

and

it is connected

stand.

on

WOOD

by

TURNING
The

by

is fitted with

stand
a

39

treadle

pitman exactly like

with which

foot-power

saw.

Cheapest

lathe you

T/i"

Lathe

You

buy is called

SAW

the

Fig.

17.

THE

Buy.

"

Companion;

The

SCROLL

S/fi/V

WHEEL

CHEAPEST

WOOD

TURNING

LATHE

est
cheap-

it is made

THES/^W

T/JBLE

EMERY

Can

MADE

HANDICRAFT

40

FOR

by the Millers Falls

and

$10.50. It has
turning tools and a 2

center.

When

well and

you

is shown

ready

are

complete

3 inches

in

for

is fitted with

charge.

get it

you

Attachments

Company,

it costs

three

in diameter

attachment
be

may

for

bought

and

larger lathes
Turning Tools

chisels

are

for

^^

turning wood

and

to

four

chisels
inch

lathe

This

lathe

these

bought

with

lathe bed

course

these

tachments
at-

better

money.
tools

of

for

used

The

gouges.

points,namely,

in all sizes

point,

square

in

shown

are

scroll

Of

and

kinds

inches

the

more

chisels

saw

of

The

"

circular

extra.
on

extra

Fig

18.

^4 inch

from

wide.

Gouges also
and

be

can

The

Both

17.

for

point; (3)

round

(4) spear point,and

These

Fig.

Wood.

with

(i) skezv point; (2)

$1.25

extra.

"

6x7

clamped

simply

are

made

be

be had

can

oil it

without

is

table

it costs

in

it up,

Lathe.

wheel

saw

$3.00

shown

are

spur

17.

can

rest,

plate and

turning.

some

Y.,

short

it, set

emery

and

that

face

attachment

straightedge guide;

saw

inch

Companion

inch

Falls, N.

long and

uncrate

Fig.

useful

very

Millers

do

to

the

BOYS

come

in sizes from

parting tool,which

is used

% inch
to

to

up

cut

off

inch,

turned

piece and which is simply a V shaped chisel,can be had

in /4, % and
% inch sizes. These
turning tools are
also shown

in

Fig.

13

Buck

50

cents
Bros.'

You

can

buy

them

fitted with

sharpened ready for use for

can
apiece. You
buy them of hard-

applewood handles
about

18.
and

turning tools for wood

are

counted

best.

SAWING,

SCROLL
dealers

ware

41

Schlemmer

Hammacher,

13th Street, New

and

Ave.

Fourth

of

or

TURNING

WOOD

and

Co.,

York.

^=^
SKEWPO/NT

C
ROUND

POINT

SPE/}R

SQUARE

POINT

POINT

GOUGE

THE

"L

THEP/IRTINGTOOL
18.

Fig.

How

Turn

to

Wood.

reallygood job on
A good thing to try
handles.

The

what

on

you

Take
in the
trifle

face

stick of

larger than
be

and

plateas

This
the

intend

of
to

wood,

drive
shown

done

back-center

screw

or

of

in

Fig.

up

the

is forced

square,

depend
it doesn't

longer and
that

against the

end

tool

some

course,

inches

largestdiameter

one

for.

round

couple

the

will, of

them

out

practiceawhile.

is to make

on

these

turn

can

you

must

you

hand

use

tools

turning

Before

"

your

size

wood

lathe

least matter,

to

is

OF

SET

the

spurs

handle

of

the

19.
feed

into

of the tailstock until

the

end

of

the

wood

HANDICRAFT

42

Vs of

about

within
and

Now

down;

it round

carry

to

power

Fig.

wheel
the
wood

is 5 times

drive

wheel

which

minute.

you

as

the

speed of

and

want

to

comes

going

to

turn

TO

times
to

IN

THE

it up

work

and

LATHE

the drive wheel

will

it will deliver considerable

the

large as

100

WOOD

ROUGH

WAY

RIGHT

treadle

THE

pulley of

THE

20.

that it

are

you

the

on

smoothly

the

wood

so

work.

foot

soon

very

the

for

PUTTING

19.

the rest

clamp

of

ready

put your

Fig.

and

inch

an

are

you

inch ;

an

BOYS

FOR

If

headstock.

HOLD

the
every

turn

WOOD

TOOL

WORKING

pulley and

drive

the

you

treadle

minute, the stick of

will revolve

500

times

HANDICRAFT

44

FOR

ipers,as shown in Fig.

regularsizingtool. To
distance

between

the

21,

or

size the work

of

points

thickness

you

then

the

you

time

to

turn

you

The
is

Carving

Art

caliperswith

want

the turned

part

can

try it from

time

just slipthrough

forms

simple

look

pretty

to

it

be

can

between

Your

it that

of

Carving

get along very

can

set

of

this number

inch, a %
tools and
you

that

see

of these

two

they

turners'

of tools costs

about

the above

is

with

set of

work.

six

of

up

with

begin with

To

"

in itself

combination

turned

Tools.

chisels and

just about

are

and

four
the

inch,

are

!4

carving
gouges,
penters'
car-

as

same

Such

gouges.

you

carving tools.

Yio inch straightshank

are

and

do

to
art

an

some

are

easy

in

and

chisels

set

$3.00.

better set contains

includes

effect

is made

inch and

and

well

once

carving

fine

working
all wood-

of

yet there

at

of scroll sawed

Set

hardest

and

are

While

with

Carving

the

learn

to

at.

used

kinds

some

of

of Wood

all odds

by

processes

so

will

off the

measure

the

points.

the

wood

until the wood

size it with

can

you

rule for whatever

as

BOYS

tools

dozen
as

well

carving tools
as

couple

and
of

this
bent

with
Ys and % inch sweeps, a couple
flutinggouges,
of front bent tools,a straightparting tool,and a veinin Fig. 22; the
at A
ing tool,all of which is shown
sweeps,

shown

as

at

the
B.

curved

cutting edges

are

called, are

The

fit into

which
to

of

tangs

the

prevent

The

best

tools, that

handles, have
from

handles

carving tools

by S. J. Addis
you

these

the

TURNING

WOOD

SAWING,

SCROLL

of London,

shoulders

creeping

and

sharp ends

is the

the market

on

45

splitting.

and

those

are

can't go

you

them

on

made
if

wrong

buy them.

iii||iiii|!iai'j:i!li|lllp|fft.'Jim|ir

j;

GOUGE

BEND

SHORT

CHISEL

STRAIGHT

"ililli|![i||!'fiWff'fi!!fla

P/?RT/HGT00l,

STR/HGHT

CHISEL

SKEW

fl

GOUG".

"END

LONG

GOUG"

BEND

FRONT

TOOL

VEININ6

BENTFILE

"T8

ItSiS

Of

SWEEPS

TOOLS

C/^RV/NG
Fig.

Carving

22.

sharp,but
up
to

with
do

When

KINDS

tools

sharpened but

AND

SWEEPS

they

as

come

OF

CARVING

from

TOOLS

the

makers

honed, that is the tools

not

the inside

an

C/iRV"R!3 M/?LL5T

WOOD

bevel

oil stone

are

of the tools must

slipand

most

wood

are

ground

be rubbed
carvers

like

this themselves.
you

buy

set

of

carving tools

you

also want

FOR

HANDICRAFT

46
to

get

face 2"!^^
inches
its

21,

Also

of

mallet made

carver's

in diameter

and,

shape is quite different

get

^^
with
lignum-vitcE
as

will

you

from

oil stone, and

Washita

BOYS

in

see

Fig.

the

ordinary kinds.

an

Arkansas

carv-

ill
n

Fig. 23.

ing

tool steel, are

A

Fig. 23

and

small

wedge-shaped

of

they

cost

stamps

are

oil-stone.
of

made

stamping in background
in
different designs are
shown
about a quarter apiece.

useful

very

number

work.

is

BACKGROUNDS

IN

markers, which

more

or

STAMPING

FOR

slip,w^hich

tool

Two

MARKERS

mm

for

WOPK
TO
S" CmVED
.////^///^/'

BENCH

^
IT

LEG

/?sm

/^C/}RVERSV/SE
/^H/)NDCLmP
Fig.

To
make
14

and

SCHEMES

24.

for

hold

the work

two

or

heavy.

snihs

more

Lignum-vita: is
It grows

while

you
as

are

wood

tropical America.

CARVING

carving it

shown

greenish-brown
in

when

work

holding

at

A
and

in

can

you

Fig.

is very

24.

hard

SCROLL

little clamps

These

when

couple of snibs
better

shown

and

screw

For

B.

at

wood-carver's

vise

Best

Woods

out

the latter to

use

couple of

shown

clipit with
bench.

your

hand

in relief you

carving
as

47

flat pieceof work

carve

is to

scheme

TURNING

piecesof wood with

through the thick end, and

sawed

screw

to

want

you

WOOD

are

wood

ordinary

an

SAWING,

as

screws

will need

C.

at

Carving. A wood that is

suitable for carving must
be tough, even
grained and
free from knots.
For a beginner,and I guess you are
it
to practiceon
yellow pine is a good wood
as
one,
The

is soft and
to

you

but

will not

beautiful

finer work
are

Kinds
of wood

need

woods

apple,pear,
largelyused.
of Wood

When

cut

you

school

Black

the

to

and

sycamore

"

fine wood

walnut

nice

are

Carving.

There

for

not

to

care

and

ing
carv-

prevent

mahogany
while

carve,

are

for
wood
red-

California

three kinds

was

it's not

your

kind

carving on

of

Most

only the

trying to
.fault.
a

Fig. 25.

primitive attempt

chip carving.

that

in

initials in the top of your

your

made

you

for it but it was

art

is

take

to

and

figurecarving,as shown

called

careful

carving in general and these are ( i ) chip,or

carving, (2) panel or relief carving,and (3)

surface

at

be

the

with pine.
as
splintering
are

must

you

grain.
tougher but it

is much

and

"

work

to

easy

splinterit along
Oak

for

likelyyou

savage

got

at

desk

what
the

is

birch

instinct for decorative

find

expression in you, and so

(But don't do it again.) Any
flat surface

is called

chip

carv-

48

HANDICRAFT

ing, and

it is very

of

some

BOYS

FOR

It is shown

beautiful.

at A.

Panel
the

but

carving
design

ft-PZ/W

is done

is made

Fig. 25.

to

surface
and
To

make

at

it is carved

planted on,
carve

that

lilyof

sinking the

B.

C/?RV/NQ
KINDS

OF

out

is
the

carving

Sometimes

part stand

some

or

also

wood

2"' F/^/^cr pmEL

P/?/V"l

shown

pieces of

by cutting out

FIGURE

ground, as

flat

on

of

glued

when

it is desirable

in relief above

out

separate

piece of

the

wood

on.

valleyor

deer's head

out

of

solid block

of

carving,

using
as

tools and

the next

is not

of wood

an

eye

as

for art

as

easy

have

if you

but

TURNING

WOOET

SAWING,

SCROLL

you

the other

natural
can

49
kinds

aptitude for

succeed

as

well

one.

WTCHGOES

Fig. 25D.

WATCH

CARVED

CASE

HOLDER

Chip Carving. You will need only three tools for

chip carving and these are (i) a /4 inch chisel; (2)
a
parting tool and (3) a veining tool.
to
The
first thing is to get the design you
want
"

carve

on

the

"

board.

To

do

this

you

can

either

HANDICR.\FT

50
draw

the

sheet

the

design you

snibs

the

and

heavier

the

with

the

the

veining
and

"

stand

board

chisels

and

for

the

of

planted
at

To

inch

with

more

two

or

Carve

the

out

the

and

lighter

chisel

cut

to

and

even.

put in.

carving leaves,

of

carved

are

of

out

the

is sunk

ground

face
sur-

jects
ob-

these

transferring,the pattern

or

use
finally

and

The

head

glued
The

varnish

never

with

it out

cut

it is called.

as

veining tool

can

be

to

the

work
it.

and

gouges

the

to

carved

out

ground,

oiled

be

can

or

It is shown

ished
fin-

C.

make

trace

the

kind

the

radiating lines.

on

top of it and

tool

never

like
as

at

polished but

and

are

separate piece of wood

then

the lines clean

before; then

shown

as

board

in relief.

out

as

and

Use

this

the

Begin by drawing,
the

better, lay

or,

work.

tool.

make

In

Carving.
board

for

parting

chip carving grounds

of the

on

bench

your

ready

berries, scrolls and

at

transfer

to

are

sharp

Panel

the

on

paper

to

board

lines

corners

board,

pencil.

you

with

lines

want

lead

Screw

In

impression

BOYS

the

design directlyon

of

it with

FOR

watch

piece

saw

out

thick

and

draw

Carve

the

cross

chipping it; carve

veins

with

piece

for

the
the

holder

case

on

and
the

of

like the

walnut,

the

veining tool.
pocket i inch

other

or

shown

wood,

case

by

design.

lower
leaves

one

of

part
in

the

relief and

Now
thick

saw

and

put in the
out

carve

another
out

the

HANDICRAFT

52
Greek

pyro, which

word

draw

you

The

writing with

with

fire instead.

is called

of iron, copper
is heated

in

you

upon

burns

the lines into it.

you

piece

white

or

hot.

point against the

curved

have

wood

of

need

point which

curved

it is red

the

press

which

with

until

flame

it is hot

When

platinum

or

is formed

This

to

pyrography

chief tool you

The

etching tool.

an

graph,

in

fire,only

Tools."

Necessary

fire, and

means

is

write, that

BOYS

FOR

the

drawn

design

it

and

=::-:^

/7'

TOOL

ETCHING

THE

ZD
How

to

copper

rod

in

THE

Make

an

down

to

point to

Fig. 26

and

How

to

Make

You

make

can

an

the purpose

serve

about

/4 inch

the

Alcohol

alcohol
very

lamp

well.

in diameter

and

of

shown

The

"

Make
make

long; file
at

and

end.

etchingtool

Bunsen

or

an

piece of

the other

on

alcohol

3 inches

shape

Lamp.

an

Get

"

and

file handle

in either

be heated

must

put
an

Tool.

Etching
in diameter

PYROGRAPHY

FOR

USED

TOOL

inch

end

one

Fig. 26.

W/rHH/?NDL"

COA/PIETE

B-

flame.

ink bottle that will

hole

a
a

in the cork

tin tube

inch

long that will fit it snugly. Braid a wick of stringand

hol
put it through the tin-tube; fill the bottle with alcoand

your

lamp

is done.

If you

can

get gas

you

can

Outfit.

Better

Fig.

26c.

bought

for

house

About

make

ready

pine

vapor,

num
plati-

see

C,

can

V/?POR
THAT

BURNS

more.^^

and

buy

can

has

BURNS

TH/?7

OUTFIT

$3.00

you

the

can

them

hotter

BENZINE

VAPOR

If you

have

tool

which

you

are

uses

gas

in

it for

50

less.

or

you

AN

alcohol

burns

and

/JLCOHOL

cents

makes

good outfit which

"

C- /^/y OUTFIT

your

which

53

is less trouble.

and

pointed tool

be

TURNING

^^

burner

Biinsen

use

flame

WOOD

SAWING,

SCROLL

"

own

your
to

designs,but

Draw

use.

basswood

or

If

Designs.

with

good
if not

your

designs on

soft

lead

drawing

at

you

can

buy

soft white

pencil having

blunt

point. Photo frames, plaques,tie racks, collar

and
boxes
out
on
things which you can
sav/
your
scroll saw
are
greatlyimproved by burning.
How
in the Design.
the tool until
Heat
to Burn
it is red-hot, or if it is platinum until it is white hot
"

shown

as

15

Can

Boston,
1"

and

at
be

D.

bought

Hold
of

the

the
L.

tool
E.

as

Knott

shown

at

Apparatus

and

Company,

Mass.

for pyrography
Everything needed
Adams
Co., Cornhill, Boston.

can

be

had

of

the

Frost

HANDICRAFT

54
without

using

point along
When

much

too

burnt

have

you

background by making

Fig.

then

bum

in

This

produces
makes

26d.

the

Fig.

When
the
in

have

you

design

but

how

they
in

are

the

lot of

cross-hatched

design

26e.

stand

burning

become

in

evenly.

burn

in

the

heated

is

the

across

effect which
out

in

burnt

push the

closelyspaced lines;

tool

the

and

design

parallellines

more
a

draw

pressure

lines until

the

BOYS

FOR

in bold

the

first set.
at

tance
dis-

relief.

design

little expert you

don't try it until you

can

burn

can

shade

the lines

evenly.

Coloring

and

Staining

Wood.

"

Stains

and

dyes

SCROLL

of

colors

all

Stain.
of

grained

used

with

on

been

give

it

the
dull

name

with

it
of

saucer

tight
on

of

box

brown

fumed

real

will

or

inky

other

look.

After

be

it

make

any

ebony

should

the

close
Put

the

stain

ebony
with

polished

with

it

color
oak.

for

colored

be

can

ammonia
leave

and

holly,

saturated

wax

finish.
Oak

in

it

brush.

wood

Oak.

putting

it

Reynolds

and

wood

white

soft

"

take

S5

York.

and

gives
a

used

Fumed

lid

the

on

it

wood,

solution

Devoe

New

ferrous-sulphate

When

black.

is

the

Street,
Brush

TURNING

"

solution

by

of

bought

Fulton

loi

Ebony

to

be

can

Company,

has

WOOD

SAWING,

paste
a

tight

is

beautiful

fitting

the

up

couple

which

of
known

lid

in

which
the

around

cracks

days

brown

when

by

it
the

will

trade

III

CHAPTER

is

There
makes
it is

just

as

that

shape wood,

there

Then
metals

and

Metal

classes

as

strong
Your

do.

working

don't

need

you

cost

very

useful

enough

working,

things

which

object

an

divided

be

can

( i ) the

are

strictly practical,

but

purely ornamental,

wood
table

often

can

you

utility

both

possesses

need

tools

ought

you

of

about

metal

work,

ordinary

have

to

chapter

filing,
a

As

etc.

bench,

or

in

good

do.

Tools.

according

you

do

to

this

in

you

drilling, bending,

will

Kit

tell

to

you

sawing,

If

wood
these

and

in

that

tools

working

to

tools

of

about

thing

make

soon

intention

is my

certain

it is to

as

kind

right

yet

merit.

artistic

such

good
tools

like

the

(2)
them

combine

the

can

working,

two

It

and

them.

and

and

is the

you

for

pay

into

fellow

elem^ents

the

have

you

another

is

that

and

much
to

is, if

these

to

it with.

do

to

fashion

to

easy

appeal

strong

that

metals

working

about

something

tremendously

WORKING

METAL

AND

METALS

get

To

"

to

all of

work

the
those

56

kind

metals
of

I have

you

work
listed

will
you

below

need

intend

you

METAL
will have
of

kind
is

nearly all
job that

full

quitea

don't

need

just get
kit is

and

buy all

to

as

all of

You

but

however,

once,

have

must

any

them

fifteen dollars.
at

you

do

to

following list

includes

of

them

of

time

The

up.

kit which

need

it until your

complete.
Kinds

Various

The
tools

come

may

57

tools you

neighborhood

tool at

the hand

and

one

in the

will cost

WORKING

For

of what

made

are

your

hammer

Tools.
than

harder

tempered

are

of

which

wood

is known

kit of machinists'

working
tools

working

tool-steel.

as

tools get ( i

about

weights

Metal

"

ounces

ball

this

"

pein
is

(2) a pairof 4 inch side

regularmachinists' hammer;
cutting pliers; (3) a pair of 8 inch tinners' snips
which

makes

saw

frame; (5)

saw

blade; (6)

holding

inch

in

hack

hand

(4)

jeweler'sadjustable

frame

saw

twist

(8)

to

drill stock

drills from

Morse

diameter;

with
to

drills

hold

steel

machinist's

steel square

with

2%

inch

for

chuck
inch

Mc, %2, H

inch

8 inch

an

%6

8ths, i6ths, 32nds and 64ths of

into
a

cut;

shank

round

Four

(7)

inch

ameter.
in di-

%c

and

rule, graduated

inch; (9)

an

blade; (10)

pair of 3 inch spring dividers; (11) a pair of 3 inch

inside spring calipers;(12) a pair of 3 inch outside
calipers; (13) a center punch; (14) a No. i set of

screw

cuttingtaps

handle

and

%2, %6, and

(15)

dies,this

and

five taps and

set

five dies

contains

which

cut

stock

or

%4, %4,

%2 inch in diameter.
few

files

"

flat,hand, round

and

half-

SNIPS

TJNNERS

FL/?T NOSE

S/DE

J? ROSE

tiOSE

PLIERS

GU/?GE

COUNTERSINK

OIL

RE/JMER

y? TJJPER

OF

/? l/V/RE

LEVEL

/? BENCH

ROUND

FL/ITNOSEPUERS

PLIERS

CUTTING

SET

COPPER
/?NP
SOLDERING
L/fMP
/?LCOHOL

SCREW

T/?PS

/?ND

CnN

/?A/E" O/L5T0NE

CUTTING
A7JJCW/V/STS

DIES

Fig. 27.

THE

CHIEF

METAL

58

WORKING

V/5E
TOOLS

6o

HANDICRAFT
in

round

FOR

shape and the smooth

useful; (i6) several

the most

BOYS

and

second

drivers, small and

screw

large; (17) a solderingcopper that weighs

pound; (18) a can of solderingpaste, or you

solderingfluid yourself,and

which

I told

burner

Bunsen

machinist's

want

pound

is nice

and

hold

to

and

When

cut

you

get

blade

saw

prefer

heavier

the

work

of metal

in

close to the
use

of

and

rest

it.

of

little pressure

saw

with

and

sheet

cut

ordinary pair.

an

metal

with

them

your

bench

and

on

Metals

to

snips are

can

you

that

let
you

thicker

are

sawed

by using

frame

you

for

machinist's
have

the vise
on

fine
hack

the part you

so

or

use

(5)

"

For

put the piece

want

that it will not

the outward,

special

for metal

work.
saw

should

jeweler'ssaws

Brand

vise and

jaws

this

as

with

Tinner's

(3)

heavy

be

can

scroll

Fish
use

of

be sawed.

frame

jeweler'ssaw
I

end

pein

of the rivet

thick with

handle

metals

in

ball

bits of metal

leverage on

must

(4) While

( i ) When

"

evenly and you

(2) Side cutting pliers

shears

sheet

and

better

%2 inch

than

in

shown

are

direction

well.

inch

the

the end

bend

an

blade

the lower
can

%2 of

to

up

tools

use

round.

piecesof wire as
simply large powerful
metal

make

can

alcohol

an

Tools.

the

down

off

cut

these

in every

it out

spread
useful

are

of

Using

on

to

make

can

All

lamp,
in the last chapter,or
supply of gas, and (20)

rivet something

to

the hammer
will

have

V2

about

28.

Hints

Some

(19)

make

to

if you

vise.

and

Figs. 27
you

how

you

will be

cut

to

saw

vibrate;

cuttingstroke,

METAL
and

let up

for metal

kind
too

the

crowd
the

hard

which

You

oil

can

it is

will

you

with

can

in cabinet

close

for

enough,

than

%2nd

your

measurements

of

steel square

to

don't

try

to

it will cut

at

is better

carpenters'try

in

rule and

down

to

it should
for

iron

inch

not

be

for

way

but

(8)

make

small

work

metal

will find it

you

are

more

work

inch.

an

whereas

Vie

machine

every

square

drilHng

accuratelywith

wood

%4th of

to

In

more

work

inch, and

an

not

point.

work

metal

factory
only satis-

careful

and

turning.

much

measurements

or

the

are

mighty

be

the drill

on

you

these

drill stock

measure

steel rule than

than

back

saw

cutting faster than

drill into

keep plenty of
a

the

work,

the

on

speed with
(7)

draw

you

usingftwistdrills,and

In

press

as

teeth.

dull the

(6)

it

on

61

WORKING

quite

expensive.
the
(9) The
advantage of spring dividers over
ordinary kind is that you can set them very accurately
and they will stay where
In scribinga
set them.
you
circle with
your

center

from

(10)

pair

punch

of

dividers

first

mark

this will prevent your

as

used

calipersare

inside diameters

of

cylindersand

(11), outside calipersare

you

with

center

viders
di-

slipping.

Inside

the outside

the

of

measure

caliper with
thing. (12)

anything

that

distance

between

your

rule

find

center

measuring the

the

like,and,

used

is round.

the

to

for

punch

is

In

the
the

for

versely
con-

measuring
either

points of

diameter

useful
alvv'ays

your

of
to

case

the

make

62
a

HANDICRAFT

FOR

with, for it can't be rubbed

startingpoint in metal

off

sight of.

lost

or

(13)
with

taps and

of

set

of whatever

in metal

metal

work

screw

cuttingtools

becomes

things if

you

When

you

dies

it is next

and

the

tap, the

hole

in

be

trifle smaller

than

the

threads

the

then

The

give it one

half-a-turn

backward

be

method

on

with

rod

holds

iron

for

make

metal

of

must

of

course

tap; the

the

stock

and

as

turn

the

stock

and

cut

you

tinuously
con-

forward

complete turn

will be

you

the

and

good when

less

oil

of

softer

die.

the

on

metals

the

case

tap

cutting

are

you

in the

hole

the

plenty

use

brass

these

piece of

metal

die ; in this

little larger than

of

set

the tap.

same

threads

All

diameter

but

break

to

apt

in

don't

metal

the

in

forever.

impossibleto

to

the

called

handle

around
and

have

cutting threads

are

joy

threads

screw

got them.

haven't

tap is put into

is

if you

easy

cut

to

kind

with
a

BOYS

rod
In

ing
thread-

die, but

or

lubricant

must

is not

needed.

(14) In
cutting

or

filingwork
stroke

stroke
teeth

of

ease

the

for
saw,

and

that

press

teeth

is,so

down

of

that

file

the

on

up

file

outward

the

on

are

the

on

like the

set

is made

the cut

turn
re-

on

the

stroke.

out

you

small
are

file

can

filingin

edge of the bench

vise and

the

held

be
the

other

but

file held

in

which

heavier

hand

one

can

work

firmly by

the

be

and

the work

rested

must

handle

on

the

be put in
with

one

METAL
hand

the

and

putting in

In

(15)

the

of

of

IS

new

be

on

and

with

inch

put

blade

will

use

fit the

the

fingers

the

largest

solder.

resin

brown

be

used, if it

is the

wide
and

the

of

the slot out

of

tin it

To

thick,4 inches

some

slot in the

the blade

soldering copper can

be tinned, that
must

coated

about

long,

it

one,

it must

board

always

screw

twistingthe edges

from

shape.
(16) Before
a

guided by

this will prevent

screw;

screw-driver

whose

size screw-driver

head

and

hand.

other

of your

steadied

end

63

WORKING

point of
get a pine
6

inches

bits of

solder

and

it.
File off the copper

bright

and

make

It is

it is
a

on

the

point is sharp

the board

on

all sides

and

copper

until

with
a

and

melt

then
rub

it and

film

of

it is

the

solder

is

it.

on

(17)
than

solder

in them

formed

heat

smooth;

the resin and

copper

until the

to

cheaper to buy
make

it but

you

stick of
can

solderingpaste

easilyand

cheaply

good solderingfluid by dissolvinga teaspoon-

ful of sine chloride in

an

ink bottle full of clean

water.

the tip
heating the soldering iron keep it near
alcohol
of the flame; if you
use
an
lamp don't have
burner
the wick
Bunsen
too
a
high and if you use
adjust the openings in it until the flame is as nearly
In

invisible
About
tools you

these

can

as

you

can

get it.

The only metal working

Sharpening Tools.
the twist drills and
will need to sharpen are
oil stone.
be sharpened on
carborundum
a
"

HANDICRAFT

64

the beveled

Hold
and

of the

edge

it to and

move

FOR

fro, being

drill

perfectlystraightup
sharpening it.
Metals
has

its

you

are

uses
especial
going to

should
There

Iron.

formed

This

"

it is pure

which

means

that it

It is hard

give
is
or

drawn

small

without
iron

in it and

be hammered
than

of

and

you

are

metal

what

metal

you

couple of alloys,
mixing two or more
a

in detail.

you

useful

metal

into
iron

wire

without

for

These

substances

properties. For
in

carbon
but

this makes
or

drawn.

can

by heating it

be cast,
red

hot

to

iron

breaking.

or

little carbon

it easy

of

be hammered

it cannot

or

work

S'teel contains

then

cast-iron

it; this kind

forged,tempered

and

in iron

instance

danger of cracking
very

breaking.

tains
nearly all of it concarbon, silica,phosphorus,

elements.

has

have.

we

it is ductile in

cracking,and

out

of

useful

most

wrought iron but it has less carbon

iron ; steel

the

silverycolor,is very tenacious,

tough ; it is malleable, that is it

into molds

cast

Wrought
can

percent of

other

to

keep

each

kind

the

for

most

get pure

to

large amount

drawn

these

it has

it different

good

woods

will find the

you

without

be

sulphur or

to

depend largelyon

to

as

that it is

can

Like

"

the stone

while

down

by melting and

be hammered

has

make

is the

When

can

careful

it will

and

I shall describe

and

very

and

Uses.

together,which

metals

point on

five chief metals

are

are

drill

it of.

make

which

their

and

BOYS

and

other

stances
subit

because
more

than

bon
car-

cast

hardened

suddenly cooling it.

METAL
Tin.

This

"

is

well

so

white

it is

like silver,and
into

out

WORKING

found

the Tin

from

What

there.

it is used

Tin

looks

that

sheets

and

it

much

very

mered
ham-

be

can

which

know

you

rust

is

sheet

oxidize

or

because

the ancients
it chiefly

they got

ordinarily call tin

we

covering

as

places but

many

Islands

thin

plate,that is
not

thin

in very

called Britain

does

malleable

so

very

that

tin-foil.

as

It is not

tin

metal

65

largely used

iron

with

coated

other

for

is

metals

really

tin, and
because

it

in air.
in

alloys such

making

solder, type-metal, pewter,

It

etc.

has

soft

as

low

very

melting point.
Zinc.

is

This

"

is sometimes

found

combination
When

with

it

can

be

again.

Zinc

is easy

Lead.

for

alloywe
This

"

into
to

and

know

is the

and

though it

usually found

temperatures

instance

to

100

cut

bluish-graycolor.

in

when

it behaves

it is cold

it

degrees Fahrenheit,^'^
sheets and
rods; curiously
150

degrees or

200

when

mixed

it gets

over

with

copper

it

brass.

as

softest

metal

It is very

known

heavy

and

and
melts

it has
at

temperature.

i'^

200

the

to

it is

state

different

to

it is heated

brittle

metal

elements.

easilyrolled

though when

forms

at

white

pure

ways;

but
quite brittle,

low

it is heated

is

in

in

other

in various

bluish

The

this
years

Fahrenheit
country.
ago,

thermometer

Fahrenheit
and

he

invented

scale

was

the

is the

German
mercurial

one

generally used

scientist

who

thermometer.

lived

HANDICRAFT

66
Lead

the

will read

you

of

one

was

there.

BOYS

FOR

earliest metals

the

Book
been

It has

Job

of

used

making water-pipes,utensils, etc.,

made
Romans
weights of it. Since
easilyhammered

be

rolled

into

largelyused

Copper.

This

"

and

in

metal

of

before

for the chase

tools have

art

bronze

iron

been

color, has

even

made

were

found

that

to

It does

saw

not

United

in the
It is

fairly

high luster, is

iron

and

of

copper
ancients
but

the

and

trades

as

ships,the conducting

in

making alloys, such

other
but

metal.

it is

so

Copper is

tough

that

it

drill.

oxidize

graduallychanges

drawn

and

use.

in the arts

tin is the

weapons

by the
tempered now,

into

came

apparatus,

and

of copper
made

were

steel is

as

which

easily hammered
is hard

in

state

pure

utensils and

known

was

war

electrical
of

i\merica.

largelyused
Copper is now
for the sheathing and
bolts

as

in

Superior

Lake

reddish

lost when

parts of

of 25

pewter is made

is found

metal

Chili, South

and

tempered
was

lead

parts of

80

50

ductile.

malleable, and

Long

other

75 parts of tin.

large quantitiesaround

and

of

parts of antimony; and

parts of lead and

hard

be

can

of 50 parts of lead and

is made
tin; type-rnetal

parts of

States

it

or

it

soft

so

forming alloyswith

in

metals, thus solder is made

20

it is

drawn.

or

It is also

and

ancient

the

and

shape

any

tioned
men-

immemorial

time

from

in

can

it

will find

you

if

and

known

and

in

dry

takes

on

air but
a

in moist

layer of

air it

carbonate

of

68

HANDICRAFT
All kinds

Type-metal.
"

cool after

never

lead

and

this is the

which

if you

want

the

engines and

and

they

edges of

the

so

the

is

parts

will

expand

and
and

beautifullyclear

so

little parts of machines

cast

do

can

it melts

at

iron

an

of 80

alloymade

an

like you

it in

melt

can

and

antimony

to

As

using type-metal.
you

is

why type

reason

sharp. So

mold

when

shrink

of metals

parts of

20

BOYS

sharp.

very

type metal

Now
of

into

being run

castingsare

FOR

good job by

low

ladle

temperature
kitchen

the

over

fire.
Pewter.

tin and
used

This

"

25

for

How

to

about

come

will be

said

about

and

with

others

First
to

The

to.

make

make

first has

to

do

what

size to

when

you
a

When

Ideas.

Your

object which

sketching it

on

and

have

you

first

paper

cut

how

alloy and

so

"

know

you

there

metals
will

are

bear

with

drawing

them

nearly anything

you

and

the

and

try

themselves.
To
have
that

start

out

in mind
can

you

without
see

just

it will

look

it,is the first step toward

ing
be-

shape it, and

finished

that

if you

to

working the metals

an

again

vogue

this

propertiesof

you

Sketch

hold
house-

and

into

Now

"

things which,

in mind, will enable

want

Work.

the

little

much

was

chapter.

Metal

Do

tools
other

few

will

it in the next

to work

days

table-ware

it

and

More

of

all kinds

making

hope.

of 75 parts of

is made

parts of lead, in Colonial

utensils
I

alloy,which

how

disappointedboy.
you

get

an

abstract

idea

for

design or

WORKING

METAL
machine

that you

rule and

compasses,
J

penciland

and

paper
of

take

form

concrete

drawing

dimensions, of each

sizes,or
when

put in

to

is, make

that

scale

to

want

69

it out

draw

it and

mark

thing is done.
By roughly sketchingthe object,or, better,by
else

traced

having
shape

dividers
is thin

sheet
then

Should

with

it in

stencil

hold

to

How

and

wood

this

Seams

blade

just

as

and

sharp
the

an

easilypunch
it out

simply
a

you

design

open

can

metal

saw.

be

hole

saw

you

in

to

it

jeweler's

would

sharp

thick

too

small

though

with

very

the part with

scroll saw,

hack

cut

or

drill

or

may

out

have

vise.

Joints.

"

The

next

thing to

do

explained in Chapter V.
will be
in Inventing for Boys, by the
Fuller
directions
found
A. Stokes Company,
N. Y.
present author, published by Frederick
21 See
Chapter VIII.
to

make

out

saw

in

way

the

the

snipsif

your

or

you

is

After

"

thick to be sheared

hole

punch,

should

with

the metal

Making
20

in
then

can

frame

pieceof

make

terials.^'^
ma-

scribed it with

or

with

it out

do

design

with

jeweler'sor

your
to

But

cut

you

awl,

an

chisel,which

cutter's

the

out

If it is too

center

your

or

or

in thin sheet metal

chisel. ^^

punch
saw

with
want

you

kind

of any

cut

enough.

it out

saw

punch
can

you

marked

the sheet of metal

on

center

your

Cutting and Sawing.

"

otherwise

or

want

you

point of
your

Work.

Metal

Sheet

ing
mak-

working drawing of it before you

will save
time, patience and
you

accurate

anything

and

be

the

an

cold

the

it should

part just as

working

drawings

is

having

after

depend
in any

The

together.

put them

the

where

event

again

metals, but

of the

piecesmeet,

is to

this will

do

you

the thickness

largelyon

very

way

metal

pieces of

different

the

out

cut

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

70

or

seam

joint

be made.

must

soldered

piecescan be lapped and then

in Fig. 29
at A
together as shown

riveted

or

the

is thin

If the metal

'/////////

SE/fM

C-LAP

^-GPtOOV"DSEflt1

RJVETED

"

{"" BUTT

BUTT

W-CORNER
JOINT
Fig.

or

you

the

however,
either

and
nuts

on

A
or

and

make

can

rivet
as

hutt

strong

brazing

or

the

way

is thick
bolt it

shown
scam

at
can

to

skill to
make

at

make

can

you

made

are

shown

as

SE/iM

OVERfOLD

joints

seam

together with

If,

B.

lap

seam

having

screws

C.
be

made

edges together but

considerable

Another

and

folded

metal

them

seams

metal

HOW

29.

\^- C/RCULfiR

J-CIRCUUJR
SE/fM
FOLDED

\-CIRCULm
LAP
SE/IM

SCREiVED

"
PIECEDJOINT

GPOOVEDSEfiM

JOINT

BOLTED

G-BUTT

F-BOX

LAP'

BOX

JOINT

do

butt

by

hard

it takes

good job

seam

of

two

of

soldering
hot

flame

this kind.

thick sheets

METAL
of

metal

rivet

then

shown

making

sheet

be

is thin

seam

the

thick

you

can

and

form

shown

at

G,

When

or

sides

of

be made

as

both

them

as

bolted

of

edges
E

pictured at

as
or

folded

if

or

when

or

if the metal

at

the

they

together;

shown

shown

How

ends

tubes

on

seam

at

as

or

Solder

soldering metals
if you

soldered

screwed

the

screw

in

pieces
it

to

thick

pieces is

it and

metal
the

that

so

be

can

the

of

it

more

or

as

enough

other

piece

H.

lap

as

to

and

cylindersyou

shown

I,

at

circular

the

will not

After

"

you

oxidizing

must

and

to

require

Metals.

is to

use

you

Fluxes.

thread

inch

piece of

cornered

joint

one

Me

say

or

overfolded

can

circular
as

seam

K.

at

solder

are

three

thread

at

circular
seam

metal

butt

putting
a

When

joints one

drill and

the

shown

as

metals

both

over

drill and

can

then

edges together and

plate on

riveted

put

can

which

make

bent

pieces of

corner

it

their

enough.

If

to

be

soldered,

grooved

you

corner

should

can

the

strip or

with

71

D.

at

In

them

lay

is to

WORKING

right kind
have

you
use

any

make

fluxes

flux, but

flux

if the

the

and

proper

trouble.

the metal

stick.

to

be

from

Different

kinds.

tinware

parts

surfaces

the

solder

different
new

and

in

secret

perfectly clean

cleaned

the

of

of

great

flux to prevent

soldering bright

resin for the

them

have

have

The

"

are

use

old

powdered
then

scrape

HANDICRAFT

72

them

clean

and

solution.
chloride

well

full of

inkbottle
muriate

of

muriatic

acid and

This

it dissolve

water;

warm

ordinary

of

soldering fluid

it will rust

as

of

cent,

of

in it

lead

10

the

flux

It is

good

off from

for

for
iron

solder

To

all
or

per
cop-

and

lead, pewter

tallow, Gallipolioil

Venice

or

scraped bright and

90

pentine.
tur-

all metals

before

clean

alloy

any

successfullyfor

be used

can

is

acid and

of muriatic

cent,

per

zinc with

solder

to

they

soldered.

are

Solders.
fluxes

so

Just

"

also do

certain

as

these

metals

soldering tinware

For

part of tin and

soldering lead
formed

of

pewter

which

use

fine

melts

at

is

need

part of

require given

metals

specialsolders.

fine tinner's

part of tin and

terer's solder which

lead

plumber's
2

low

flows

parts of lead.

composed

For

best.

solder

temperature

made

solder

which
To

solder
a

use

is

pew-

of 3 parts of lead and

part of bismuth.
Bolts

to

flux

For

use

provided they are

make

good

quickly.

very

water.

Resin

of

clean

be used.

can

of

is

be washed

them

only kind

solution made

with

small

can

you

copper.

but it must

work

sal ammoniac

per

or

in

"

zinc

of

zinc clippingsin
by dissolvingsome
the solderingfluid add some
to make

zinc

kind

The

chloride

^inc

of

5 cents' worth

of zinc

tin,iron, steel,brass and

steel

flux

it.

to

water

use

is muriate

which

"

and

make

To

BOYS

FOR

and

Rivets.

be fixed together

Where

"

so

that

two

they

piecesof
can

metal

be taken

are

apart

WORKING

METAL

again, machine

good kind of rivet

tinner's rivets; they are
length of %2 of a inch.

for

down

hammered
forms
be

slippeddown

small

it

on

wood

with

bar, or
round

bent

the

over

paper

or

put

with

can

burr,

length

can

down.
be

can

metal

sheet

it into

put

shape

Metals.

cloth

emery

off the
with

on

be

sharp

part is

can

of

corner

be bent

to

thick

metal

in your

use

piece of
vise

be

bent

an

iron

pair of

sheet metal

and

pounding

hammer.

Of

"

to

rub

all the

course

with

up

surface

out

file; then
the

use

rough
emery

file marks

by polishingit

and

with

cus
cro-

cloth.

Coloring Metals.
metal

and

out

peined

pound

sheet

the

over

be smoothed

finallyfinish
^^

bend

and

of

by putting it

edge

must

in

To

pliers.

nose

Finishing Up
parts

it

small

very

flat

or

be

^/4 inch

either be

can

is called
then

"

piece

pounding

if

have

mallet.

edges of

either by

and

point spreads

the end

form

metal

iron

as

stores.

Metal.

or

wooden

The

can

hardware

Sheet

Bending

boUs,^^

or

is known

rivet

the

as

work

of

Now

it and

over

most

at

small

washer, which

Copper-rivets as
bought

them,

on

made

that

so

burr, or

nuts

useful.

found

will be

with

screws

73

"

things that

Many

greatlyimproved

3^ou

in appearance

make

by

of

ing
color-

them.
22

Machine

Luther
23

H.

Crocus

screws

and

Wightman,
is

powder

bolts

for

model

work

Boston, Mass.
made

of

iron

rust.

can

be bought

of

HANDICRAFT

74

Billing Steel.

First

"

soda.

Now

blue, in

want

to

sand

and

heat

they

2^4 drams

mix

of

in %

calcined soda
add

Brass

ounces

of
and

be

25

the color you

Giving
of

of

and

be

can

solution made

given
lows:
fol-

as

of

ounces

this solution

to

Stir well, filter it and

^V-idrams

tartar,
in

% pintof

of

then

sulphite
hypoit is

when

water

solution

of

ounce

an

Suspend

solution and

in the

then

Dull

Look.

mix

V^

and

sal

of

moniac
am-

the articles

boil it until you

on

the

all other
Ave.

and

First

"

of

ounce

in 4

paint the

it off,oil,dry and
and

Make

"

of water.

ounces

zvhite arsenic

Fourth

Color.

Green

wipe
Amend,

in

of

it takes

This

pair

them

brass

pint of water;

until

2*

want

you

piecesof

dissolved

Brass

brush

with

get

want.

thoroughly;
Use

of

clean

dry,

oil.

copper sulphate, %

greened

ounce

full of

use.

Giving

to

it is you

antimony sulphideJ^^ 2

drams

of soda
to

color

of kermes.

2^

it with

ready

the

are

by puttingthem

Stir i!4 drams

half

caustic

of

whatever

articles around

Polished

"

solution

or

clean

and

fire.

into clean

BillingBrass.

articles

hot

pan

over

the

drop them

fine color

iron

them

until

tweezers

in

screws,

an

moving

Keep
then

the

put

BOYS

polish the

by immersing them

them

FOR

proper

clean
iron
of

ounces

rust

and

muriatic

articles with
dull

the articles

^/4

acid.

this solution
Then

appearance.

lacquer it.

chemicals
i8th

can

be

Street, New

bought
York.

of

Eimer

and

CHAPTER

VENETIAN

IRON,

REPOUSSE,

AND

BRASS

iron

work

time

ago,

tools

few

and

ought

you

and
to

Venetian

iron

of

strips

fixing

then

and
called

this

sconces,

end

The

of

into

only

it

do

to

thin,

bending

scrolls

and

with

together

objects

such

lanterns

and

brackets

and
be

can

for

tools
a

pair
nose

2-foot

This

rule;
means

as

egg

with,

narrow

other

shapes

iron

little

clamps

boilers, candlestick
them

hang

to

graph
photo-

on,

out
with-

creations

artistic

and

helpful

made.

You

Tools

round

25

consists

need

you

it.

at

way

frames

(i)

work

them

and

long

binders.

In

few

hand

iron

do

ornamental

Italy,

materials

your

wrought

of

Venice,

to

easy

inexpensive

try

kind

in

vogue

it is

as

Work

useful

most

into

came

WORK

Iron

Bent

and

pretty

VERY

PIERCED

PEWTER

Venetian

IV

flat

inch

(4)
that

nose

inch

the

vise;
pliers

(5)
are

76

work

pliers ;2^

pliers; (3)
a

will

You

"

iron

Venetian

making

of

Have.

Must

and

(2)

inches

of

very

these
a

are

pair

of

four-fold,

box-wood

pair

need

tinner's

long.

snips

VENETIAN
and

(6)

The

You

Materials

Need.

The

"

%2 inch thick soft iron stripsand

are

stripsfor
The

largest.

all

designs except

stripiron

pricesrange

be

can

from

16 cents

to

% inch.

the smallest and

in coils of

comes

^^

bought
%6 and

the

use

of

is made

work

this

general it is the best practiceto

inch wide

the

which

widths, namely %, %6, %, and

in four different
In

all of

Fig. 2y,

in

shown

77

rivetinghammer,

small

IRON

25 cents

50
a

feet and

coil.

BINDERS

COIL OF WROUGHT
IRON
Fig.

Then
are

in

STRIP
MATERIALS

30.

you

of lead

will

need

hundred.

wire

scrolls and

FOR

VENETIAN

package

Complete*

Also

g^i

for with

these you

circles you

intend

straightenthem
26

NEED

YOU

of

merely bits of stripiron cut off and

in four widths
Fig. 30, they come
cents

10

LE/JD
FOR
MEJ^

out

and

IRON

WORK

hinders
bent
and

these

"

as

shown
about

cost

couple of 3 foot pieces

can
quickly form the
to

make

of

accuratelymeasure

training outfits for Venetian

work
be bought of Hammacher,
Schlemmer
and
can
Avenue
and
York.
13th St.,New
manual

WIRE
SORING

iron, then
off
bent

the
iron

Co., Fourth

iron

of

length

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

78

need.

you

They

cost

cents

strip.
What
first

The

thing

object you
How

to

work

start

with

straightlines.

then

full size and

31,

strips
latter

the

and

"

Now

measure
an

forms

the frame.

extra

stripsare

to

the

to

bend

the curved

Lap
side V2
it with

there

that

and

cut

off three

in

Fig.
side
in-

the

and

frame

exactly how

sharp

the ends

of

two

are

long each strip

end

rest

the

and

frame

place where
Fix

and

corners

pointswhere
flat nose
pliers

off the
your

your

round

pliers

nose

parts of the frame.

of the

the

stripforming the frame on

the jointby putting a binder
lighttap with

your

on

hammer

up.

of the

beyond the

use

and

iron

long strip that

the

mark

and

bent

will look

if you

stripsof

lapping

done

pliersand

your

one

for

inch, fasten

an

tighten it

Now

and

chieflyof

shown

as

out

be

bend

handle.

it

the

measure

This

to

that

of

find

inch

allow

will

good piece

be.

should

the

it is formed

will observe

you

"

is

This

plan

the

of paper

iron.

because
a

and

tools

your

sheet

on

of bent

Draw

"

get

Toaster.-"

Simple Design.

you

draw

to

Make

to

after

make

to

are

Making

"

do

to

together is

materials

of

First.

Do

to

again

at

Fig. 31,

will

this end

sets

strengthens it; put

in the

it is shown

in the left inside

on

so

in the handle
binder

on

see

and

right inside stripprojectsup

of it and

put the binders

you

of

each

drawing including the

bent

that the

stripwith
rough

ends

binders

will be

VENETIAN
the

inside,file down
with

over

with
or

soft cloth and

Wo

Nang

Fong

then

present it to Pietro

whoever

or

oil,polish it off

sweet

some

all

toaster

until it is nice

cloth

fine emery

it with

smooth, rub

and

79

rough places,rub the

piece of

IRON

it is that

Hilda

or

presidesover

the kitchen.

Fig. 31.

How

to

Make

toaster

you

are

little harder

of work
The
matter

three

is

an

USEFUL

ready

egg

picture may

to

to

Having
hand

design

for

the

made

something

at

piece

next

your

boiler.
look

of fact there is very

parts

toaster

"

try your

^ood

iron

Boiler.

Egg

an

and

bent

the egg

little complicated but

little to it.

boiler and

holders; (b) the legs,and

(c)

these
the

There
are

(a)

handle.

are

as

only

the egg

Each

of

HANDICRAFT

8o
four

the

FOR

holders

egg

is formed

just large enough

iron

it;lap the

and

ends

that

so

put

on

BOYS
of

an

egg

binder

stripof
will slipthrough
to hold the joint
ring

or

tight.
Mark,

34

bend

inch, for the

an

then

and

off and

cut

bend

the

half

ovals

stripsto

Fig. 32.

HOW

to

This

done, loop the ends

ring

and

hold

them

is shown
Each
to

the

binder
at

and

B.

them

press

in
at A

the ends

place.

which

on

fit the

make

hard

The

an

way

rests

egg

of

the

egg.

boiler

half

each

stripsover

the

shape

egg

an

of

down

of two

oval

over

the

with

your

pliersto

egg

holder

is made

in

Fig. 32.
and pressed on
leg is a short stripbent over
rigidby putting a
top of the ring. It is made
on

it and

To

make

bend

to

the

one

of

handle

the
take

it to fitthe outline shown

half
a

ovals

piece of

at C ; then

as

shown

lead

wire

straighten

VENETIAN
it out

and

Bend

the

with

that

off

ends

of

round

your

and

the

press

polishthe

egg

the

length.

same

and

shape

it up

phers.

four

furthest

are

stripof iron of
it over
/4 an inch

nose

join the

Now

loop

cut

81

IRON

rings together with binders and

ends

apart

as

boiler and

of

the

shown

handle

File,rub

at B.

give it

to

the

to

on

the

chef

rings

up and

with

your

compliments.
How

to

this

make

Ys

drill, a
which

Make

plate holder
inch

twist

described

are

Venetian

in

Plate

will have

you

drill, and

Chapter

add

to
center

III

Holder.

"

to

To

"

hand

punch

your

"

list of

tools.

Fig.

The
the

egg

33.

AN

plateholder
boiler

but

ARTISTIC

VENETIAN

is of

more

as

you

PLATE

HOLDER

simple construction
have

emerged

from

than
the

"

82

HANDICRAFT

kitchen into the

fine

to

depend

design
the

on

the

Find

cut

Fig.

the

ring and

Now
use

of

allow

drill %

for the
it and

on

to do

legs as shov^n

in

very

Fig. 33,

off

of

the

plate

legs with

the

full size and

paper

the

34.

find the

Likewise

will have

you

four

diameter

length of
and

measure

of

BOYS

ring.

the

Drav^

dining-room

It consists

job.

riveted

FOR

your

stripsof

SCONCE

for

it is to
lead

iron

v\^ill

this

hold.

wire

and

accordingly.

candle

length of iron stripsit will take for

i

inch

legs,half
drill four

inch
holes
way

holes

or

over

in each
between
in the

for the

lap joint.

stripyou

intend

the top and

to

bottom

ring at equi-distant

HANDICRAFT

84

with

on

neither air

and

black

word

and

When

form

to

means

in

when
relief

sheet

on

to

The
has

one

like

end,

Then

HOW

35.

number

tools

repousse

is

as

30
serve

of

work

hold

blunt

shown

at

the

well.

For

which

in

repousse

rounded

other

Fig. 35.

hammer

chisels and

B, Fig. 35,

markers
are

These
design in the sheet metal.
cents
apiece and a set of eight or
you

portant
it is im-

but

jeweler^shammer

it is shown

to

of

it flat and

of

the

emboss

will

face

or

use

rightkind.

peininghammer;

Fig.

about

this kind

hammer

repousse

to

want

you

"

for

the

use

word

producing designs in
by hammering it on the back.
Very few
Repousse Work.

for

needed

are

spoilit.

of

process

metal

Needed

Tools
tools

the

mean

you

will

dead

be

re-poo'-say) is a French
and repousage (prorelief,
nounced

the

re-poo'-sazh)is

put it

Work

Repousse

(pronounced

it will

dry

moisture

nor

Doing
Repousse

BOYS

turpentineand

it with

brush.

soft

thin

thick

If it is too

FOR

called

needed

to

tools cost
ten

tools

the bolder parts of the work

REPOUSSE
boxwood

punches

always

35B.

How

PUNCH

to

32

and

pewter

To
metal
28

or

Brown

Can
of the

be

how

and

steel

punches

are

r\

r\

"

for

repousse

The

kind

is cold-rolled

hold

to

Sharp

work

wooden

sheet

repousse

gauge,

and

ready
block

bought of

Frost

designs

but

work

of

metal

copper

''^^

punch

brass, aluminum

also be hammered.

can

get the
to

but

Work.

work

to

Fig. 35c.

No.

punch

and

Prepare the

is easiest

that

used

^^

mmD

Fig.

be

can

85

for the finer work.

used

.^

WORK

with

the
cement

piece of
made

Brothers, Park Row, New

Co., Cornhill, Boston, Mass.

Patterson

Adams

fasten

as

sheet
folYork,

melt

lows:

stir in

skillet,and

or

until they
paris,^^
ful
in a tablespoon

Take

board

it is stillhot
down

hard

cemented

and

while

the cement

Pour

the sheet of metal

press

it will be

it;let it get cold when

Design.

the

of

sheet

the

on

it

firmly

it.

to

Tracing

design

so

the board

on

12

by nailinga strip
inch higher
that it is %
an
tray of

of the board.

on

and

wide

inches

thick, lo

inch

it

the surface

than

which

resin

of

and

tallow

stick better.

make

around

wood

of

of

each

long and

inches

are

the cement

will make

Burgundy pitch in an iron pan,

i
pound of dental plasterof
Then
put
thoroughly mixed.

of

pound

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

86

by

means

pencilor
can
begin to trace
straightand curved

the

design by punching it with the

you

paper

the

drawn

have

you

either

metal

transfer

of

After

"

with

edge chisels.
hold

To

right,grip it between

finger,let

index

and

chisel

gently on the shank

annularis,finger rest
C in

at

laying on

it

sheet

gentle taps

2"

you
This

it

hold

the

tool

on

the

sheet of metal

your

third,

or

shown

as

or

but
at

in

the

the

fine

rate

the

of

about

can

be

not

strike

through the
succession of light,

go

clear

100

tracing nice and

plaster and

Do

Fig. 35.

punch may
instead give it

will make
is very

at

long,thin and springy

index
with your
finger

is

by the end

shown

as

the tool hard

and

and

of

of the hammer

handle

you

metal

medius, fingerlie

or

Fig. 35.

The
and

next,

your

thumb

your

minute

or

even.

bought of

any

dentist.

so

REPOUSSE

over

enough
Then

or

the other

Now

hammer

the

relief

of the

or

punches

numerous

the

the

plate

when

and

it is hot

again, but this time put

use

boxwood

your

the

other

or

copper,

matt

can

you

traced

it off of the cement.

side down.
and

punches

have

chisels hold

flame

it to the block

cement

87

you

the

Bunsen

take

can

you

After

"

design with

alcohol

an

bold

the

of

outline

Work.

the

Bossing

WORK

shown

metal, into

with

ground

steel

or

one

any

B.

at

ThERlNGFOR
TH^ CmOLE

C/?NDLEST/C/(

THE
THE

DESIGN

ON

WHENDONE

THEMET/^L
Fig.

How

36.

Make

to

good pieceof work

at

Flat

for you

simple,artistic

once

make

it,cut

draw

making

out

spiderand
a

Punch
bodies

REPOUSSE

bee-line

the

Candlestick.
to

start

more

6%

his web
for

insects

it

as

with
with

and
shown

is

because

less useful.
inches

poor
at

This

"

with

or

sheet of brass

the 'outline
of

and

candlestick

square

little flyor

in

your

chisels

your

molding

it is
To
and
two

Fig. 36.

and

raise

tools.

the
The

HANDICRAFT

88

ground

left flat

be

can

When

marker.

is 5 inches

4%

cut

then

rivet it to

groove

cut

in

corner

brass

the tongues

then

and

all

How
frame

to

Make

the back

of

with

over

with

get it,or

Photo

it

cut

be

can

other

kind

of

you

of this

front

silver

German

sheet of

liard
bil-

C.

complete at

made

polish

green

or

over.

brass

The

cut

it,slip

on

piece of

"

circle in

them

any

Frame.

out

long and

some

of brass, copper

be made

can

bend

It is shown

at hand.

have

and

the slots and

can

candle

brass, cut three slots

bottom

the

cover

sheet.

Scribe

B.

at

and

by hammering
wood; bend it and

3 inches

and

shown
of

cloth if you
may

that it

so

up

it

the

holds

high

as

through

of

of the brass

the candlestick

Rub

scallop

% inch wide

brass

of hard

block

inch

of the sheet

corner

them

bend

middle

ring which

the

make

three tongues

out

done

bossing

stripof

raise the

long;

it in

stripof

the

square.

inches

To

put it in with

can

you

snips and

your

the handle

For

or

have

you

edges with

the

BOYS

FOR

tin

or

brass.
You
and

with

round

or

fancy. Suppose
inches and
A

in

surface

the oval

Fig. 37.

the

make

opening 3%

Draw

of the metal

and

size you

want

them

work

or

of

5 inches
the

it into

trim

as

it 7x9
shown

design

you

to

at

the

I have

shape as

the metal

until after

square

or

in it to suit your

outside

transfer

or

previouslydescribed.
Do
not
cut the opening
the

opening

oval

an

you

round, oblong

frame

the

make

can

sheet to

have

ham-

REPOUSSE
mered

it

this draws

as

the

finished

front

brass, 5 inches
the
as

of

edge
shown

at

Solder

the

solder

and

end

for

6 inches
both

and

After

out.

back

89

of

it of

have

you

sheet

long, and

tin

bend

edges %

the side

or

over

inch

B.

edges

stay,

the metal

make

wide

one

WORK

the back

to

stand

or

of the

the back

on

frame

of

and

it.

This

then
com-

SOLDER
TO

THE:

B/fCK

OFTH"\
FRONT

THE

H/JMM"R"P

THE

FRONT
Fig.

in it between

them
To

clean

and

stone

red

with
of

with

alcohol

the

stone

with

work

and

slipped

on

which

German

and

mix

soft flannel

off the rotten

rub

metals
machine

some
a

be

can

the back.

of these

then

rouge.

frame

photograph

and

any

pad made

polishwipe
and

photo

OF

FR/^ME

Polishing Brass, Copper

rotten
a

the

front

clean

with

repousse

and

To

"

dampened
some

2)7'

the

Cleaning
Silver.

THE

frame

pletesthe

B/?CK

some

oil and

dered
powrub

rag.
and
a

oil

perfectly

chamois
you

have

skin

put

HANDICRAFT

90

Frosting, Coloring
will
in

find

recipes for

Lacquering
finishingarticles

Pierced
is

metal

art

make

The
are

by all odds
work

and

little and

very

Metal
the

in these

styles

won't

you

Do

to

few

need

THd

is

work

practiceto

any

materials

The

include

and

all

but

cost

reallypretty.

It With."

indeed

easiest of

simplest and

the finished

Outfit

very

You

"

Work

good job; then the tools and

Metals,

and

III.

Chapter

This

BOYS

FOR

These

Tools."

(i)

pear-shaped

M/JLLET

c
/? TR/^CJNG

POINT

MODELING

TOOL

38A.

T/iCK

z:^^
b-

Fig.

THUMB

"

MODELING

TOOL

STIPPLING

/JWL

THE

TOOLS

YOU

NEED

S
FOR

n
PIERCED

BRASS

WORK

stippling;(2) a tracingpoint; (3) a couple

modeling tools; (4) an awl with a tempered point,

mallet
of

and

for

(5)
Fig. 38.
You
sheet

metal

folder, all of which

will also need

of carbon,

or

(a)

sheet

are

of

impression paper;

shown

at

designs; (b)
(c)

dozen

in

or

HANDICRAFT

92

FOR
then

designs separately and

transfer

and

them

cut

yourself.

out

outfit for

An
as

BOYS

60

little as

brass

or

them

for

and

cents

for

bought

of

number

buy

the

designs stamped

of

or

be

can

can

with

each,

cents

25

you

cutouts

copper

work

any

German

silver

on

for

50

each.

cents

How

lay

pierced brass

to

the

Do

sheet

the

The

"

with

metal

of

board

drawing

Work.

thing to
design on it

the

fasten

and

first

there

it

is to

do
on

with

your
thumb

tacks.
with

Now

YiQ inch

about

The
that

all

small

and

leaves

but

over
are

the

modeling

after

modeling tool and

design

is then

background

the closer the dots

a

have

you

shape

up

and

at

all there

is to

the actual

you

have

After

this

the leaves

the vein

on

awl,

look.
in the

put the veins

to

done

the

hard

the

sign.
de-

use

larger

whatever

or

the

be.

may

do

the

punched through, and

prettierit will
tool

of

stippled with

not

grip the tool in

edge of the leaf

To

little holes

punch

apart all along the outline

is, dotted

Use

stipplingawl

your

this

the

same

made

time

hand

and

force

ease

of

work
the

polish,put it on a little wad

off the remaining marks
and

your

up

and

it.

on

This

is

piercingbrass.
cheese

then

it

it in toward

design take
of

press

brass

some

cloth

and

polishit with

rub
clean

cloth.
Since
work

the

is very

brass

or

thin you

other

metal

will have

to

for
back

pierced
it up

brass

with thin

WORK

PEWTER
shades

wood, although candle

can

be used

is shown
one
a

for

at
a

and

toast

Venetian

^6 is

they

as

bent

shown

at

and

other

design

are.

93

for

candle

the finished candlestick

panel that
iron

be

can

hanger

hung

which

articles

small

at

shade

C, while

the wall with

on

I described

on

page

D.

.1
/6

"sr
Fig.

380.

Casting
Since

BRASS

PIERCED

and

nearly all metals

Working

fascinatingprocess

and

SIGN

Pewter

excepting tin

high melting points,it is hard

have a regular furnace.
Pewter.
About
Something
a

TOAST

you

to

melt

But

"

can

do

and

them

lead
unless

have
you

castingmetals is
it by melting 25

HANDICRAFT

94

parts of lead and

an

75 parts of tin

alloycalled pewter.
This
alloy is as old

eleven

centuries

home

in every

Then

German

right,for

hausen, Germany,
formed

of

or

tion
inven-

19th

nearly

tury
cen-

every

of

those

good old hard

but

it

nickel,zinc and

is

all for

it is

entirelyout

went

copper,

Hildburg-

at

silver at

it is not

tin,

silver,which

first made

was

alloys
of

is formed

German

and

ing
for mak-

cheap processes

use.

there is

But

dignityand

of the other

none

revived
made

to

How

of

metals

common

these

to

Make

Pewter.

have

You

can

you

live at

able

to

get the

"

do

by sending to the Conley Tin

West
York, and
25th Street, New
they are quoting pig tin in blocks
iron

you

have

ladle, see

the lead and

Fig.

39,

over

Foil

at

easily

not

may

be

however, get

Company,

521

the present time

75 cents

the tin melt

the

any

wherever

town

you

at

of
can

you

can,

be

being

now

know

but

home

it may

glory.

not

plumbing shop but

tin so easily. You

it

When

are

all its former

get the lead in your

any

and

efforts

for

days
produce it again in

one

beauty about pewter that

place where you can buy pewter

make
the alloyyourself.

an

ten

of

the

in

metal, which

antimony,

all

for

age

of

used

were

glass and

britannia

and

copper

golden

forms

civilized country.

pottery and
as

hills and

beginning

the invention

came

known

the

say

utensils

pewter

"

the

BOYS

togetherwhich

the

as

before

is to

that

"

of

FOR

pound.

the lead in

kitchen

fire and

PEWTER
skim

off the

come

to

both
thus

formed, which

with

sweet

well

other

is softer

and

into any

shape.

soldered

of

lead,

that is at

to

31

it

solder

and

it

Cast

203

Pewter.
is

cast

the

Paris

making

Bismuth

be

can

tallow, Gallipolioil

melts

of 9

it

be hammered

can

tin and

at

worked

because

or

is made

parts of

his-

degrees Fahrenheit,
than

that at

in which

pewter

degrees less

The

"

way

by making molds
metal

into

them.

of

iron

But

is

can

you
and

do

using

molds.

any
a

brass

and

good job of castingpewter by making

plasterof
In

be

can

boils.

pouring

very

Pewter

presentlysee
of

make

PEWTER

part of

temperature

water

is usually
and

flux

is oiled
so

turpentineand pewterer'ssolder,which
This

How

MELTING

"

alloy

want.

metal, only easier

will

you

by using

muth.^^

which

as

that

pan

you

ductile,hence

more

part of

malleable

be cast

can

FOR

Pewter.

the

pour

stickingand

thickness

LADLE

Working

like any

Venice

IRON

39.

then

and

oil, to keep it from

Fig.

After

put in the tin.

is pewter, in

sheets of it of whatever

It

then

stir them

melted

About

95

dross, that is, the impuritiesin it that

surface, and

the

are

WORK

kind

reddish

of
white

castingsyou
metal.

need

flask,

HANDICRAFT

96
that

is

Fig.

40;

wooden

the

the bottom

these

bottom

the

mold

the

of

frame

pins

is made

in

the

they

is called

that

cope

the

they keep

taken

when

the

in holes

set

together

be

can

in

in

it is called.

as

holes

flask

then

and

pins

the

shown

halves, as

flask

drag,

or

set

parts of

pattern removed

in

made

fitted with

be

of the

When
and

frame

top half

this must

and

BOYS

FOR

they

after

that

so

top

the

and

apart

put together

are

P/fTTERN

i^PLMTER

Fig.

again ready for

exactly
the

couple
are

you

The

inches

going

metal
the
of

of coats
^~

make

This
it

inches

made

poured they will

top and

Necessary.
wood

pewter, provided it is
it nice

be

to

is

larger
the

all

size

and

of shellac
be

and

round

of

the

You

"

anything
not

too

smooth

varnish.

you

can

pattern

want

cast

to

intricate,and

after

all

it

over

give

turn

or

saw

in

papering
sand-

couple

^^

at paint stores
bought already made
shellac
in alcohol.
yellow
by dissolving some
can

of

halves

bottom

be

cast.

to

of

out

casting

pewter

deeper than

Patterns

carve

or

couple

of

the
Make

even.

flask

HOW

40.

or

you

can

WORK

PEWTER
idea

If it is your
can

ordinary china

use

they
mold
all

with

any
with

over

kind

you

patterns, provided

your

handles, but

of

of pewter

before

making

pattern in plasteroil it well

oil, using

it will not

brush

for

then

stick and

the

pose,
purdraw

can

you

easily.
the

Making

Mold.

lower

half

dental

plasterof

thick

of

the

batter

as

take

Then

nearly

brush

is even,

the cope

one

the

have

you

it down

press

into

made

the

top edge of

until the

and

Your

or

plaster
the

tern
patthat

plasteris hard,

do
the

inclined

Drill
fit the

pewter.

to

V^ inch

cope

to

When

must

plasterget

without

lift the

the

top of both

it off

put

on

with

even

hard.

cope

trouble

Now

tern
pat-

flush,

about

come

plaster,smooth

is to

move

from

pattern

the

over

top of the drag.

let the

can

you

the

fill it with

next

which

oil

plasterwhich

with

top edge and

seems

it is

with

even

sweet

the hard

and

the

it.

night.

is,over

that

as

plasterbegins to set, that is,harden,

the

let it stay there

and

table; mix

until it is about

water

drag with

fillthe

dish, oil it and

until it is

or

the

is

that

drag,

board

with

pattern, whether

your

china

Paris

the

Lay

"

flask,on

and

Just before

for

dishes

without

sweet

that

so

it

are

table-ware

make

to

97

from

and

drag, using the point of

the

then
a

drag

lift the

knife

if it

stick.
hole

the

through the plasterin the cope,

drag again and then pour in the

it is cold

take

the

flask

apart, take

HANDICRAFT

98
the

casting out

have

be

make

piece;now

it has

cooled

which

them

cast

spoilit

if you

even

it hollow.

Some

vessels

solder

are

to

was

when

pewter and

layer turn

the

metal

out

melted

If

it

though

solid

let the

separatelyand

of the vessel.

just as

form

to

and

leave

it

in the melted

pour

down

other hollow

or

for

enough

upside
will

mold

solid

mold

don't

gently and

cups, tankards

cast

BOYS

the mold.

to break

Where

FOR

handles
them

needed

are

the

to

on

finished pewter

run

body

is shown

ware

C.

at

Fig. 40c.

HOME

MADE

PEWTER

Plates
Finishing the Ware.
scraped with a steel scraper and

and

"

and

smooth

rub

whiting,but
If

you

put your

do

have
cups

them
not
a

and

with

polishthem.
turning lathe
other

round

WARE

the

like

when

rag

of

they
dipped in

any

kind

objectsin

can

are

be
nice

oil and

you

it and

can

turn

HANDICRAFT

lOO

enough

do

to

4%

is

B,

the

hand

tool in the

is shown

the

with

flat side

cut

knob

The

the

it which

shown

palm

of

keeps

the

hold

to

w^ay

shaped

as

away

gripped in

against

engraved

is very

of

with

described, but

to

HOW

41C.

Engrave

to

length,that

same

graver

C.

Fig.

How

been
be

can

the

fitted with

are

has

rightposition.

at

different

The

with.

Fig. 41.

they

that the graver

BOYS

work

about

are

gravers

third of which

so

wood

in

at

5 inches, and

or

handles
at

the

of

ordinary

shown

shapes are
All

all

FOR

Metal.

on

Burgundy

if it is

"

it should

small

the

hold

graver

If the
be

fixed

object to
to

pitch compound

large object

it need

be

block

above
be

not

mounted.
either

In

thick

leather
to

work

any

to

be

case

an

pad
rest

engraving pad,

filled with
the

work

easilyturned

angle while

it is

sand, is
on

in any

that
a

because

round,

very

great

it

permits

direction

being engraved.

is, a

and

heM

venience
con-

the
at

WORK

PEWTER

Fig.

Rolled
and
it

you

sheet copper
trace

can

by dabbing

metal
34

surface

You

can

use

together
Canada

balsam

cake

of

then

dab

ENGRAVING

AN

4ID.

Chinese
it

on

is

the

thin

with

film

but

of

OF

SHEET

good

design

your

beeswax

ON

101

COPPER

metal

to

practiceon

want

to

engrave

you

^^

engraver's wax
then

fingerand
it is better

to

make

on

on

the

sketching the
a

wax

ing
by melt-

of beeswax,
of tallow, i part of
parts
3 parts
and
of olive oil. Or you
buy a small
i part
can
finger, rub it on the white and
white, wet your

the metal

surface.

HANDICRAFT

102

outline

with

shov^n

sharp
at

bone

point.
in

Fig.

FOR

stylus,
An

41.

that

example

BOYS

is

piece

of

art

of

bone

engraving

ing
havis

CHAPTER

DRAWING

SIMPLY

EXPLAINED

Free-hand
A

made

PICTURE

of

aid

the

the

by

rule

Drawing

and

hand

and
is

compass

without

and

eye
called

free-hand

drawing.
able

be

To

nicest

accomplishments
the

sketch

can

and,
ink

to

are,

my

photographs
Talent
natural
born

to

by

chances

you

have

you

be
can

or

have

surprised
draw.

Pictures

the

only

you

not

if you

to

find

rules

what

as

have

follow
this

really

learn

then

little

in

might

ever

can

entirely

be

and

will

down

and

pen

you

to

they

way

have

are

written

what

seem

certain

following

the

instructions
will

and

or

fellows

are

others

remember;

done.

Some

and

you

interesting

as

well

are

"

sketching

talent
is

sketch

whether

they

artists, while

this

Now

thinking, just

then

to

pencil

the

of

one

for

want

with

Practice.

for

and

made

provided
versus

have

can

see

you

of

way

bent

minus

things

is

drawing

you

sketches

further,

call

free-hand

do

to

ticing.
prac-

talent
the

simple

chapter

clever

but

you

pictures

"

for

You

to

Draw.
103

"

There

are

two

kinds

HANDICRAFT

104

sketches

of free-hand

lifemodels

of

and

I shall tell you

for

(2)

and

furniture

FOR

able

to

inanimate

Simple

to make

consist

horse

Sketches.
in

and

beast

As

"

will

you

will be
tates.
dic-

fancy
by

see

of the

Fig 42, the sketches

of

ning
by begin-

and

left off you

merely straightlines

of

(i)

are

simple drawings

represent anything your

Line

and

at

these

objects of all kinds.

ancestor

savage

least

at

and

of still life,
ers,
that is, fruit,flow-

first how

your

do

to

you

livingfigures includingman
where

BOYS

ing
lookand

man

but you

will also

B
Fig.

observe

42.

SIMPLE

LINE

DRAWING

looks like

that A

OF

AND

HORSE

the action is

because

boxer

MAN

there.
This

is because

note

the exact

and

body

The

keynote

to

draw

as

it

The

when

I sketched

positionof the
they appeared

as

in

it,not

sketching
as

you

it I

boxer's
at

careful

was

head,

that

arms,

given

figure in action

wish

or

believe it

legs

moment.

is

to

to

always

look

but

actuallyis.
line sketches

and

only

look

as

like

man

landing
stretch

right,and

they

as

EXPLAINED

SIMPLY

DRAWING

horse

because

do

coming

with

the

other, and

each

positions. The
proportion is always

become

way

to

of

to

notice

Outline

Sketching Simple
sketch

FlG.

43.

in

them

and

at

To
then

and

the

when
in the

good judge

sizes of

the relative

them

actually needed

When

"

UF

then

can

you

draw

outline

straightlines

sketches

show

draw

much

more

AND

you

and

men

BOXiiii

you
to

will

straight line
around

ani-

JdUKSE

RACE

outlines

around

realistic as

shown

if you
see

give the

want

first and

sketch

it, when
to.

can

you
In

these

rub
line
out-

that

only the lines that are

picturethe contour, that is,

shape of thfe figure,or body, are

The
Proportions of the Human

the

erly
prop-

Fig. 43.

this

draw

DKAWiiNG

make

in

do

the

out

OUTU.NE

action
so

are

set

are

Figures.

straightline figuresto

SIMPLE

mals

home

draw.

things you

can

the

right length

(b) they

correct

the

down

(a) all the lines

proportioned,that is, of
compared

105

used.

Figure.
"

If you

io6

when

will remember

that

form

human

torso

or

proper,

Fig.

the

44A.

measured
if you

How
natural

to

will look

to

Draw

figure from

whole

are

THE

long

as

PROPORTIONS

be

the

pictureof

long as the head;

it is called,is 4 times

arms

legs should

drawing

inside

at A

in

of

looking faces

the

the

Fig. 44,

Faces.

"

if you

THE

OF

times

You

the

as

neck

as

body,

length

you

can

as

toe

the

that

and

BODY

will

you

see

it in proportion.

easilydraw
a

head

the

of

will have

will rule off

the

body

long as

HUMAN

crotch,

to

that the

as

as

head; that the

are

you

the

7 times

be

should

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

fairly

number

of

io8

HANDICRAFT

less hard

or

Hke

quite easy
before

or

tions and

your

eye
a

hand

and

pair of

means.
a

then

set

up

it

draw

purely

choice

mechanical

and

as

in

do

sheet of paper

OF

VIEW

on

your

THE

but

it

use

degenerates
take

can

you

you

way

The

"

if you

FACE

paper,

process;

Perspective.

manner

off the propor-

measure

it whichever

do

to.

want

first thing to know

perspective
perspectiveis what
drawing of an object or a view on

in

drawing
To

them

it is art, but

to

PROFILE

in this

drawing

alone

dividers

then mark

Drawing
about

object itself

and

it is

but

memory

the

after

creditable

FlG. 44c.

into

have

pattern

do

can

your

rule

from

it.

If you
with

them

if you

so

to

you

see

you

do

to

objectswith anything

inanimate

portrayal of

true

sketch

to

BOYS

FOR

as

it appears

to

the eye you

must

draw

it in

perspective.
when
As an
illustration,

you

look

down

railroad

SIMPLY

DRAWING
track

will

you

at

your

to

that the

see

feet, but

the

in

then

point and
at

So
a

they

apart

to

seem

larger than

look

the other

at

the top of

the

edge b^

look

you

longer than

seem

the eye,

from

away

distance

far

very

come

for

when

they

distance.

too, when

will

rails look

109

vanish; this is quite natural

nearby objects always

are

EXPLAINED

the

and

edges would

lines
if

meet

which

they

the

edge

is farther

d which

and

box

form

projected as

were

POINT

Fig. 45A.

POINTS

VANISHING

THE

by the dotted

shown

thing

same

is true

lines at

for

OF

PERSPECTIVE

in

front

the

DRAWING

Fig. 45,
the

and

the

and

side of the

box.

Vanishing Point.

The
or

any

if you
and

as

draw

them

of

out

far

this is called the

as

the top of

B ; then

arm's
tilt the

and

meet

vanish,

then

vanishing point.

vanishing point

yourself at
at

enough

box

draw

find the

shown

you

object in perspectivethe lines will

object,such
front

when

other

hence

To

So

"

of

surface

the

box, hold

of

an

pencilout

length and

shut

penciluntil

it follows

one

in

eye,
the

side line that you

and

eye

seemed

as

line

it,when

vanishing point.

draw;

the

line

now

of

open
the

your

box

that

with

same

in

draw

can

this is the

and

the

now

angle

line and

the other

lines will meet

two

You

this slant, or

at

paper

the

do

the

to

straightis reallyslanting.
your

on

it is called,and

draw

that

see

be

at first to

Draw

going

are

will

you

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

110

and

front

lines of the top.

back

POINT
\t/lNlSHINC

SOLID P"NC/L
PENCIL
FIRST

WW

SHOWS

FROM

IS TURN5D

WITH

T(;)3EP/IR/ILLEL
OF

EDGE

BOOH-

\
^DOTTEDUNES
INDICFITE

FIRST

ITION

PENCIL

WHEHREPE/ITEP

OF

IN

POSIT/ON

HORIZONT/IL

THIS SIDE THE

TWO
OF
POSITIONS
ON

POS

TOEDGSOFdOOK

THt

P5NC/L
WILL dE SEEN
TO THE
TO CONViRGE
V/iWISHING

POINT

Fig. 45B.

Houses

how

to

find

all other

and

art

sizes

the

of

which
But
drawn
A

barn

is sacrificed

object

is called

are

to

certain
for the
an

isometric

conform
kinds
sake

drawn
to

of

of

with

the

first

mechanical

showing

the

abnormal

picture results
perspective.

large objects should be

vanishingpointsor they will not look real.

houses
with

an

and

point

objectsshould be

vanishing points if they

principlesof art, but for
drawing

vanishing

the

drawn

and

all other

in this way

is shown

at

C, and

you

DRAWING
will

SIMPLY

that

see

the lines

roof

the

forming it

EXPLAINED

iii

looks
to

run

since

perfectlynatural
vanishingpoints.

,s^^

.?o'

/
.i^

^-9,

^^^%-"SH H
'"^---"Ilj'""-

Fig. 45c.

How

from

drawing

POINTS

VANISHING

THE

an

see

seems

do

you
that

the

white,

or

light
high
it

other parts where

on

fall it is dark.

not

To

it

USE

TO

When

"

fallingon certain parts of

lights,as they are called,and
does

PUT

Drawing.
object you will

Shade

to

1 H

shade

drawing

your

that

so

it will

show

the

exactly as the object does, you

lightsand shadows
should
study the latter,and put the shading, as it is
called,on the former just as nearly like it as you can.
be no sharp lines
But in shading a drawing there must
to

where

show

begins,but

light leaves

the

make

must

you

into the other,

shown

as

them

these

now
are

we

not

from, hence
When

anything

most

of

to

come

intended

they

are

drawings

or

gradually one

Fig. 45.

of another

kind

please the eye but to

called working drawings.
to

"boys,and
wood

merge

shadow

Drawings

Working
And

in

at

the

off and

many

metal

men,

want

to

they get busy with

and
work

make
their

forthwith

tools

course

Now

crochet

to

your

mind's

and

(3) build

eye,

(2)

that it will look

material

instruments,

or

called, consist

plan

RULING

as

the

scale,

to

pictureis
figure
it; see

for

one

Have.

they

as

part of

commonly

are

(i )

Drawing

"

one

or

more

pairs of compasses

more

or

know

it is done.

Should

most

pairs of dividers; (2)

paper

will need

you

draiving tools
the

on

you
it in

see

parts fit together,and

You

for

(i )

will be able to

you

just rightwhen

Tools

Drawing

the

this way

various

the

exactly how

it out

unless

"

is to

"

draw

from

it up

much

just how

then

article

an

of

and
wdlly-nilly

it out

sweater

By working

called.
out

whack

and

punk job results.

the right way
to make

going

are

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

112

PEN

LBWS/NBOX
LENGTHENING
B/JR

PEN

FOR

COMP/I5S
BOW

PEN

DIVIDERS

PENCIL

COMPASS

Fig.

with

and

pen

pens.

46.

you

DRAWING

TOOLS

pencilpoints,and
of

One

enough for you

in Fig. 46.
Then

THE

to

will

each

of

begin

with.

need

(4)

YOU

(3)

the

IN COMPASS
NEED

one

or

above
A

cheap

rule, or

ing
rid-

more

be

tools

will

set

is shown

scale

as

it is

called; (5)
long; (7)

(9)

30

square

degree triangle 5

inches

these

what

they

of which

free ends

off and

The
end

inches.

is used

pencilor

Not

like the

draw

to

34

dividers,but

is formed

is

only

or

of

two

bowed

steel blades

that

they

make

so

lines of

different

ruling pen

with

This

Koh-i-noor

3"

Get

3'^

This

rubbing

or

Faber's
is
up

forced

varying
from

it is thicker

pen

semi-circle of brass

2-ply bristol board

be

can

is used
the

to

edge of

square,

protractor is

^^

circles,

in ink.

straightlines by running it along

Get

one

and

ordinary writing ink.

an

rule

take,

to

curves

but the ink that is used

writing pen

used

distances.
made

are

tool

ruling pen

widths.

how

having hinged legs,the

pointed;they are

subdivide

it; this

make

let's

now

for and

things are

tool

adjustment so
having a screw
together or drawn
apart and

than

And

needle

either with
A

lead

pointand the other is hollow so that

pencilor a drawing pen point can be slipped

has

into

inches;

10x12

(HHH)

other

is

are

compasses

either

long; (8)

used.

are

mark

inches

20

pencils,"^^
;^^ (11) a bottle of Higfew thumb
tacks, and (13) a
hard

tools and

pair of dividers

less than

not

(10) a good rubber eraser

(12) a
gins'India ink,^'^
drawing board about 12x17
see

113

protractor; (6)

drawing paper ^'^

couple of medium

some

EXPLAINED

SIMPLY

DRAWING

fed

Venus

with

medium

or

pencils

are

good

ones.

rubber

prepared

stick India

Van

India
ink

ink

with

or

of German

smooth

surface.

Dyke.
but
water.

you

can

make

your

own

by

114

HANDICRAFT

silver and

it is divided

half

of

You

can

circle and

buy

of

of

one

you

"

the

lines

Fig. 47.

The

SQUARE

in

it is

circle.

rule in the center

protractor and

laying it

numbered

are

of

from

of the
on

to

degrees the edge

TRIANGLE

AND

is laid

square

thick

since

"

any

180

of the

the horizontal

THE

drawing
thin

of your

they

"

degrees

360 degrees

are

will find the number

rule is from

short

the

i8o

BOYS

quarter.

By placingthe edge

straightedge

into

there

for

one

FOR

with

piece,against

board

pieceflat on

which
and

ON

the

THE

the

DRAWING

head, that

left hand

edge

brings the blade, that

the board.

across

BOARD

is the
of

is the

The

the

long

triangleis

placed against the straightedge. The triangleis laid

the board
with one
of its edges against the blade
on
of the T

Simple
kinds
and

of

square

as

shown

Working

in

Fig. 47.
Drawings.

working drawings

these are,

"

that

There

will be

(i) plan drawings, and

(pronounced i-so-mef-ric)drazvingsand
both of these quite easy to do.

two

are

of

use

to

you

(2) isometric
you

will find

HANDICRAFT

ii6

make

if you

box

picture shown

like the

Fig.

48D.

Isometric

THE

BOX

caption of Drawing
engineers

do

in

not

kind

in the

intend

to

lines to

or

which

in

drawn

told
in

isometric

are

no

least artistic but

scale

how

see

true

perspective

call isometric

they

object

the

under

do

to

of perspective

kind

to

stand

mechanical

and

seems

vanishing points.
it is

anything, for
and

spective.
per-

perspective

The

"

which
the

it will look

is in isometric

perspectiveis purely

of

make

you

metal

Perspective is

is, while

relief there

This

at

drawings

perspective,that
out

in wood

thickness, and

and

PerspectiveDrawings.

drawings
but

BOYS

lengthy breadth

mensions, namely
that

FOR

great aid when

you

exactly how

the

still draw

can

the

you

finished

object

will look.
To

make

drawmg

of

this kind

draw

line

on

sheet

of

paper

near

the

ends

from

Hnes
where

they

meet

there

Now

isometric

and

four

are

Keuffel
This

is the easiest and

best

the

which
for

lines
cents

15

of

or

City.

York

Street, New

Esser, 127 Fulton

buy

to

materials

drawing

in

(i)

this paper

buy

can

get the

can

are

on

them

49.

you

these

degree

30

through

Fig.

by which
and

117

two

line

in

at

ways

dealer

any

and

vertical

paper

on

and

paper, that is paper

ruled

quire of

bottom

shown

already ruled; you

are
a

the

as

degree lines

30

EXPLAINED

SIMPLY

DRAWING

way.

90'

leo
Fig.

49A.

HOW

(2) Take
wide
from

and

and

lines

sheet

to

corner

draw

horizontal

drawing

draw
that

the

lines will be

(3) By laying a
and

and
so

near

30

line

drawings

paper

vertical line

line

horizontal

isometric

white

long

corner

for

of

inches

10

other, than
a

the

two

they

through

the

diagonal
will

each

cross

the middle
The

lines

and

diagonal

degrees apart.

degree triangleon

along

made

exactly 5/^ inches

bottom.
30

are

30

your

degree

side

square

of

it

as

ii8

HANDICRAFT
in

shown

lines with

board

horizontal

the

rule
30

draw

with

the paper

Slide

the

mark

degree

30

and

bottom

of

put your protractor on

end, lay the edge of the
draw

exactly on

the

line.

paper

drawing

opposite side of the

the

degree diagonal

sheet

your

and

the

near

draw

line

that

so

vertical line down

of the paper.

do

the

be, all you

lines

on

drawing

your

isometric

of

sheet

to

line

then

and

protractor

Having, now,
are
ready
you

on

paper

of the protractor and

the middle

is to

one

the first one

cross

through

square

near

another

board, draw
it will

your

Fig. 49B.

of

horizontal

line

degree scale

sheet

the center

on

degree

30

protractor.

and

BOYS

(4) by laying off

and

this tack

do

To

Fig. 47;

FOR

the

of

isometric

drawing.

need

to

vertical

do

ruled

the

Whatever
is to

lines

and

follow
you

paper

the

ture
pic30

simply

can't

help gettingit in perspective.

In drawing isometric
perspectivecircles,such
wheels, disks and the like, they are always shown

that is, closed oblong

ellipses,

curves.

To

draw

as
as

an

SIMPLY

DRAWING

^^
make
ellipse,

isometric

that is, if it is

axis, then

make

have

that is

one

draw

it

as

of

inch

THE

draw

to

to

want

your

compasses

make

38

you

OF

draw

make

can

loop in

the

ISOMETRIC

will

you

for your

or

these

pipe,

few

prin-

ELLIPSE

working drawing

please.

no

"

to

Drawing

Should

compasses

you

bit of

strong

stringat whatever

want

ever

at hand

larger circle than

tie

AN

i,

will call its

tube

with

Now

Circle.

have

show

to

C.

you

circle and

you

Draw

we

in

Simple Aids

Some

as

Fig. 49, and

enough the rightshape
want

to

will call its minor

we

long,

PROPORTIONS

in mind

as

at

near

nearly anything

How

picturedat

FlG. 49c.

cipleswell

it

if you

thus

purpose;

wide,

119

proportionof %

it in the

inch

shown

major axis, as

EXPLAINED

you

thread

or

should
with

can

to

length you

to

pin,
want

complete description of isometric

ellipses will be
Inventing for Boys by the present author and published
A. Stokes
York.
by Frederick
Co., of New
found

more

in

FOR

HANDICRAFT

120

the radius

This

done, drive
the

want

lead

at

the

in

the

of

center

pencilin

shown

the

loop

Fig.

How

50A.

to

Draw

thread

to

and

as

paper
the

which

on

drawing

Next
move

except

on

and

board

the thread

taut

want
as

with

Make

tie the

and

to

shown

loop

the

in

one

end

tightlyto

end

pin until

all of

the

draw
at

thread

other

around

loop; push

you

of

pin, as

the

circle

the thread
the

point

you

result.

"

before

largepin; wind

it is

draw

the

it around

move

Spiral.

point where

circle, put

Fig. 50, keeping

HOW

the

in at

pin

perfect circle,nearly,will

of

of the circle

be.

to

"

diameter

is half of the

that

"

BOYS

pin through the

the spiraland into

B.

loop and
making the

put the point of the pencil in the

it around

circle and

you

the
will

pin just as
find that

pretty geometricalspiralwhich

you
you

did in
have

is known

drawn
as

the

very

spiral

DRAWING

SIMPLY
It is

of Archimedes.
the

was

the center

Fig.

How

HOW

string;but
each

instead

of

draw

string,slip it

over

loop and move

ellipsewill be formed.
to

graph is

Make

and

simple

point

thread

pin

be

ellipsecan

you

means

will need

two

foci of the ellipseyou

at C.
a
Simply make
loop of
the pins, put the pencilpoint

the

How

by

circle,that is, by

one

in at

shown

the

as

An

"

as

to

with

Ellipse.

is driven

pm

Archimedes

caused

was

spiral

way

are

in

draw

an

same

because

rate.

to

Draw

in the

and

50B.

it

121

angular speed and receding from

constant

to

drawn
of

uniform

at

called

explain that

first to
with

moving

so

EXPLAINED

the

it around

Use

mechanical

copying or reducing the

in Fig. 51.

the

pins

when

an

A pantaPantagraph.
linkage for enlarging,
"

size of

picture.

It is shown

"

To

wood

make
about

one

of these
inch

instruments

thick, Y2

an

inch

get four

stripsof

wide, and

18

or

HANDICRAFT

122

20

inches

in each

long.

three

of

HOW

to

sticks

the

Mg inch holes % inch apart

drill

Now

stick the whole

Fig. 50c.

BOYS

FOR

length of

draw

an

make

ellipse

with

hole

the

of

the ends

In

it.

thread

size

of

lead

pencil.
Make

tin tubes

two

each

an

inch

long and fitthem

ZO"

PICTURE
PJCTURE

SCREW

PIVOT

HERE
Fig.

51.

into the holes

of

how

in the ends

pencilthrough

is

pantagraph

each

and

made

of the sticks and

tube;

screw

block

used

push
of

bit

wood

HANDICRAFT

124
will

make

do;

glass in

clear

the board

of

object, such
look

into

leaf

or

of

glass at

be the better term,

would

projectedplainlyon
it in with

the

and

fit an

the

frame

sheet

lo

middle

the

to

of

Fig. 52.

do

to

sheet

the

in

have

as

glass and

the

screw

shown

all you

Now

frame

wood

it and

as

BOYS

FOR

is to

lay a pictureor

on
butterfly,

on

paper

the

and

you

paper

will

of

side and

other

acute

angle

the

picture
easily

see

that

so

side

one

sharp slant, or

flat

you

can

pencil.
fective
and efMake
A
How
to
Tracings.
very
easy
to copy
picture already drawn, or
way
any
a photograph, in line,is to use
even
tracing paper.
This
kind
which
of paper,
can
buy of any
you
dealer in drawing materials, is quite transparent and
make
a
tracinglay the drawing you
very tough. To
to
want
on
drawing board, then lay the
copy
your
tracing paper on top of it, rough side up, and push a
them
thumb
tack into each corner
to hold
together.
the outline of the picture with
Now
trace
a
cil
pendraw

"

then

and

does

paper
it with

make

can

draw
not

take

the ink

littlepowdered
as

many

India

in the lines with

the surface

readilyrub

chalk

on

If the

ink.

soft

duplicatecopies as

you

rag.
want

of
You

by

using a printingframe and hlue paper according to the

directions given in the next
chapter.
To
is an easy
Make
Here
Lasting Impressions.
"

make

way

to

your

friends'

Take

lastingimpressions of

fingerprintsand hands.
sheet of heavy glazed white

your

paper,

own

say

and

5x7

hold

inches, and

removed

chimney
back

Fig.

so

53.

that

EXPLAINED

SIMPLY

DRAWING

the

LASTING

it

over

and
flame

CARBON

the
will

kerosene

125
with

lamp

top of the burner

smoke

(sOOT)

IMPRESSION

like

OF

the

thrown

locomotive.

YOUR

Keep moving the paper about to make the soot,

is simpl)^particlesof nearly pure
carbon, cover
surface of the paper as evenly as possible.

HAND

whicli
the

126

Lay the smoked

palm

of your

not

to

hand

press

on

lasts.

me

hard

too

ful
care-

the

To

get

of

hollow

the

or

destroyed.

your

fingersof

the

As

last

long

as

made

process
as

the

the author

by

Fig. 53.

of

are

and

surface

whole

genuine carbon

this kind

Honored

and
you

until the
a

glass

of the paper

they will

in

of

photo supply house.

any
corner

this is

kind

is the

films

the

cover

one

on

and

is shown

Since

to

printof

Ancient

impression is

the

print,as

across

fade

ago

"

of

Art
the

ettes.
Cutting Silhou-

generation let

younger

just what a silhouette is,and why.

side view, of the head of
or
profile,

tell you
It is

cut
or

and

down

printscannot

The

be

of it with

buy it at

can

teaspoon ful

8 years

must

flintvarnish, which

some

evenly covered.

paper

it; you

lines in the

the

made

have

let it flow

the

press

on

the back

on

negatives. You

is

the

photographers use

Pour

then

fine lines will be

the

you

called, pour
that

table and

hand.

other

After

BOYS

fingersdown

your

down

press

your

flat down

impression of

clear

on

paper

hand

sharpness of
a

FOR

HANDICRAFT

out

of

black

else cut

silk back

of

out

of it

paper

and

white

mounted

that it looks

so

with

paper

like

person

white

on

piece of

card,
black

ture
in minia-

shadow

of the sitter.
It

was

Minister
conduct
to

so

called

after

of Finance

in 1759;

of his office caused

everything cheap

been

M.

discovered

and

de

Silhouette,a French

his

rigideconomy

his

name

to

photography
paintedportraitswere
and

as

be

in the

tacked

had

not

on

yet

costly,the

filled in with

outlines

paper

and

substitute known
as

the years

and

honored

But

made

taken

not

"

artist who

Fig. 54.

OF

details,stillyou
and

paper
Take
wide

and

Glazed

get it from

went

to

have

to

their

pictures

and

shears

paste

of

GREAT-GRAND-PA

AND

cuttingsilhouettes
make

can

is

so

them

MA
GREAT-GRAND-

young)

were

is all but

easy

and

with

some

black

glazed
little practice.
about

3 inches

sitter with

paper

her
can

Dennison

long and
face turned

seat

your

toward

lost

all the

shows

pair of sharp shears with a

sheet of black glazed paper '^^
or

nified
dig-

father
great grand-

our

side of his
40

when

so

they

photography

because

one

cheapest

name.

wanted

YOUR

(when

the art

the

were

their silhouettes.

out

cut

SILHOUETTES

While

and

they

"

127

by silhouettes became

rolled
art

black
the

hence

grandmother

and

EXPLAINED

SIMPLY

DRAWING

you.

Now

inches
the
with

bought at stationery stores or you can

Mfg. Co., 5th Ave. and 26th St.,N. Y. C.

be

128
a

HANDICRAFT

FOR

pair of sharp shears begin to

the chin and

at

around

the back

to

the collar and

the

All

on

your

shears

and

your

Transfer

find how

few

remember

is Latin

which

madness,

fun

properly will

different
of

transfer

imaginable
wonderful

used

each.
from

There

plus

with

not

break

pictures
The

cost

can

from

the

mania

and

is Greek

of

thousands

line
care

of

work.

and

when

off.

come

bought
cents

little flowers
from

call

French

plus calqiicr,

picturesinclude

simple

the

because

which

every

1%

of

was

down,

be

you

(pronounced

skill and
or

little

real work.

hundreds
in

very

used

half

this

as

means

course
are

and

decalcomania

by

made

plumage

Of

"

for

not

decorators

subjects and

dollars

to

ettes
silhou-

picturesand

But

decalcomanic

trace,

are

picturesare

These

and

de which

for

by painters and
These

off.

or
pictures,

the Latin

it, from

will

you

pair of

Decalcomania.

came

for

transfer

chanical
me-

it takes

usually only about

or
de-cal'co-ma'-ni-a)

used

little knack
A

your

your

and

paper

picturesare.
have
not
bought

that

made

were

Now

for

sitter and

likeness.

or

who

picture transferred
they

keep

must

packages of jim-crow transfer

5 cent
will

finallycuttingout

transfer

indeed

boys

the

Fig. 54.

Pictures,
what

know

you

in

shown

are

and

profileof

reasonably faithful

face to

cutting you

are

you

truly surprisedto

get

the

up

of the head

the

on

eye

on

starting
hair, then

the paper,

cut

bust.

time

artistic eye

be

going

BOYS

cupids

in
to

every
to

in

10,000

couple
subject

birds
groups

with
to

SIMPLY

DRAWING

buildings; then

fair

world's

beautiful

and

EXPLAINED
there
and

crests

129

letters and

are

coats-of-arms

grams
mono-

in

gold

brilliant colors.

and

When

get ready

you

Palm, Fechteler
York,

their

to

or

and

Fifth

Company, 67
branch

western

Street, Chicago, Ills.,for

at

the number

pictureson

of

write

to

Avenue,

New

West

Lake

54

and
price-list

the height and

description,

you

decalcomanie

do

to

this will

length of

each

sheet

the

and

give
ture,
picprice

sheet.

per

Hoiv

transferred

be

can

instead

etc., but
as

used

you

of them

varnish

have

the

picture let

the

face

with

of

water

the
on

transfer
a

cents

and

in water

alone

paint store,
you

for

is very

of

buy

can

to

the

surface,

roll it down

of

face

tacky; now

the

on

or

V2 pint can.

varnish

down

sponge

which

applied the
dry until it

it

at

get

varnish

for 35

them

picturesyou give the face

bing
a
good, quick drying, rub-

can

you

transfer

you

of

regular pictures

metal, painted surfaces,

soaking

thin coat

company

After

of

The

"

wood,

to

the toy

which
a

the above

with

to

very

better,use

Pictures.

the

Transfer

to

hard

put
it

wet

with

felt roller.
In

with

chamois
for

20

removed

couple

of

minutes

with

water

wet

felt roller and

skin.

minutes

and

After
or

peel it
the

so,

by dampening
better, with
or,

the

wet

tap it off with

the

or

varnish

it with

at

dilute

detergent

once

piece of

picturehas
around

oughly
thor-

again

off ; roll it down

design

paper

it

dried
can

be

turpentine,ammonia
made

of

equal

HANDICRAFT

130

of

parts

FOR

turpentine
it

rubbing

and

lightly

away

crude
and

BOYS

oil

and

quickly

with

immediately
a

dry,

soft

rag.

the

After
should

be

the

picture

given
next

one

day.

has

or

been

more

transferred

protecting

as

coats

it

above,
of

nish
var-

HANDICRAFT

132

Materials

The

(i)
get

sheet

dozen
at

Required.

of clear

sheets

of

Now

take

described

or

in the

surface
with

of

one

tracing paper
the

on

last

press

the

in the

sunlight.

the

buy

made

on

to

When

the
the

if

and

the

lines

of

the
of

is

frame
run

water.

it is well

hang

dry

with

white

using

Another

it is

can

make

by

warm

floating it

you

marine

artistic

ferric citrate in

blue

on

Kind

will

you

negative that

pretty and

it

and

lines

if
especially

You

washed

have

you

along.
it

plainly on
it,as

it is

by putting

or

on

In

clear

this

with

it

by

print
by

way

get

can

line

good,

made

view,

blue

wash

ground.
have

the

enough

it up

frame

back

at

show

it

through several changes of

to

far

the

hinged

look

and

on

cloth;

or

set

the

of
a

drawing

the

blue-paper

top of the blue-

on

take

printing

called, by lettingwater

corner

of

as

its inked

tracingpaper

half

open

frame

print out

When

sheet

printing frame

minutes

see

the

on

ink

lay it with

this

on

India

springsinto place and

printing

paper

with

can

you

have

you

with

chapter and

side

paper,

few

drawings

glass;lay

of the

*i

Fig. 55 and
(2) a couple of

which

tracing cloth

its sensitised

Every

the

on

put the back

take

in

fit it,and

blue-paper^'^

make,

can

you

photographic supply house.

any

of

or

shown

as

glass to

BOYS

Buy,

"

printingframe

FOR

camera,

some

very

pictures.
of Contact

blue
water
on

Printing.
"

If

you

like

print paper
by dissolving ammonium
and coating the surface
of the paper

top

of

the

solution.

nature

fine

to

is known

what

133
of contact

process

Instead

advantage.

use

PHOTOGRAPHY

the above

use

can

you

to

IN

KINKS

SOME

of blue

ter
it is bet-

paper
^^

solio paper

as

ing
printsilver

or

'^^

pa per.

print first put a finely

veined leaf,the filmy wing of a butterfly,
a
piece of
other thin, translucent
delicate lace or
object on
any
the glass in the printing frame, lay a sheet of solio,
make

To

silver paper

or

fix the

and

Set

the

it,then put

over

frame

glass side

the

hinged

that the

so

of

back

it.
and

it for silver paper

print

Tone

the

Fix

and
brilliancy

this is done

solution

of chloride

made

not

to

Picture.

To

"

blue paper.

tone

and

give

by putting it

you

overexpose

quicker than

its color

change

to

means

be careful

in

silver

it

more

chemical

toning bath

of gold, or

of
on;

than

darker

on

half

open

print is coming

shades

of

printsmuch

and

time

to

the

how

see

print a couple
it when
finished,but

To

frame

fall full

sunlightwill
time

From

the

want

in the

the back

springs.

the

make

silver

contact

as

it

is called.
To
no

fixa print means

longer act upon it

of

hyphosulphite of

it

to treat

and

soda

so

this is done

with

just hypo

or

lightwall

that the
a

solution

it is called

as

for short.
The
is to

easiest

buy

*2

Solio

*^

Silver

to

way

bottle of solio
is*coated

paper

paper

and

tone

silver

prints

toning solution'*''^which

first with

is coated

fix your

gelatin and

first with

albumen

then
and

with
then

is

silver.
with

silver.
**It

can

be

bought

at

any

store

where

photographic materials

HANDICRAFT

134
a

combined
the

from

frame

tray in which
solution

and

When

and

do

have

you

not

wash

mixed

of

ounces

fixing bath.

and

toning

print takes on
tray containinga

the

Take

it but

print

put it into

of solio toning

ounces

cold waterthe proper

the

another

BOYS

FOR

solution

color put it into

made

of

of

ounce

of water; let it stay in this bath for

put the print into
5 minutes to stop the toning. Now
in
another tray and wash it in 16 changes of water
or
If you
for an hour.
half or a
make
a
running water
salt and

dozen

J2

ounces

printsat

Recipe for
tion.

two

up

and

and

tone

fix them

the

at

'an

mix

of

Dissolve

"

in

hypo, 1Y2 ounces

of

of

solutions,as

20

of alum

in

of

ounces

in

Then

granulated sugar.

borax

of

ounces

hot

lows:
fol-

cold

crystals
dissolve
and

water

hypo solution; let it stand over night

pour off the clear liquid.
Dissolve
Solution B.
% of a grain of pure

it with
then

and

A.

ounce

ounce

Toning and Fixing SoCutoning and fixingbath

solutions,called stock

ounces
an

combined

Solution

Stock
water

Combined

make

To

"

mix

Stock

the

"

chloride

of gold and

grains of

32

of

acetate

lead

in 4

of water.

ounces

when

Now

dozen

are

can

you

time.

same

once

sold

this page.

want

to

prints,take

4x5

and

you

an

or

you

of

ounce

can

make

the
it

tone

ounces

stock

of the stock
solution

yourself from

half

picture or

the

formula

solution
and

pour

given

on

SOME
into

them

KINKS

IN

tray and

tone

PHOTOGRAPHY
them

135

I have

as

previously

described.

The

buy

Simplest
real

little use

make

shall describe
of

apparatus

dollars

just consider

scientific

as

When

"

three

or

so

one,

Camera.

for two

camera

to

of

Kind

can

you
it

the

of

seems

camera

curiosityrather

than

an

utility.
yBOX

M;

TINFO/L

PLATE

PINHOLE^

SHUTTER

LEVER

'^'^PlWTHERE
!L

/)///^^/^/J
/ / /y" ^^ /
]p/^^/A^y'y"y//y',

///,

S'

";

PL/iTE

TO EXPOSE
^

'

OF'

To

A.

Cross

B.

The

make

/^ND RESTING

56.

hole takes the

EASILY

AN

section
the

way

showing
shutter

thin

wood

inches

cut

hole

an

inch

the

pin hole.

and

depth
at

inches

of

in

of

Fit

the

so

lens, form

of

or

square

called because
a

box

cut

the

long;

end

one

inch

an

into
box

stripsare

pin

pasteboard

inches

in

wood

notched

of
8

and

in diameter

stripof

These

strips.

notched

Ibng, having notches

inch, to the sides of

Fig. 56.

CAMERA

works.

pin-holecamera,
placeof

ON PIN STOP

PIN-HOLE

MADE

CLOSED

LEVER

SHUTTER

C/IMERM

Fig.

OPEN

LEVER

SHUTTER

for

thick

it to

as

shown

to

hold

136

HANDICRAFT

sensitised

dry plate^^

little device

simply
wide

at

of

at

the

box

Now

Drill

that

thick

of

better

of

it.
You

inch

pin-hole; it

the

wide

long, %

and

pivot this
horizontal

end

other

the

at

in the
front

the

to

is

inch

Vs inch in diameter

on

line with

the

the

smooth

box

and

ready

with

then

and

close

want

and

out
to

and
*^

You

^^

down

dry plate is
bromide

of

will find
dark

light except
red-lamp can
use

be

of

silver

be

must

will spoil

bought

sheet

of

red

for

lever

makes

for

because

quarter

or

or

red

on

dry plate

glass

for

it in

the

cloth

can

dark-room

second, let

side with
to

of

gelatin
light.

IX.

Chapter
ray

or

seascape

one

instant
you

it

over

object you

it sensitive

making

used

into

camera

the

at

glass coated

which

directions

room

red

the

can

you

Fig. 56.

landscape,a

on

sheet

in

camera

be it

the

so

in the

until

black

at

your

do

to

dry plate into it, put

shown

as

point

press

take

center

grooves

back

done

load

the

on

in the

picture and

and. fasten

photograph,

scapegoat,
A

box

rubber-band

Go

the

on

cover

hole

farther

This

pictureplain.

Glue

one.

the hole

over

smooth

take

hole
pin-

fairlygood-sized pin,

to

now

dark-room,'^'^ and

your

tinfoil

this

ground glass"^^ into the

of

up

certainlyno

important than

needle, prick

sheet

camera

pin-hole,and

nice

the

are

slipa

either

shutter, that is,

2/4 inches

hole

it is

more

ever

or

with

close

brass

the

make

piece of

inside

the

and

an

stripof

so

to
was

*^

B.

make

brass

and

Next

of the hole.

center

see

sheet

end

one

of the

center

open

bit of

shown

as

to

BOYS

FOR

any

make
paper.

of

kind

it strikes
one

it.

and

It will

of it when

go

IN

KINKS

SOME

How

Develop

to

camera

into

that

is, immerse

must

get

s6c.

the

Plate.

Dry

the

tray and
pour

pin-hole

the tray after

cover

the

pin-hole

Next

take

and

develop

the

chemical

solution

pictureout

camera
rubber

Rock

and

137

is made.

it in

it,film side up, and

Fig

back

dark-room

your

developer to bring
you

drop

the exposure

again and

PHOTOGRAPHY

you

"

on

it.

your

plate,

called

To

do

this

put the exposed dry-platein

the

developer over

complete

with

it.

cloth

and

band

have

poured the developer

plate to keep the solution flowing forth and

When
the
it all the time.
back evenly over
see
you
image very plainlytake the plate out of the developer,
it in clean water
then lay it with the film
wash
and

over

the

side up

in

tray containingthe fixinghath.

138

HANDICRAFT

FOR

the

negative

developed

it is called

Let

until

bath

which

hour

or

it in

let

gentle

wash

it in

good, tried

and

of water

^^

in 28

When

of the pyro

with

Take

"

then

and

you

and

it in

28

ounces

cated
desic-

of

ounces

of

ounces

lows:
fol-

as

sulphuric acid.

of

Dissolve

"

pyrogallic

of

ounce

minims

20

make

can

solutions

two

short, dissolve

of soda

sulphiteof

of water.

ounces

want

you

an

Stand

water.

You

"

add

carbonate

it for

on

dry

to

developerin

Solution, B.

Soda

disappeared

run

Developer.

for

then

and

night

silver

it.

true

acid, called pyro

water

fixing

free

light,have

of

over

Solution, A.

Pyro

the

in the

is, the

changes of clean

the

Make

to

by

prints from

How

soda

remain

"

parts, that

stream

negative rack

make

can

v^hite

plate is exposed and

the

negative

affected

not

was

then

and

all the

when

"

BOYS

to

solution

develop
%

and

and

of water

ounces

ounce

an

tion
solu-

of the soda

ounce

an

plate mix

do

to

need

this you

graduated glass:
to Make

How
bath

for

Fixing

dry plates dissolve

in

grains of sulphiteof soda

in

borax
be used
in the

A
^^

20

for
same

Good
Desiccate

To

Bath."

of

ounces
one

or

two

make

of

ounce

crystalsand
A

water.

Y^

developer

platesbut

you

can

good

ing
fix-

hypo, 60
of

ounce

only

can

fix 50

plates

fixing bath.
and
means

Cheap

Camera.

thoroughly

dry.

"

To

take

real

pic-

HANDICRAFT

140

Graflex

buy

and

mother

Every

^^

camera

doesn't

good

for

what

has

camera

lenses, which
up

glass

and

latter

again

of two

lenses

formed

that

lenses
is of

matic
achro-

two

acromatic

of which

Hint

rectilinear

of

each

one

cemented

are

is called

lens

means

other

the

is rich

if father

$75.00

care.

lens, that is, a compound

made

BOYS

FOR

lens

is of

glass, and

crown

these

two

Canada

with

together

is

balsam.^^
whereas

Now

colors of the rainbow

all the
of

ray

the

makes

lens

the white

the

These

little cameras

shutters

film instead
come

be

can

kind

same

loaded

of

for films that

How
make
50

this kind

photographing
51

This

Canada

are

used

is

balsam.

up

to

clear

the
gum

in

lines

snap

sensitive
luloid
cel-

thin

These

roll films

dozen

each

and

daylight.

The
used

are

dry-plates.
Enlarging Apparatus.

for

an

of

in

on

fixingsolutions

enlarged picture of

an

With

camera

developing and
Make

to

the

is the

spread

on

into

the

all

mechanical

films, that
is

lets

name.

glassplates.
lengths of % and i

spools in

on

they

of

its

lens

building curved

filled with

gelatine emulsion

silver and

when

singleconvex

keeps

hence

roll

use

lens

are

they

and

of

straightlines

produce

edges

acromatic

while

lightand

acromatic
picture, an
and
straight,or rectilinear,

its

around

through it, an

light passes

through only

lens will

convex

common

camera

very

that

you

instant

can

you

is obtained

small

see

snap

from

negative
the
the
a

object

To

"

take

you

are

shutter.
tree

called

the

of

clear sheets
Make

separate
In

i}i

hole
socket

as

7 inches

high

it

of

which

electric

Cut

hole

fasten

and

opal glass ^^
52

The

near

53

Ground

the top of it

and

put

cut

electric

is fixed

in

the

on

edge

an

plug

screw

put

one

"

light
in

nitrogen

it

100

set

in the

lamp

out

at

in
the

of

the

Light Co.,

all other

top

of

the

which

of

sheet
over

^^

APPARATUS

ENLARGING

HOME-MADE

gives

about

75

candle

4H

inches

Fig. 58.
front

opening.
Park

3%

board

ground

52

illuminating box.

glass ^^
Get

or,

sheet

Place, New

York,

better, of
of

bright

sells these

electrical

supplies.
or
glass can be bought at a glazier's
explained in Chapter IX.
5*
Opal glass.

lamps
as

Delco

and

shown

as

power,

have

wide,

OF

OFTHETOP

watt

inches

SECT/ON

C/c'OSS

The

and

top

then

and

wood,

and

cord

it will go

58A.
lamp

the

perfectly

two

get

lifted off and

in diameter

inches

Fig.

be

can

141

opening.

thick

middle

the

to

"

far

as

that

so

fit the

inch

of

long and

6 inches

and

camera

your

glass to

box

box.

of

back

the

out

PHOTOGRAPHY

IN

KINKS

SOME

you

can

make

it

tin 6

wide

inches

semi-circle

and

ground glass screen

make

Next

which

easiest way
6

Fasten

be

used

to

do

wide

inches

for

stand

is to

shown

as

for

angle blocks

shown

as

take

board

drawing

your

holding the bromide paper ^^

the
About
the enlargement.
off

saw

at

through the

it

B.

at

this is to

and

of

it will reflect

that

so

front

in

lamp

it into

long, bend

inches

lo

it in the box

the

light from

the

and

set

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

142

piece

inches

12

it with

to

D, and

long.

couple of

ready

are

you

board

thick

inch

to

make

enlargement.

an

How

to

Make

the apparatus
the

as

glass

ready

box

with

Put

the

table.

set the

the

light in

of

in the back
Now

the

from

of

Open
focus
the

until the

get it

you

where
Make

the
the

Bromide
and

up

against the negative

at

stand

about

paper

bromine.

then
is

make

to

shutter,

turn

with

C.

shown

as

the

on

feet away
8x10

an

the stand

and

through

perfectlydark

room

camera

to

largement.
en-

light and
and

from

enlarged pictureis sharp. When

light leaks

lightand
25

the illuminator

close the shutter

so,

with

set

camera

the

another

plain sheets of

two

that is,move

the camera,

camera

it is called, on

bands;
close

the

illuminator,

the

the

drawing board

lens

have

to

the camera,

the

set

you

them

fasten

couple of large rubber

the ground-glass screen

When

"

and

camera

negative between

then

and

Enlargement.

an

put
paper

sheet

cover

with

up

dark

the cracks
cloth.

except for your

of

bromide

sensitized with

room
dark-

paper

compound

of

on

ver
sil-

IN

KINKS

SOME

drawing board

with

of the lens and

expose

the

PHOTOGRAPHY
thumb

tacks.

the paper

negative and then

is developed and
paper

bromide

platewhen your enlargement

In handling bromide
paper
careful

as

with

are

you

the shutter

Open
the

hght passing
it again. The
just like a dry

to

close

the

through

143

fixed

is done.

be almost

must

you

films.

dry plates or

/LLUniNJ^TOR.

as

Before

..y\
SCREEN

Fig.

58B.

The

illuminator

C.

The

camera.

D.

The

of time

to

expose

of bromide

paper

the

board

and

good scheme

this take

the

first

develop it, when

solution

for

bromide

paper,

for
can

say

usually

be.

how

developer

and

diagonally

one

you

"

sheet

inch wide

time

length

the

test

stripsi

strip at

expose

paper.

to

do

To

it into

cut

and

then

tin reflector in it.

should
long the exposure
Paper.
Developer for Bromide

tell about
A

the paper.
and

the

APPARATUS

holding the bromide

long; fasten

inches

minutes

showing

for

pictureit is

across

stand

ENLARGING

HOME-MADE

B.

making

10

good
velox

stock
paper,

HANDICRAFT

144
and

films

chemicals

dessiccated

ounce;

V2

chinon

sulphiteof
desiccated

ounce;

in the order

until it is

one

; potassium bromide

ounces

each

30

these

by adding

of hot water

ounces

stirringin

and

made

be

dry plates can

to 25

BOYS

FOR

named

dissolved; elon
1%

Vs

carbonate

hydroof soda 5-^

grains and

wood

soda

ounces;

alcohol

ounces.

V/^ REFLECTOR
/VEG/7T/VE

"GOES

HERE

ELECTRI

"

58c.

Fig.

Cross

This

bottle
act

on

ounce

To

made
water

section

developer
it.
of

To

the

ENLARGING

HOME-MADE

top

is

fix bromide

APPARATUS

enlarging apparatus.

the

for

keep

long

kept full,otherwise

develop six
stock

of

view

will

containing it

solution

10

and

printskeep

bromide
6

ounces

the air will

printsuse
of

moving

them

if the

time

water.

in

bath

of hypo in 2 quarts of
by dissolving 8 ounces
of metabisulphiteof
and
then adding 1/4ounce

potassium

and

printsremain
wash

socket]

ILLUMINfJTOfi

THE

E.

^/w

^^^^

"

them

ounce

in this bath

thoroughly.

of

powdered

for about

10

alum.
minutes

Let
and

the
then

How
is

Make

to

glass slides
object such
throw

and

as
an

If you

have

but
use

can

works
of it

image

instead

reUectoscope

of

using

parent
trans-

pictureor opaque
watch, your hand, etc,

of

on

the

any

screen.
^^

folding camera

"

you

the

145

Reflectoscope.

magic lantern

of

kind

PHOTOGRAPHY

IN

KINKS

SOME

can

you

convert

it

L/iMP.

"

\
DOTTED
LIfiES INDIC/ITE

PICTURE
HELD

/3

HERE

/^ELECTOR
Fig.

into

dandy

Make

tools.

together
"

and

it

can

First

box

CHEAPLY

MADE

REFLECTOSCOPE

A.

The

projector.

B.

The

ilhiminator

so
reflectoscope,
get busy with
your
fastened
box
it is reallytwo
boxes
a
in Fig. 59,
the peculiar shape shown
"

of

be of wood
make

projector,and
^*A

59

camera

or

of metal

as

you

wish.

larger box, which we will call the

this should
be 4/^ inches long, 5 inches

the

can

not

be

used

because

it's focus

is fixed.

side

and

one

two

wood

to

high ^^

5 inches

and

wide

off.

To

cleats %

an

and

"

top and

inch

square

projector to the
at A in Fig. 59.

5'9C.

another

done, make

This

TOP

SECTION

CROSS

wide, 3 inches long on

long on the other side, and

box

inches

piece of bright tin

back

shown

as

Cut

lamp

iH

at

inch

described

as

It

must

fit the

OF

THE

front, back
fasten

5 inches

with.

on

long

This

box

REFLECTOSCOPE

for the illuminator

side,and

one

5 inches

for the reflector and

4% inches

high.
set

Bend

this in the

B.
hole

through the top

in the

directions

lantern; the top should

57

bottom
and

camera

VIEW

the

leave

the

fix the

is shown

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

146

back

of your

camera.

be

for

for

an

making

electric
an

but
tightfitting

larging
enso

HANDICRAFT

148
until the

the

pictureon

BOYS

FOR
is

screen

sharp

as

as

can

you

get it.
The

the

way

this:

is like

reflectoscopeworks

the

in virtue of the
pictureis projected upon the screen
well as
the lamp, as
fact that the direct light from
that portion of it which
is reflected back by the tin, is
thrown
against the surface of the picture or object
this the light is reflected
held in the opening; from
through the lens which enlargesit and projectsit on

the

screen.

How

lantern

magic
make

to

Make

to

of

out

according to

be

inches

edges

inch

thick

side

one

as

the base

the

bellows

type then

for

it

shown

45^ inch

at

lens
one

on

box

the

in

hold

kind

wide

and

14

V2

wood

long along

the

it in between

set

end, but if it is of

front

the

make

Fig. 60.

will have

you
to

the

make

to

in

camera

shelf

place as

C.

L. E. Knott

condensing

at

is of the

camera

8 inches

and

lows
bel-

use

stripsof

two

screw

shown

stripson

The

inches

high

the

58

board, 5%

or

because

is better
you

inch

at

to

box

Whichever

focused.

wide, %

as

buy a
$1.00,

to

50 cents

it is

as

easy

have

either

latter

or

If your

shown

the

nail

on

will

you

use

and

long

inch

an

can

you

though

picture can

just as

this will cost

and

this lantern

of

is

camera

make

To

"

size.

camera,

base

reflectoscopebut

condensing lens^^
For

Lantern.

Magic

for

for

Co., Boston,

Apparatus
50

$1.10.

cents;

inch

one

Mass., sells a
for
"

75

inch

cents, and

make

Next
How

text

board

the

Make

covering

the
cut

lens.

This

lens

shown

at

in

inches
screen

as

diameter
can

you

in the

above

size of

or

double

the

picture on
inches

as

4%

be

it should

the

small

as

piano

while

and

lens

picture will

the

all of

lens is

get all of

to

use

described

as

hole in it the exact

condensing

convex

149

stead
Enlarging Apparatus, but infront with
ground glass make

an

fit it and

to

PHOTOGRAPHY

illuminator

an

to

of
a

IN

KINKS

SOME

though

show.

not

RUBB"R.Bfim

RUBBERBfiND

/f'-^i^
FRAME

THE

TO HOLD

^J^

FOLDING

/} POCKET

^^^

CflMERffiS
TO THE

FIXED

FRpns
PU)NO

DOUBLE
CONVEX

CONVEX

AT
ONE

OF

THEUJN-

C0ND"NSJNGL"NSE5

TBRNSUDE^
HOLDERS
FRONTBO/IRD
laUMlN/lTOR

Fig. 60.

Cut

out

an

inch

THE

six

at

inch.
ends
as

Now

and

HOME-MADE

punch

three of these

one

projects over

put the

of the

shown

at

clipsso
E.

MAGIC

hole

lens

that

the

in the

they will

LANTERN

inch

wide

and

of

each

in the end

clipsto

equi-distantpoints around

of each

end

OF

clipsof sheet brass %6

long

piece. Screw
board

PARTS

each

the hole

side
so

of

the

that the

edge of the hole %

hole
hold

and

adjust the

the lens in

place

HANDICRAFT

150
The
tin

brass

or

each

one

holes
of

and

next

the

them

wide

long

lower

above

and

do

thing to

inch

the

near

last

over

FOR

and

BOYS
is to cut
inches

shown

way

as

edge

of

each

below

the

one

stripsof

two

bend

and

long

F; punch three

at

and

one

one

screw

lens

condensing

on

E.
These
at
3M inches apart as shown
bent stripsform
the holder for the lantern slides. The
magic lantern complete is shown at G.

the

board

Fig. 60G.

How

to

wall;

the

on

Work

camera

close up
If

to

it and

back

How

using

slide

the
the

out

end

rear

back

"

slide holder.
a

until the

you

and

lantern

push

first taken

up

illuminator

slipa

then

USE

bed-sheet

the

room;

and

FOR

Tack

"

box

camera

picture is

it is still bright enough.

camera

much

the

having

the lantern
are

you

lantern

"

READ\

light in

the

on

in the holder

upside down
the

Lantern.

lightsin

off all the

turn

of

the

turn

LANTERN

MAGIC

THE

can

focus

the

move

large

as

If it is

it and

get

a
a

as

whole
want

you

pocket

ing
fold-

picture with

better definition.
to

Make

Lantern

Slides.-"

lantern

slide is

glass with

of

sheet

IN

KINKS

SOME

this size

be used

can

151

3I4

inches

4j4

full sized

in any

it.

transparent pictureon

slide is

lantern

standard

PHOTOGRAPHY

and

of

one

lantern

magic

or

stereopticon.^^
To
not

make

lantern

hard

thing

need

you

to

make

to

Put
printing frame.
lay your negative on

on

make

to

is

just as

white

the

should

the

use

directions
When

on

one

side.

How

to

^^

now
60

is

chemicals

glass in it and

radium

it in your

make

dark
for it

it of course,

expose

dry plate or
printingframe

When

film.

about

plateis developed,fixed
of

kind
come

have

glass of

passepartout

make

clean

dry platebut

that

you

clear

on

the

equipment

inches

12

light.

"

all the

the film side up.

lightto
the

exactly like

glass

of

must

you

it hold

lantern slide

of

it with

as

from

away

sheet

sensitive

expose

you

besides

print,but

using a

room,

them

printingis

contact

lay the lantern slide plate^^ with the film side

the negative just as though you were
going

Now
doivn

do

by direct
at all,and

slides

with

to

the

get the best results you

developer called
the plates.

the lantern

slide made,
size

same

the film side of it and

binding,that
It is then

Make

is

for

the

bind the

the

sheet
cover-

edges

paper

with

gummed

use.

Photographs.

photographs, or

in

placea

called

"

stripof

ready for

Radium

washed

and

"

skiagraphs as

You

they

can
are

is
stereopticon is really two magic lanterns, but the word
often used
lantern.
to mean
a high-grade magic
Lantern
slide plates can
be bought at any
photographic supply
A

house.

called, with
and
The

at

four

You

buy

can

stoppered

of

for

bottle

$i.oo

nitrate.

uranium

and

these

in

substances
the

or

oxide,

uranium

black

nitrate

one

any

substances, if

radioactive

itself,are

pitchblende,thorium

stances
sub-

outlay.

important

most

of radioactive

number

small

very

radium

except

we

of

one

any

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

152

four

of

set

glass

for

is low it
of these substances
radioactivity
and this is all
is sufficient to make
a shadow-picture
small
other
of a coin or
that an
X-ray picture is
the

While

"

"

ORE
ON
OUTS/DE

UP/JN/UM
ENVELOPE

3L/?CK
LIGHT

PROOF

PHOTOSH/fDOW

^ENVELOPE

H/7LO

NEGfiTtVE

ON

f^/JOEBY
p/?ys

CO/N

INSIDE

Fig.

DRY^PinTF

ON DRY PL/)TE
OF ENVELOPE

6i.

/nS/DEOF
e/vvfl
ope

photograph

of

is laid

black paper

envelope,which

That
the

is, the coin is laid

in it is laid

you

will

find

radiograph, or
in

on

for

developing

shadow

the

radium

radioactive

top of the coin.

in this way
on

with

the bottle with

dry plate,and
undisturbed

made

dry plate sealed in a

is opaque
to the light.
the envelope containing
on

top of

object if it

on

coin

the

picture of

Let

them

stance
submain
re-

couple of days and

plate a very good
the

coin

as

shown

Fig. 6i.
"i

The

L. E.

Knott

Apparatus

substances in stock.

Co., Boston, carries

these

active
radio-

IN

KINKS

SOME

Trick

PHOTOGRAPHY

153

Photography

Spirit Photographs.

When

"

photography

was

got
John Herschel, the great astronomer,
these have
he called magic photographs and
up what
of spiritphotographs by
the name
under
been worked
Sir

young

in the business.

half of the mediums

The

idea

is to

future

wife

or

shows

medium
inch

an

be

to

She

bit of

what

(What's the

like.

well

afterward?)
that

Be

it may,

as

from

paper

are!

when

use

water

it to

joys

when

and

truly appeared

with

the

head
foreknow

will

will know

so

the bit

removes

photograph

it and

on

and

sorrows

they

the medium

seems

fain

would

simpleton'sforehead

the

reallyand

her

then

"

what

of

who

he

the

about

paper

it's

saucer

ninny

of his, or

look

there

"

you

(Fifty cents, please.)

the

Now

fun

some

stamp

trick

them;

size

all of
dissolve

in

wash

saturated

at

like this and

hypo dissolved

them

solution

saturated
the

is done

repeating it. Print

of boys and girlson

fix them

and

61

into

paper

the partner

has

sometimes

"

aforesaid

the

of

this end

To

husband.

day
ordinary, common
every
dignity and mysticism presses

much

of

his
superstition

piece of perfectlyblank

square.

dips the

future

her

of

victim

the

show

mercury

well
^'^

solution
has

its present

of
of

been

photos postageordinary silver paper

some

in water
then

and

bichloride
bichloride
dissolved

temperature

have

can

you

and

of mercury
the

pressure.

don't
them

soak

of
in

but

in

water

one

which

mercury
is

tone

in which

that

it will

HANDICRAFT

154

will bleach out

white

to

want

When

done

subject'sforehead
One

Way
that

know

is

it is

simply a

the

Hence
for

of

is

it out

chair and

put his feet

little way

French

by having

is

camera

it.

It

on

the lens and

faking.

friend

the

(If

of him

then

will be about

take

the

him

request

all boots

can

in

table

to

feet
The

picture.
and

is

kindly

that his

so

his

You

back

lean

table.

adapted

well

very

call

in front

camera

result is that he

you

off from

apparatus

highly polishedmahogany
take off his spurs first.)
will be nearest

the

near

very

of

your

your

proportionatelylarger than

an

the

as

easily try

Stand

it to

press

exaggerated perspective.

camera

camouflage

soak

"

photographed
case

hypo,

picturewill appear.
Of
course
Big Fish.

object

an

two,

or

of

the

it will look

photographed
when

minute

Catch

when

put it away

and

strong solution

and

to

perfectly

it.

use

it for

picturein

the paper

dry

make

do,

you

BOYS

leave the paper

pictureand

again; this

until you

the

the

FOR

little

very

head.
Another
fellow
yarns

line

choose

"

with

"

fish loom

up

ad., and

the

scales

shown

as

as

deeper dyed trick

and

shown
will

sizingup

fish
A

at
as

who

one

big

as

Fig.
the

boy will be
at

B.

the

62.

the

eyes

end

This
in

cod

the

pole and

will make

the
time

some

of

of

Scott's

size of

It will be

drop from the

the picture.

photograph a
for his whaling

is noted

dangling at
in

is to

the

Emulsion

lone

man
fisher-

before

person

who

the
is

156

HANDICRAFT

youth

riding
his

around

shown

at

above

the

If

can

if your

(If

you

who

sat

for

it.)

Fig.

62

of

neck
hold

picture

cut

his

and

out

the

the

that

so

the

of

finally

him

have

Fig.

62c.

the

background

sitter

painted
you

in

the

BOYS

place

sitter.

Seat

foreground

head

then

just

comes

take

as

graph
photo-

him.

nov^

the

for

and

collar

of

of

collar

and

donkey;

subject

your

FOR

on

the
the

friend

was

for

keep
it will

in

this

is the

foreground

print

that

the

Orient

picture

gladly

pay

the

it will

for
you

the

20

way

years
a

hundred

one

shade

same

look

his

on

back

ground

namely

"

of

are

"

so

made

are

that

"

cardboard

trim

will

the

and

"

caricatures

HOW

exactly
to

the

as

Mecca.
fellow
dollars

CHAPTER

PRINTING

If

AND

there

ever

was

have

press

when

Gutenburg^^

was

men

have

"

off

run

But

anything

to

and

done

of

though,

small

larger

if

another

you

of

Johanne

62

movable
To

6^

Money
Dodd,

go

story.

Kinds

by

etc.,

types
make

Making
Mead

for

than

press

there
but

yourself

about

it

the

sands
thoubition.
am-

it, for

of

$1.50
all

on

up

is said

fun
is

in

ing
printit

in

money

is

that

but

way,

out

of

out

can

there

right

and

type

best

of

lot

few

enjoyment

you

not

After

real

that

civilized

for

it.

day

and

many

highly

more

the

of

and

all the

for

get

is

and

complete

pay

can

only

since

"

press,

that

printing

stickfuls

have

outfit
to

you

Not

one.

on

to-day

want

want

types,

boy

few

gratified

of

not

Ever

every

set

self-inking

cards,
too,

to

printing

you

did

ARTS

movable

ago,

have

who

invented

fellows

buy

ALLIED

him.

impressions

you

ITS

meet

wanted

them

can

you

to

years

some

of

boy

yet

500

some

VII

^'^

Printing
Gutenburg
about
money

Presses.

was

the

year

out

of

for

Boys

and

Co.,

by
New

of

There

"

German

York
157

printer.

He

invented

1450.

job-printing
the

kinds

two

are

present

City.

on

author

small
and

scale

read

published

HANDICRAFT

158
of

made

printingpresses
You

do

make

can

have

good job you must

properly machined, that

$1.50
type. Many

of

which

if you

and

get
of

the real

joy

The

Parts

is the
has

been

model

are

the

(i)

chase, and

will

you

(7)

to

Excelsior
that

and

it is

good

will fit any

well,

this press

for

they
these

and

type bed; (3) the platen;

carriage;(5)

the

know

never

follows

it which

the

made

are

The

"

50 years

chief parts

body; (2)

ink-roller

(4) the

for

market

seven

include

length of regular type

the

self-inkingpress just as
the same
on
principle.

all built

will

self -inkingprinting press

descriptionof

other

There

small

prices

at

little presses

of this kind

press

the

on

The

are

half

this

sold

are

all stores

printing.
of a Self-Inking Press.

of

name

one.

are

and

these

of

type about

use

$5.00

to

good

begin with.

to

nearly

to

and

do

for to

up,

self -inking presses

and

from

but

wood

built of iron

press

is finished

toy departments of

ranging
font

inked

hand

of

out

outfit is needed

printinga good
in the

inked

hand

(i )

are

printing press

Small

these

and

(2) self-inking presses.

and

presses,

BOYS

FOR

the ink table;

handle, all of which

are

(6)

shown

the
in

Fig. 63.
The
other

parts.

of the
it.
even,

it

so.

body

of

the

The

bed,

body castingand

For
and

this

reason

it is

serves

press
as

you

to

will see,

the feet of the

it must

be

planed off, that

support

all the

is

reallya part
type rest against

perfectlysmooth
is machined,

to

and
make

AND

PRINTING

swings

bed.

the

on

platen

pair
the

hold

to

printed but

is laid

of

the

on

away

sheet

or

the type which

the

it when

and

is

platen and
hinged

place while

in

body and

card,

grippers are

paper

releases

bed

The

with

159

of the

the

it.

to

into contact

and

up

angle

an

printed

be

to

paper

brought

at

out

parallelwith

and

to

up

and

from
of

ARTS

platen is pivoted to the middle

The
it

ALLIED

ITS

rests

the

to

it is

being

back.

platen moves

/NKT/?Bl"
CH/)3"

GR/PPE/^3

ROLLER

^H/RNDLE

C/^RRI/fGE.

P/IPERB/Jr^D
ROLLERS

iNK

PL/fTEN

BAND
Fig.

QQ^y

63.

platen

and

when

run

over

rollers

get

their

disk

which
ink

the

latter

the

type

from

ink

PRESS

by levers

revolves

table

is made

and
to

direction

and'

so

type when

on

ink

to

which

revolve
over

the
a

every

this

and
ink

little at

is
a

the
the

rollers

it; the

table

to

fro

and

to

moves

ink

the

that the rollers will pass

The

PRINTING

SELF-INKING

MODEL

ink-roller carriage is connected

The

the

'

is

spread;
time

so

part of it in every

distribute the ink evenly.

set

is locked

in

an

iron

frame

called

HANDICRAFT

i6o
a

movable

parts

is moved

the

and

it, the

to

rollers

ratchet

to the

ink

When

the

card,

down

the
in

blank

ready

It may
from
you

Sizes

or

this

to

run

and

on

chase

small

ink

on

the

platen.

that

it

keeps

it

the

moves

of

platen pull

the

or

is,part of

that

surface

fresh

ink

the

to

on

arc,

is

sheet

card,

the

to

of
with

swings

the

the

take

type; you
left hand

your

platen

the ink-rollers

right hand, when

your

out

and

put

you

are

impression.
to

cards

Prices

this

the

with

contact

their pressure;

face

another

off from

makes

up;

sheet

with

600

the

the handle
the

that

nov^,

some

type and

paper

surpriseyou

500
can

or

one

make

to

so

the

over

printed card
a

the

pull the handle

grippers relax

back; the
move

when

rollers all the time.

exposed
type you

put

on

pivoted
over

and

of paper

down

through

turns

circle,by

sheet

arms

and

up

chase

grippers hold

the

platen up,

or

press

you

table which
a

the

perform their

them

have

that you

card

when

Nov^

paper

and

Let's suppose

"

in the

set

type

in the press;

ink-table

ink

Works.

Press

the

have

the

the handle

it makes

dov^n

finallyall

functions.

How

fixed

bed ; and

the

on

coupled to

are

and

up

various

you

this fits

and

chase

BOYS

FOR

that any

know

hour

an

1,000

to

of Presses.

2,000
"

if you

cards
The

expert

are

per

print

hour.

Excelsior

press

pricedepends on the size

of the chase.
inches
( i ) A press having a chase 3x5
costs
$5.00 and this is large enough to print cards,
labels,envelopes,etc.; (2) a 5x8 press costs $18.00
comes

in three

sizes and

the

and

can

one

PRINTING
this

and
and

Outfit

The

jobs

You

Need.

depend largely on
Outfit for a J ,r 5 Press.

course,

all the Hxtiires

buy
a

an

to

up

postal card

size;

is

large

$25.00

costs

press

161

and

print bill-heads,letter-heads and

it.
on
printa little newspaper

to
can

you

6x10

nice

ARTS

ALLIED

ITS

will do

one

(3)

enough
or

AND

Your

"

the
A

need

you

press

couple of
these

and

will, of

outfit

size of

"

circulars,

have.

you

dollars

consist

leads, (c) a type

font of type, (b) some
of furniture,and
assortment
(e) a can

will

(a)
(d)

of

case,

of

black

ink.

font of type

face

same

letter to
about

body

and

set

under

the

Leads

Typesetting.
type; and

type

into

for a ^

set

of

bodkin.
on

out

gage
The

the
and

or

of

fonts

to

of
find

will

"

the

each
more

Type

and

metal

less

separate the lines of

to

wooden

vided
tray diin which

boxes

are

kept apart.

The

fixtures of
above

named

press
and

of

(a)

for them;
(c)
(b) type cases
pins,and (d) a pair of tzveefjcrs,or a
ing
gage-pinsare pinned into the paper back-

type,

hold

for an

amount

called

called

those

platen to keep

type from

having

You

shallow

type

8 Press.
all of

the card

it in its proper

bobkin, which

Outfit

of

kind

stripsof type

used
is

case

font

this size include

three

right

little compartments

the letters of
Outfit

thin

are

heading

next

are

type-high which

than

the

and

ordinary job.

an

up

type

enough of

means

is

form
8

10

you

Press.

"

sheet

place.

large needle,
when

or

are

This

The

is used

from

ping
slip-

tweezers,

for

picking

correctingit.
outfit should

have

HANDICRAFT

l62

will need

you

of

fixtures

all the

both

is

composing stick,which
t}^e in
shown

as

set

you

in

it,is

described

those

of

four

less than

not

BOYS

FOR

fonts

of type, while

little metal

hold

to

tray

necessity. These

and

above

fixtures

the
are

Fig. 64.

P/fPBRGU/fGE

f^

BOUGHT

D-/?

B- /? L"/?P

FURNITURE

fi' WOOD

GU/PGEPm
^

/PBODK/N

'vy^^^^^-^

P/NBENT
FOR/f

'^///^

CO/?RS"

SERR/JTED

GU/iGEPIN

64.

Type

of Type
will

you

in

FOR

In

"

In

I^ZZZJ

MODEL

Sr/QK

PRESS

the

listed

are

in the

that

A's

as

4A,

8A-10A,

or

there

are

letters

are

font

4A

other

likely to

are

ber
Num-

type catalogues

all of the

that

letters and

Relative

"

looking over

that

means

to

Setting Type.

and

this

proportion

thus

OUTFIT

that the fonts

capitalA

AN

Letters.

see

Now

etc.

"-'I

/f COMPOSING
Fig.

About

FL/JTPO/NT3

be

used,

:
A

FONT

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
No.

of letters
to font

With
many

an

of

335223422334432444222

8A-ioa

each

font

222

there

capitalletter

as

of

are

in

4A

course

font

twice

as

while

of

ISA

$2.90

36a

Paces

CUT

CLEAR

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

i64

123

Popular

$1.95

ISA

12345

PRESSES

EXCELSIOR

,A

$2,10

GRAiisro
lOA

'

3
GOOD formany places
circular
to

town

or

any

full font

called,and

of

which

12 Point

No.

from

intend

you

set

point plainpica Roman,

is shown

type, make

know.

at

a
as

half,
it is

L.

1,25 lbs J12.00. (Half font, 12 "^ lbs.,$6.50)

Roman,

face

and

for many

jobbing.

Cast
to read.
clear and
easy
durable
and
most
nickel metal

Parts

things about

will need

you

newspaper

/ $

known.
The

and

printa cook-book,

to

Books, circulars

uses.

Very

12

Pica

PLAIN

for poster

printing. A fine addition

1234567S
printing office.

should
finally
directoryor a

And
a

Clear

and

Good

"3.00

20a

lla

$5.35

15a

1234567890

Before
explaininghow to
of a Type.
ready and print,there are a few little
letters and about type which
are
good to
"

PRINTING
First

let's take,

H.

Now

the

and

AND

of

way

ARTS

that the first H

by

these

bit of

metal

letter

is

plain

fine lines at

embellishments

and

165

the
illustration,

is embellished

one

bottom

top and

by

ALLIED

will observe

you

second

ITS

are

the

called

ser^-ifs.
As

simple a

it than

to

you

learn

them

body

of

by

the

can

shake

heart.

as

type has

stick at, but

these

Named,

parts

more

you

parts

are

ought

to

the

(a)

type; (b) the front; (c) the hack; (d)

F /fee

THE

JHE

BEVEL

THE

a"/?RO

OR

SHOULDER

THE

M/fRK

PIN

THEB/^C/r-^\," THE

BELLY

ORFRONT

THeBOPYORsnmK
THEN/CKS
THEFEET^^^^^

\the groove
Fig.

65.

THE

PARTS

OF

TYPE

the

face or letter;(e) the nicks; (f) the feet; (g)

(h) the shoulder; (i) the bevel, and (k)
groove;
the

and

pin marks,
It very
a

part of

often
a

all of these

happens

is

is called

out

the

Fig. 65.

scripttype
beyond the body
kern.

The

that

nick

and
in

help the type-setter,or compositor as he

called,to sjetthe type the rightway in the stick,that
and
always set the type with the nicks down
you

the type is to
is

in

in italics and

letter will stand

this little extension

pointed out

are

the

toward

you.

HANDICRAFT

i66
The

it takes

letter in that

are

sizes and

"

not

Then

change

sizes

the

under

old

by

OF

TABLE
NAMES

OF

inch
be

into

the

generaluse.
systems

new

are

to

you

TYPE

NEW

"

Nonpareil

"

Minion

Brevier

"

Bourgeois

'*

Primer

10

"

Small

Pica

11

"

Pica

12

''

English

that is, i point

now

It is
sizes for type bodies.
in decimal
points or fractions of

system

of

.0138 inch,

point

and

''

18''

Primer

is

know

"

Long

it is measured

given

point

5H

because

The

SIZES

POINT

Agate

is the standard

point

SIZES

called, is

face;

by point.

Pearl

This

long

known

was

and

made

8IZE3

Great
called

standard

in

size

it will enable

and

name

each

v^as

the

and

following table and

type sizes both

63

of the

is made

Type
of Type.
so
long ago
very
it is called, came

OLD

letters; j is

full breadth

the

by a name.
system,^^as
in the

are

Sizes

The

Finally

short

up

which

instrument

upstroke, or ascending letters,while

downstroke
or
descending letters.

b d f h i1t
g p q

sharp

mold.

called

are

by

the

it from

removes
s

is made

pin-mark

BOYS

FOR

so

nonpareil,

that

burgeois is

point, etc.

as

it used

so
an

to

AND

PRINTING
Your

Type Cases.
these

and

cases

ITS

upper

There

"

made

are

are

(2)

the

167

ARTS
two

kinds

(i )

the

hold

to

letters,and

case

ALLIED

small

of

type

capital,or
lozver

or

case

letters.
The

is because
the

the

reason

the

small

that

case

composing

called upper

are
capitals

holds

than

stand

them

the

case

letters;this brings the

small

letters

case

is set

higher

which

holds

letters

nearer

on

the
to

(/PP"/^ C/7S"

LOWER

C/f3"

YPE

Fig. 66a.

the hand

of the

the caps he

than

of the
There

only
case

are

describe

12^

can

buy

one

who

the

cases

the

set the

can

want

regular case.

in

The

with

48

It is

to

go

plan

to

used

are

The

more

ment
arrange-

Fig. 66.

type-cases but I shall

of

of them.

"for 35 cents.

they

as

at A

schemes

square

arranged

are

type faster.

is shown

three

doesn't

cases

type

compositor and

several

inches
one

how

QAB/NET

first is
boxes

small type

in it and

good enough
the

view

for any

bother

of

of

lay

the

you

ing
learn-

of

HANDICRAFT

i68

and

regular upper
You

will

than

any

see

lower

that the

other

and

box

in

And

you

settingup
will also

the

job

observe

FlG. 66c.

tributed
but

and

the boxes

this arrangement

the most

case

is shown

in the lower

this is because

Fig. 66b,

used

BOYS

FOR

THE

upper

than

there

at
case

is

are

more

C.

larger
e's

case

other

any

that

LOWER

spaced in

the

placesto

letter.

one

letters

are

dis-

CASE

very

uneven

brings the letters that

into the easiest

and

reach.

way,
are

used

AND

ITS

Setting the Type.

Where

PRINTING

"

line to

set

stick and
be

small

the open

Now

read

from

the stick with

Fig.

the
from

put in

justlike
letter

on

get

but not

between
it

as

and

the

HOW

sized

medium

type but only shoulder

it,and
to

begin to

the

enough

end
to

the words

it is called.

of

start
to

slide to

lefthand

set

the

left.

the

thumb.

stick

first letter and

the first word

space, which

high

the

set

on

up.

is made;
any

If when

word.

word, put

so

without

and

line ithere is

lengthen out

of

corner

your

composing

the next

another

is,

let it slide into

and

its box

hold

that

Fig. 67,

in the type toward

to

It should

ter
copy, pick the first let-

it in the

set

letter from

67.

in

one

composing

dollar.

shown

composing stick against the

leftto rightuntil you have

Now

you

and

the nick

the next

Take

you

than

more

use

you

lines of your

few

its box

as

from

side
a

means

will cost

one

169

ARTS

have

you

by all

left hand

in the

held

with

should

you

ALLIED

a
a

space

left

thin space

line,or justify

HANDICRAFT

lyo
When
thin
of

the type,

The

against it

have

must

type

placed on

Fig.

the

smooth

68.

an

stone,
and

it tightand
chase
A

it like

type after you

have

line and

new

of

out
a

as

type

in

and

the

and

piece of

or

chase

the

to

slate

do this without

making pi of it,
journeyman, put a lead

bottom

then

on

so

stick and

of the type, set the stick

can

for

shoulder

type and

you

good way
hold

of

the sides with

in

it will

stick

and

shown

as

do

the

to

full of type.

taken

all of the

grip the top

thumbs

surface, such

bottom

the top and

start

is

lead, that

comes

imposing stone,

or
dropping some
takes practice. To

at

and

be

putting

called

stone

which

stick half
now

BOYS

line put

the

set

stripof typemetal

until you

have

you

FOR

with
your

your

other

easilylift it out

on

the

fore

fingers
fingers,hold
and

into the

Fig. 68.
you

to

do

it at first is to

it set in the

together

without

composing
much

wet

the

stick when

trouble.

When

HANDICRAFT

172
The

take

you

thing

next

block

with

on

do

to

of

the

side

of

Lay this

mallet
make

can

BOYS

plane

one

felt.

the

You

top.

is to

wood

piece of

tap it gently with

even

FOR

which
the

on

is

ered
cov-

type and

get all of

to
a

form, that is,

the

planer or buy

type
for

one

quarter ready made.

This
four

or

done, fit the chase

in the

sheets

the

of

pivoted bands
and

off

run

grippers

few
set

are

of the sheet

they

heavy

must

be cut

side

lay on

every

time

you

the

it

then

edges

not

come

out

plain,

backing on the
the impression is

paper

sheet

of

backing

paper

of cardboard
or,

is to put about
the blade

roll it out

even

the

on

another

and

the

card

platen sheet
the

or

to

sheet

the

of

it in.
you

can

three

use

still better, use

for

much

as

of

these

thin and

ink

can

as

penknife
even

with

bent

pins to

regular steel gage

be adjusted to a

All that remains

"

point of

the

platen in exactly the rightplace

the

pins (see Fig. 64),

nicety.
Printing the Job.
now

that the

just catch

below

that

so

feed

sheet,

is

cardboard

of

will

gage

be careful

part of

under

impression

paper

Instead

the

the type

away.

piece of

left hand

will

the

on

paper

bit of

the

When

paste

Ink

strike the type form.

platen and, oppositely,if

too

of the

latter.

impression does

piece of

that

will not

the

of the

edge

put three

means

platen by

impressions;but

so

but

If part of

paste

the

on

on

paper

and

press

you

for you

the

on

get

can

small

ink

to
on

do
the

table and

hand

roller.

Lay

stock

your

and

right hand
the

against

the

press

in

feed

and

press

and

you

unlock

the

rag

dipped

in

If

the

with
ink

smut

form

left

until the

job

is done.

soon

as

As

"

from

the

tooth-brush

the

before

face of the type with

it with

rag.

in

clean

ink

with

benzine

it out
the

when

dirty or

does

To

also.

do

not

good

printingeverythingmust be immaculately clean.

After
About
Distributing Type.
you

have

"

cleaned

o' type at
two

or

the

the type, unlock

a

three

time

on

letters

at

lead

form

and

take

drop

each

line

pick off

left hand;

in your

once

then

and

all the

wash

and

benzine

rollers gets

it off with

have

and

when

dipped

it

raise

hand, feed

turpentineand

wipe

and

you

the press

type gets clogged up

well wash

work

your

benzine, or

the table and

on

with

rub

is gone

left hand;

out

Type.

your

hand

your

your

the chase

take

printeda job

away

with

on

so

Clean

to

ink and

down

with

time

the

get it in squarely

you

pins; take

173

right of

the

to

sheet at

it that

printedsheet

one

table

or

to

see

gage

up, take the

How

card

ARTS

ALLIED

the

on

handle

in another

ITS

AND

PRINTING

into

one

its

respectivebox.
The
course

like to

Rollers.

and
will

you

may
for

Ink

buy

know

your

how

printing ink that

good as gold: Balsam
a

iVo
and

turpentinedry soap
well in

mortar

The

ink

Ink.

all

is

as

old

1%
with

as

the

India

ounces;
a

to

01

use

Here's

of capivi 4%
ounce;

While

"

ready

it is made.

indigo %

ounces;

"

you

recipe

hills and

ounces;

red
mix

pestle;then

as

black
lampounce,

these
mix

gredien
inthe

HANDICRAFT

174
with

boiled

FOR

linseed

BOYS

oil to

the

right thickness.
When
that is
buying ink for job printing get one
a
quick drier and this costs from 50 cents to $1.50 a
pound according to quahty. You can also buy colored
mass

inks

in

red, white, blue, yellow,

purple in
The
ink

ounce

Rollers.

rollers

best
of

them

glue;

want

you

yourself get

and

better to

buy

can.

cheaper and

quart best sugar

to

Cooper's

pound Peter

house

hand

try your

syrup, and

pint

glycerine.
Soak

the

all the

excess

it is

While

"

ready made, if

making

at

for 60 cents

cans

brown

green,

put it in

water,

boil it for half

off the

before

things and

mold, which

is

length

set

the

want

you

the

roller

middle

the

mold

take

on

skim

the fire add

it from

the

pour

brass

simply a

it

put in the syrup,

Now

you

then

spindle of
of

glue pot and

the top.

to

comes

5 minutes

other

soft,drain off

hour, stirringit the while, and

an

that

scum

About

and

until it is

fire until it is melted.

slow

the

rain water

glue in

mixture

cylinderof
The

roller.

into

the

the diameter

stock,

as

the

exactly in the
composition is poured

is called, is set
and

the

into it.

Printing

color

colors, or
to

do, but

for

it.

colored
use

small

in

Colors.

Printing

"

printing,is

since
profitable,

It is
inks

than

plain type
trouble

in

you

little harder

it is with

and

good

doing

not

to

in

two

or

more

only interestingwork
can
easilyget orders
do a good job with

black
colored

creditable

ink, but if
ink

job.

you

you

will

will
have

PRINTING

AND

which

the

makes

will stand

and

in

out

bronze

can

be had

materials

bought

Meriden,
their

the

Dust

when

cotton

and

and

Conn.,

gold size

of

can

red

be

to

stick better.

ounce

silver, cardinal
can

want

you

bit of

175

the

cess
ex-

letters

gold beautifully.

buy a 3
powder

can

or

powder

off with

powder
You

you

tuft of cotton,

ARTS

print in
do it either by printing
can
dusting bronze powder over
print the job with gold size

then

ink first and

in black

ALLIED

When

"

of in black

giltinstead
it with

Gold.

in

Printing

ITS

in

ounce

the

of

ought

you

of

above

Company,
for

send

to

gold,

in

the

Press

Kelsey

quarter

cans

All

copper.

for

one

of

catalogues.

And

Finally Your

Stock

Supply.

will need

You

"

supply of both visitingand business cards; paper

that is, if you
labels,handbills and newspapers

"

print one

to

letter-heads
Cards

and

in

come

and

"

match

colors

and

tend
in-

ments,
bill-heads,state-

envelopes to

all sizes

quantity however

for

paper

for

them.
and

in

any

small;

sold
the
under
they are
thin
of
name
white, thin colored, heavy china,
business Bristol,fine Bristol, extra
Une
Bristol,satin

enameled
cards

and

with

linen

gold beveled

with

the

is

and

lace
for

round

be
Paper can
for labels; linen

paper

finishedBristol.

edges, and
bought that
and

bond

is

of

good enough for handbills

good white

stock

for newspaper

there

edges; fancy
mourning.

gummed

papers

cheapest kind

Then

are

on

one

used

white

for

and

are
bossed,
em-

side

respondence;
cor-

colored

but you

should

use

work.

Before

or-

HANDICRAFT

176

dering stock
for

full set of

what

Of

it feels,but
how

old,

so

make

Art

you

know

it is not

it is

What

from

materials

carbon,

to

into

fibers

of
^*

CqH^qO^,

hydrogen

and

wood

or

formed

of

of

so

ought

you

call cellulose

atoms

10

art

an

by chemical

are

composed

turn

it is

what

is

straw

rags,

chemists

how

it.

Paper is made

"

what

know

you

making
useful, that

all about

Is.

is in

of

just

like and

looks

paper

so

know

These

of

substance
atoms

but

processes

up

will know

you

paper

likelythat

and

to

sheets.

made

is to send

do

to

Paper Making

what

made;

Paper

mechanical

then

and

of

so

wonderful

enough

thin

samples

The
course

and

the best way

buying.

are

you

kind

of any

BOYS

FOR

and

this

that

is 6

and

5 atoms

of oxygen.

How
to

use
a

pulp

to

Make

make

the

first.

Cotton

this is called

Paper.

rag

paper

about
them

up

dirt and
^*

into

soda

"

of

they

little

for

makes

"

are

little paper

take

begin with.
make

cotton

stir them

the tender

into

converted

these materials

linen

or

bits; boil them

the

you

the best paper

couple of hours,

and

forms
are

white

material

be

because

"

To

Pulp.

grease,

Cellulose

whether
trees.

pound

caustic

the

to

it must

linen

or

nearly pure cellulose

Making

of

paper

Whatever

"

to

and

solution

out

get

cut

of

all the

often.

ground-work
shoots

in

rags

of

of

all

fern

or

vegetable tissues
the hard
"

wood

of

from

boihng

be broken
You

out

the

dirty

them

and

then

and

beaten

wash

Next

up

this

do

can

with

fine, and
mills

paper

and

break

up

Molds

70.

You

FRAME

Need.

inches

wire

netting having
in

Laying
on

on

the

Fig. 70.

this purpose.

pulp

"

into
and

the

called,is

In

often.

water

used

to

are

wash

an

about

School

20

MAKING

frames

half-a-dozen
inch
cover

wide,
these

wires

slate frames

to

and

about

with

brass

the
are

inch

good

as

for

spread a thin layer of

Paper. Now
wire nettingof each frame, or mold, and

the

the

Make

sides ; and

5x8
shown

separated.
a
chopping
then using

are

until the fibers

PAPER

FOR

V^ inch thick and

of wood

it is

must

the rags.

Fig.

The

engine,as

rag

resulted

linen

or

water

them

on

change

must

you

clean

177

has

cotton

until the fibers

knives

pair of chopping

cut

that

water

the

ARTS

by puttingthe fabrics

bowl, wetting it down

a

ALLIED

ITS

AND

PRINTING

"

HANDICRAFT

178
them

set

to

the

filled and

molds

down
of

sheet

in the

blottingpaper
and

the paper

over

put them

then

and

under

side
up-

lay another
are
making.

and

blottingpaper

the

frame

each

you

all the

have

you

the paper
this

pressure;

smooth
two
by placing the pile between
and screwing them
thick boards
together with
do

can

you

pileup

making

When

dry.

pulp is dry turn

of blottingpaper

sheet

on

In this way

side to

one

BOYS

FOR

inch

couple of wood clamps.^^ After an hour or so you

the pile and
take the clamps from
can
separate the
from
the blottingpaper.
sheets of paper

place

Next

hoard,^^ make

the

them

pile of

and

them

screw

oil

of

sheets

between

paper

up

tween
be-

clamps again good and tightand leave

there over
them
night; then hang up each sheet of
with a clipand let it dry.
paper by a corner
the sheets are
dry
Sizing and Finishing. When
and lay them
down
take them
carefullyin a pile for
the wood

"

sizing.

the

Make

sizingby dissolvinggelatinein

until it is about

water

as

thick

milk

as

with

the

hot

cream

in it.
the

Pour

sizing into

shallow

dish

or,

photographictray; lay each sheet, first one

the sizingand be careful
then the other, on
evenly
sheets

Put

over.

of oil board

the

on

all

wood

the

sized

again, make

clamps,

let them

paper

better,
side
to

between

pileof them,
stay under

and
it

wet

the
screw

pressure

I.
in Chapter
description of these clamps will be found
66 This
and
buy it at a painter's
can
is a heavy oiled paper
you
St.,
and
of C. B. Hewitt
Bros., 48 Beekman
supply store, or
65

New

York

City.

i8o

HANDICRAFT

the boards

and

of them

shown

as

than
shown

at

cloth

over

shown

and

of

in

at D

CLOTH

by

the

of

one

done

other

that

so

glue

of

wider

inch

binding

are

the

will be

they

/4 an

you

sides

good ghie laid

space

book

the

this

C;
to

on

the cloth

to

other

thickness

the

the width

as

side with

one

on

each

separated from

long

as

B.

at

glue them

thin and

on

times

boards

these

Coat

three

BOYS

FOR

edges
the

as

the

of

boards

as

Fig. y2.

FOLDED
OVER

D
Fig.

While

the back
it

and

cut

and

within

i"4
2

of the book

the book
inches

II

Sewing
leather

Bldg., New

SEWING

is

shorter

inches

as

the

The

as

pieceof good muslin

the lengthof the book

the

and

wide
you

muslin

Book.

"

address

on

The
Du

width

would

inch

Pont

suppose

thick

which

is

the

muslin

cut

the book
next

of the back

instance

For

it is flat open.

all; then

materials
York.

wide

than

flap

muslin

the

drying take

is 5 inches
in

on

inches

when

inches long.

ers'

72.

is shown

operationis
Febrikoid

at

to

E.
sew

Co., Equitable

AND

PRINTING
this

pieceto

will need

thin

and

needle

the back

of

the

sharp awl,

for this work

book;

hammer,

thread

waxed

"

you

large darning

strong linen thread

some

181

ARTS

ALLIED

ITS

is the best.
Before
white

doing

however,

so,

make

take

sheet

of

good

couple of fly-leavesfor the

front and
of the book; now
back
punch a line of
holes Ys inch from the back, through the book as shown
and

paper

"^hWil

Fig.

F, then put

at

the

book

yz-

and

book

bound

the

on

good

the

piece of

tight,and

complete

muslin
be

and
the

sure

it to

sew

flapsare

even.

This

done

spread

place the
between
and

rub

back

the covers,
the muslin

same

thing

to do

now

with

the

is to turn

of

the

glue on

some

the

book
it

turn

down

smooth

back.
back

over

one

All

ers,
pasteboard covthe cloth binding

on
on
on

that

the

front

it; then
remains

of the blank

pages

cover

do
for

the
you

which

i82

HANDICRAFT

sewed

you

which

the

have

you
of

of

night

over

wood

off

Putting
you

name

of

glue

foot

five

your

on

print

can

don't
"

heavy
it

paper
to

the

the

the

it

lay

book

it

screw

wood

up

the

on

morning

when

have

it

cover

one

between

tight

Let

clamps.

will

you

glue
flap.

and

of

in

and

clamps

to

pair

muslin

boards

BOYS

and

bound

smooth

jaws

book

the

conceal

After

couple

the

to

on

will

FOR

it

between
there

stay

the

take

you

book

more

to

add

shelf.
Title.

the

If

the

the

forget
and

front

of

title

of

the

the

or

cover

book

name

on

as

printing

piece
shown

press

author's

the

and

author's

it,

gild

have

you

"

on

"

cloth

of

in

Fig.

slip
and

73.

CHAPTER

VIII

STAMPS,

RUBBER

AND

BRANDS

rubber

which

is

shown

in

then

boxes,

intend

called

of

and

rubber

handle

is

as

inked

it leaves

and

sion
impres-

an

chase,

another

inches

on

wood

in

Fig.

inches

than

wide

74.

wide

books,

tags,

taste

to

them

use

the

matrix

wide,
These

two

(5)
and

Two
7

183

line ;

inches

inch

smooth

long;

which

made

thick

frames

of

shoulder;

frame,
inch

frame

made

high,

its

to

is

(4)

4x5

shown

boards

(6)

of

and

are

if

stick

(3 )

sides

(i)

need

composing

the

feet

Materials

will

you

^%6

and

The

"

one

on

its

inch

the -sides.

(2)

type;

inches

called
i

stamps

from

type

bad

Stamps.

more

up

inch

frame,
of

of

4x5
i

of

height

it is very

rubber

setting

marking

envelopes.

make

wood

for

Rubber

fonts

more

or

thick,

with

stamp

surface

etc., but

To

"

and

the

useful

are

Make

to

strip

When

in

molded

block

smooth

bundles,

Needed.

the

on

stamps

How

strip

on

yy.

letter-heads

you

matter

it.

Rubber

one

is

mounted

Fig.

pressed
on

for

Stamps

type

ING
BURN-

STENCILS

Rubber

stamp

then

SINKING,

DIE

at

inch

tooth-

HANDICRAFT

i84

BOYS

FOR

couple of pounds of dental plaster of

rubber.
Paris and (8) a "14pound of pure unvulcanised
Dental plasteris finer than the ordinary kind and
buy all you will need from your family dentist
you can
for
rubber
for 5 or
cents
10
a
pound. Unvulcanized
brush; (7)

rubber

stamps

is sold under
can

you

buy

in sheets

comes

the

%6

about

inch thick and

of

signature stamp
$1.00 a pound.^^

name

it for about

and

gum

Br TH6M/)TRlXFRfiME

Pt-THE
CHRSE

Fig.

74.

MATRIX

THE

CHASE

FRAME,
RUBBER

Unvulcanized
with
and

can

In

You
Rubber

STAMPS

is crude

india-rubber

this is heated

mixed

it gets very

soft

be molded
it

but it is very

and

when

sulphur and

it gets cold

68

rubber

MAKING

FOR

BOARDS

AND

can

by puttingit under pressure; when

is not only much
stronger than before

elastic
buy

well.

signature stamp

Company,

ordering of this

as

firm

10

ask

Central
for

No.

gum

Park

of

The

Goodyear

Tire-

York

City.

New

West,
4093, %6 inch thick.

will be

stamp
When

rubber

around

it

frame

the

cold

up
in

water

and

molasses.

Pour

the

frame
the

as

the

fill up
the

the

When

the

plaster has

type and

the

plasterwith

69

See
When

talHzation
the
solid

and

water

"^0

type

the

set

make

sweet
; mix

it thin

very

the

plaster

has

forms
the

substance, and

powder,

power

of

this process

which

taking

up

is called

tooth-brush,

even

it is

with

the

of

the

call
water

face

lay the thin

some

enough

we

in

type

Fig. 75.

preceding chapter on printing.

calcium
it loses
sulphate is heated

and

utes.
min-

few

plasteruntil

oil; now
up

high

as

the

oil the

hard

in

type

plaster set^'^^

hence,
in

shown

as

sorghum

them

hold

the

away

frame

the thick

over

in
to

frame, and

of

with

the

enough

shoulders

frame

that

see

the

let the

it will do

brush

as

between

it gets solid take

and
with

exactly even

and

set

around

Now

it is hard

it in water

wood

high

thick

as

space

^ype.

yet before

place and

string

frame; stir it with

plaster all

the

of

When

dip

it about

is,get hard, which

that

tie

enough plasterwith

than

fill the

to

make

and

face

little more
bowl

tablespoon

have

you

side

each

on

oil and

to

want

you

^^

lead

rubber

of it.

it is in the middle
mix

that

make

to

making
log.

thick, shoulder

matter

type

up

sweet

the

tight. Lay

over

Next

of, put

w^h

over

set

type

stamp

it, oil it all

of

type,

rollingoff

as

how

know

you

set

to

the

have

you
the

how

easy

as

Since

"

castings and

pewter

make

Mold.

the

Making

185

SINKING

DIE

STAMPS,

RUBBER

more
so

that

its water

plaster
it will

of

crys-

Paris

plaster of
aad
forming

setting.

;
a

HANDICRAFT

i86

easilyinto

flow

the frame

stay

off, when
will be

in

plasteras the

the
with

its

frame

lower

hard

and

face of the type is

plasterimpressionis

the

75D.

type

Vulcanizing

the

in

muslin

the

them
in

Put

other

stripof

on

of
the

the

inch

night
lift it

together tight with

frame

TYPE
Pl/fSTER

OF
IN

plaster

of

paris

FRAME

piece of

wider

and

the

un-

all

longer

the type;

rubber

boards

bottom

e.

Cut

"

impression of

one

fill

the matrix.

MATRIX

THE

Rubber.

rubber

the

from

matrix.
and

the

This

high.

called

chase,

IN

the

gum

than

round

then

MmRIX
P/?C"S

IMPRESSION

vulcanized

over

can

you

TYPE

Fig.

type and

sharp impression of the type faces

it shoulder
deep, that is as deep in

very

formed

the

on

it will get very

that

so

the

it.

this frame

Let

of

little space

every

with

up

BOYS

FOR

of
the

peelthe stripof
and
lay it on the

gum

top of the rubber

on

the

matrix

iron

clamps

and

screw

as

shown

Fig. y6.
Half

kettle

fill a

of the kettle

"

with

but not

water;

in the water

lay the
"

and

mold

on

top

put both of

i88

HANDICRAFT

Mounting

pair

of

shears
a

Fig.

How
ink

off the

having

wood

is used

rubber

stamp

Rubber

Make

an

of

wood

each

and

3 inches

Ink

on

long;

2x3

inches, lay

then

cover

the

Pad.

is ^

cut

of

two

latter

to

"

block

of

use

specialkind of

writing ink

as

is too

rubber.
out

inch
four

out

with

Fig. "j"].

ready

Cut

"

do

to

stamp

smooth

Stamp.

need

you

rubber

in

stamps,

which

that

the

printing ink spoilsthe

thin and
To

shown

rubber

for

it

as

the

of

mount

handle

BOYS

All

"

edges

and

'j'j.

Use

to

Rubber.

the

trim

is to

now

FOR

two

blocks

thick, 2

of

inches

wide

cloth

stripsof woolen

the

stripson each
by gluing a piece

pine

block
of

and

muslin

it.

over

Pour
each

pad
to

dozen
and

or

rub

distribute

15
the
the

drops

of

surfaces
ink

rubber
of

evenly.

both
When

stamp
of

ink

them
not

in

on

gether
touse

keep their

will not

Red

Ink,

in

box

"

Mix

"

parts of vermilion

so

A Black
Stamp Inks.
lampblack with 7 parts of olive

3 parts of

them

on

Rubber

Make

Mix

get

189

SINKING

together and

surfaces

inked

that the dust

To

DIE

STAMPS,

RUBBER

with

Ink.

"

oil.
3 parts

olive oil.

of

Ink.

Blue

Mix

"

parts of

aniline

parts of oleic acid with 94 parts of

A

Ink.

Green

Mix

"

parts aniline lemon

oil 950

castor

How

pad,
Greek

hekaton

hence

to

To

which

letter

letter with
and

rub

of

the

pad

on

the

pad,

almost
as

way

as

or

and

it and

bright
as

now

and

50

or

"

called

copygraph
the

from

"

graph

write,

to

gelatine pad

you

write

must

ink; then

you

for

ptdl it off
clear

as

it

on

the

of

on

the face

clean paper
a

original.

In

the

the
you

will have

you

copies of

100

lay

be left

sheet

lay a

you

nal
origi-

your

fingers. When

your

impression will

an

if

rub

many

and

drawing.

with

it down

is

"

aniline

an

the sheet

remove

blue, 15

oleic acid

and

100,

means

copygraph pad

use

pad

it is often

hundred

Pad.

Copygraph

write

duplicatinga

parts.

hectograph, as

or

aniline

yellow, 50 parts

Make

to

and

oil.

castor

parts of

25

blue

copy

this

originalletter

be made.

can

To

make

gelatinein
'"^

You

stamps,

copygraph pad put

to cover
enough water

can'buy
pads, and

Co., 88 Chambers

good rubber
ink

can

St., N.

be
Y.

stamp

bought
C.

ounce

of

the

the

let it stand

it and

pad for

of

best
for

Rubber
quarter.
Everson
and
Reed
a

HANDICRAFT

190
hours.

24

of

Put

water,

it into

pour

jacketed pot.
be

to

or

the

off all the

water

the inside

hot,

degrees Fahrenheit.
from
the gelatineand

put

it

good

glycerinewhile it is yet on
stir the mixture
in a while
slowly every once
bubbles
from
to prevent
forming, and skim
smooth
to

forms

that

the

make

the letter you

can

it out.
hot

in order

off

have

you

teaspoonful of

pan

tin

Set

the

sheet zinc

to

want

use

of

nice

oil of

the

cloves

if you

pie pan
on

pan

little

and

copy

mixture, let it stand

to

When

fire;

it sweet.

Next

you

stir in

mixture

keep

top of it.

on

cup

wuter

latter in the

froth

and

heat

and

200

of

can

glycerinein

of

the stove

on

of table salt into

outside

ounces

exact, to about

Drain
the

Put

the pot

set

pot,

tablespoonful

BOYS

FOR

larger than
inch high, or

an

merely

to

want

try

level table, fill it with

and

night

over

the

it is

ready

write

your

use.

How

Copy

to

letter with
and

use

While

can,

you

try

the

pad.

to

must

to

do

it with.

writing is gettingdry

wash

you

face

the

make

cold

an

water,

of

the

take

the

pad

part of it.

Let

on

couple of minutes,

and

then

grip a

stay
corner

with

dry

as

will

the

spoil

written

fingersover

your
on

as

it before

else you

gently rub

the paper

it

gelatinewith

impressionor

clean

small

squeeze

done, lay the sheet of paper

side down
every

steel pen

it with

wet

You

"

specialaniline ink, called hectograph ink,

new

the

sponge,

This

Letter.

the

of

pad

it and

for

pull

it

slowly

78.

you

do

this

To
rub

it

as

and
have

pull it

as

ute
original,let it remain for a minKeep on making copies until you

did the

you

191

in Fig.
evenly from the pad as shown
are
ready to make your copies.
lay a clean sheet of paper on the pad,

and

Now

SINKING

DIE

STAMPS,

RUBBER

off.

as

many

want

you

or

the

impressiongets

too

faint.

THE.

GELPTlNEPm

THE

OF

SHEET
P/?P"R

^THB
Fig.

78.

When
of

PULLING

with

pad

before

How
Mix
30

10

you

Make

to

O/^

IMPRESSION

Z/NCP/P/V

FROM

THE

parts of

moist

parts of alcohol.
Red

make

new

"

and

Mix

"

10

are

stir

as

Black
of

Ink.

"

nigrosene;

arabic

anilines

parts of fuchsin, 10

before.

oughly
thor-

and
are

60
solved
dis-

thoroughly mixed.

parts of glycerineand

alcohol; 10
Heat

it until the

Heat

dry

copy.

Hectograph Inks.
methyl violet;20 parts

stir until all

Ink.

the face

let it

and

sponge

parts of glycerine;5 parts of gum

and

COPYGRAPH

get through pullingcopieswash

you

the

AN

T/N

parts of

50 parts of water.

HANDICRAFT

192

FOR
Die

How
sink

to

boy

into

make

wants

It is

"

or

sheet

if you

easy

steel

with

metal

the tools and

it too, for

every

medal.

SHIELD

THE

OF GERM/^N

SHEET

work
fascinating

have
of

out

money

some

badge

etc.

piece of

yet it is very

can

Sinking

Badges,

name

dies and
you

Make

to

BOYS

CUT

SiLVER OR 5R/^SS

OUT

WTHSHIELD

M/IRKEDONIT
Fig.

Badges
inch

or

for

ones

of

chisel and
a

block

and
74

these
7**

of hard

You

The

can

wood

'^^

makes

mighty

inch

one

curved

side of

silver in any
Row, N. Y.

buy German

Bros., Park
P.

silver

%4

metal

cold

which

chiselj^ also
must

be nice

"^^

smooth.

Patterson
75

/4 and

BADGE

high polish and remains

cut out a shield,a star or any
H and a % inch straightcold

To

badge get

of sheet

kind

German

it takes

bright a long time.

kind

of any

but

more

MAKING

IN

STEPS

FIRST

B.

be made

can

thick

pretty

79A,

F.

Smith

Co., 325

West

quantity and
42nd

St., N.

thickness

Y.

C,

make

chisels.
You

can

make

it

so

by scraping it with

of

piece of glass.

RUBBER

on

and

then

shown

at A

and

to

work

Fig.

THE

Sink

the

BADGE

Mark

Fig. 80
$3.00.

the lines

be sunk

to

the

surface

which

the

mark
'''^

Ave.

you

Can
and

be

with
all

193

intend

you

When

make

to

the block

on

chisels and

your

of wood

hammer

have

you

as

it cut

FLAT-IRON

on

VISE.

will cost

badge

on

soft lead

very

rubbed

lines with

as

IN

SINKING

hood
neighbor-

the letters

are

pencil,or, better,wax
white

your

fingeron
and

then

sharp pointed piece of

bone.

some

Hammacher,

13th Street,New

D.

in the

which

by tapping it with

over

of

IN

'^'^

LETTERS

they

the

this part of the

For

"

Vs inch steel letters

of

set

and

have

had

latter

Letters.

ON

in
of

badge

Fig. 79.

THE

shown

SINKING

rough edges.

will need

you

79c.

in

out, file off the

How

with

it out

cut

the

lay the

sheet of meal;

of

the outline

Draw

DIE

STAMPS,

York.

Schlemmer

wax

and

Co., Fourth

HANDICRAFT

194
Otherwise

you

BOYS

FOR

will have

trouble

badge

gettingthe

in

lines

out.

Now
iron

lay

Then
to

flat-iron

"

and

stamp
with

serifs"^^

Fig. 8o.

shown

at

Hold
a

sink

into

of

steel letter
with

blow
the

side toward
of

edge

for

you

the letter

sinking

die

line you

the

going

are

have

drawn

by working

both

to

perfectlystraightand

the
and

metal
the

letter below

is the way

figures

you

as

D.

the

goodly

the notched

and

middle

name

the lower

on

letters

steel

the

exactly on

perfectlysmooth
piece of
in a vise, see
C, is good.

letter of the

it with

hold

the

on

screwed

the middle

take

and

the

leave

surface.

get the

name

the

Finish

on

the

the

die

will

impression of the
stamping

the middle

from

ways

when

hammer

give it

the

name

letter,for this

badge evenly.

figuresyou can also

checks, baggage checks and
stamp key checks, jewelers'
With

78

See

set

of

steel letters and

Chapter VII,

on

Printing.

"

196

HANDICRAFT
finish it off with

then

and

lathe of any
and

stone

Heat

put

FOR

kind get

oil

the

it and

on

some

crocus.

feltwheel

^^

then

the

stamped surface

surface

but

Put

it away

and

you

will have

leave

all that

How

to

shown

as

cardboard

and

inch

without

long and
Mix

box

up

with

say

at

F.

of

wood

Brand.

inch

make

it, make

To
on

3 inches

and

high

plaster of Paris, fill the box

When

the cardboard

box

of

handles

by burning

"

initials

your

wide,

the

mark

top.

some

let it set.

it is
away

side of it,that is the

one

perfectlyhard

from

it,and

that is %

and

with

dry

the

on

they

it

tear

narrow

inch wide, mark

initials,
reversingthe letters just as

your

letters.

sunk

Brands

design into them.

Make
a
Burning

burning brand,

sticks to

dry thoroughly when

burning brand is useful to

tools, boxes or anything made
or

ware
the hard-

at

get

is in the

name

the rotten-

use

off all that

let the enamel

Burning

pin just a littleand

can

you

regularbadge

have

crocus.

store, into the letters;rub

the

If you

and

of the

enamel, which

hlack

some

BOYS

are

out
on

type.
Take
from

sharp pocket knife

around

the

letters to

and
a

depth

leaving the letters standing out

so

F. W.

Gesswein

platers' and

cut

away
of

the

plaster

inch, thus

in relief like type let-

Co., Inc., 16 John

polishers'supplies.

cians',
St.,sells engravers*, opti-

RUBBER
ters

shown

as

plasterto

in

at

Fig.

Give

it

197

couple

of

only protects the

prevents it from sticking

but

certain extent

SINKING

81.

which

varnish^^

of shellac

coats

DIE

STAMPS,

not

the mold.

to

.^^

:^

"

\J
P/?Tr"RN

3"
OF
FOR

BURNING

BRmP

-^ PU?STER

P/?RI5
J^
BUR.NING
COMPUTE

THE.

BJ?fiND

81.

Fig.

this pattern to

Now

take

brass

casting made

up

nice and

of

the

next

inch

on

one

and

81

You

the

put it in

it out

In alcohol

last

and

Use

can
or

thing to

%6

get

fire and

make

this varnish

it

when

firmly on

it at

To

rod

by dissolving yellow
a

paint

store.

ring

inch

die

like B.

the burning

use

wood

iron

an

it is about
the

to

tap.

it will look
"

%6

inch

brand, when
Brand.

brand

the

end

other

Burning

buy

is to

inches

12

press

can

of

long, bend
with a ?i6

the

done, drill

it with

do

the surface

keep

to

have

and

get it file it

you

This

thread

and

you

When

the back

of

COrPER

OR

foundry

be careful

and

it into the

brand
take

inch

end, thread

to

brass

it.

in diameter, and

screw

How

an

IRON

OF

perfectlyflat.

in the center

of %

The

of
and

smooth

letters

inch hole

depth

BRAND

BURNING

red
you

gum

hot,
want

shellac

198

HANDICRAFT

mark

to

and

BOYS

initials will be left

your

the wood

long as

FOR

the wood

on

as

lasts,nearly.
Stencils

stencil is
in which

metal

broken

letters

lines,and

design
it

piece of heavy

on

There

the open

those

used

for

decorative

How

two

are

for

surface
spaces

with

kinds

of

cut

sheet

through

marking the
by daubing a
brush

or

of

with

letters
color

or
on

sponge.

stencils, namely
and

practicalwork

(2) those

(i)
for

used

purposes.

Cut

to

Stencils.

You

"

in either

(a)

copper.

Paper stencils,as

metal

and

serve

your

oil

hoard,^^ or

much

called,are

they

as

in thin sheet

those

cut

quite durable

brass

in oil board
those

than

stencils

your

cut

or

are

in sheet

they will probably

need.

every

stencils with

are

cut

can

(b)

easier to make

CuttingPaper
with

design are

it is used

smooth

any

through

or

thin

or

paper

is

Stencils.

"

sheet of

All you
oil board

need
and

to
a

cut

paper

pen-knife

A stencil alphabet
good, sharp-pointedblade.
is shown
in Fig. 82 and
at A
by taking a look at it
will see
be broken
exactly where the lines must
you
a

hold

the

First

mark

to

want

you

82

man

out

middle

line of

Oil board

St.,New

together.
with

pencil the size of the

the stencil to be and

through the
every

letters

can

to

York.

draw

line down

divide it into equal parts.

letters you
be

then

want

draw

bought of C. B. Hewitt

and

sheet

pair of

For
lines

Bros., 48 Beek-

the oil board

across

whatever
When

want

you

mark

in the

the middle

letter and

board

then

and

right and

this way

metal

exactlyin

in the

will get the whole

you

be.
with

line of the

the letters to the

of

rest

them

start

the middle

on

oil board

left; by letteringthe

the

to

it

word

or

name

draw

draw

the letters to

height of

the

you

199

between

the space

have

and

SINKING

DIE

STAMPS,

RUBBER

word

or

name

or

of the sheet.

the middle

A WAm'll
M"\lll(WITM.STH\'(:il.S
M JKLM
"|
.SMTIMK

OPnRiJTU
VVVXYZAi

a7IKM)BI":
IK)U."\IUS

Fig. S2.

To

cut

A.

How

B.

C.

Decorative

knife

with

your

just as

side

toward

to

board

but

take

press

smooth

pen

little closer to

you

and

you

write

when

lines you

but

the

cut

or

the

on

knife

at

at

will slant in

bevel

the paper.

the sheet around

turn

can

positionfor cutting.

pressure

hard

so

hold

point. Start

the

vertical one,

the best

much

down

board

horizontal; hold

all the

cutting the stencil

bring the lines into
not

do

borders.

wall

of the letter and

the center

It does

for

lay it on

if it is
that

boxes.

marking

line if it is

so

cut.

are

stencil

stencils

and

leUers

for

you

fingersa

slightangle
In

stencil

top of each

left hand

letters

stencil

the stencil

your

the

STENCIL

to

enough

cut
on

through
the

blade

the
to

HANDICRAFT

200

the first

make
the

into

sharp

to

the

the letters

stencils

When

you

file them

the

the

of
at

How

called

it

is shown

is the

littleand

dab

then

and

to

use

it

cake

on

the

especiallyfor
stencil with.

to

the

"

ink; ^^

of stencil

surface

paint

Stencil Inks.

Make

shellac and

logwood

color

it,or

want

you

copper

The
the

stock

in

Brown
thickness

Nearly
stock,

Co., Cor.

every
or

you

Fourth

Row,

New

stencils.

and

Sharpe

Wire

sheet

metal.

stationery
can

to

are

you

it

in

spaces

Ave.

and

it red

if this

if you

York,

want

and

used

stencil

Y.

it to be

ink

for

and

Schlemmer

Hammacher,

13th Street, N.

is the

sheet brass

carry

is also

carries
of

of

ounces

little boilingwater

Gage

store

get them

carmine

for

of

Dissolve

"

make

to

blue

Bros., Park

Patterson

in

part of borax

put in enough

in

sharp.

are

the brush.

Hoiv

85

off of

hurr

short, stubby

"

to

not

for

fine file and

made

and

tight to
"

and

stencil chisels.

edges

kind

rub

stencils

B.

at

Stencils.

best

metal.

design as

with

all the

brush

stencil down

the

mark

84

skill

Brown

file the

design

that

so

stencil

purpose

Dampen

83

small

metal

or

with

them

or

Practical

Use

to

brush,

with

right

or

25

the letters

cut

letters

practicalstencil

No.

stencil all cut

angle

an

sheet

about

out

then

and

have

edges

hold

very

over

run

cuts

the paper

I'b cut

"

metal

mark

gauge;

paper

designs on

sheet
^*

Sharpe

the

the

make

cut

never

It takes

Stencils.

^^

annealed

also

corners.

the

or

Cutting Brass

the

and

through

ing
stencils but the chief part of the art lies in draw-

cut

use

clear

go

line tv^ice and

same

up

cut

BOYS

FOR

C.

and

ing
measur-

brushes

and

RUBBER

Then

blue.
thick

as

add

hot

enough

SINKING

water

201

it

make

to

about

cream.

as

How

DIE

STAMPS,

Decorative

Use

to

Stencils.

Art

stencils

"

be

can

with

used

borders

see

careful

not

to

kalsomined

this

Write

87

St.,

to

the

catalogue

and

^'^

color

in

of

for

putting
these

cut

can

your

rative
deco-

design

own

or

Borders.

with

much

stir

will

half-a-dozen

or

the

be

tints

little

very

hot

some

color

wall

make

To
"

be

water;
effect

the

on

contrasting.

too

be

can

for

had

work.

s^

for

colors

adapted

stencils

frescoed

or

Beautiful

Stenciling

too

kinds

cut.^^

decorative

use

certain

You

after

82,

for

stenciling

moresco

walls.

already

for

colors

for

especially

Fig.

Colors

Mixing
the

in

them

buy

can

you

is

kalsomined

on

stencils,

it

but

work,

effect

good

Co.,

Chicago,

Made

by

N.

Y.,

and

of

Frost
their

Ills.,

Benjamin
sold

and
Art
for

by

Cut
a

H.

paint

Co.,

Adams

list

Stencils.
of

their

Cornhill,
Also

Boston,
to

Sears,

decorative
Son's

Moore

and

dealers

generally.

Mass.,
Roebuck

stencils.

Co.,

i8o

William

CHAPTER

ART

THE

One

of

the

is

working

in

is

it

seems

of

One

for

reason

beautiful,

so

GLASS

fascinating of the mechanical

glass.

the

to

WORKING

OF

most

substance

IX

hard

so

observer

ordinary

this

and
be

to

arts

it

is because

so

fragile that
the

beyond

pale

tools.

contraire,

Au

if you

worked
tools

it

it.

Further,

material

is

What

by

which

glass can
the
^^

that
years

glass is

Before

"

getting

down

worked

be

few

means

of

how

and

it is

inscriptions on
the

art

ago

or

chemical

the

to
a

good

of

Egyptian

the

working

before

the

compound,

glass

the

cesses
pro-

scheme

ticed
prac-

exodus.^^

Hebrew
the

ments
monu-

was

chief

substance

Sand

by melting sand,

is formed

of

lime

chemical

the history of their arts

carved
early Egyptians
from
Greek
the
called
hieroglyphics
sign language

The

of

itself.

substance

glass is made

together.

which
89

are

The

88

in

tell you

to

need

you

kind

right

is sand.

Common
soda

pleasure

tools

Is.

show

of which

the

the

inexpensive.

Hieroglyphic

Now

it, glass is easily

say

much

me

Glass

4,000

French

little skill with

gives

about

know

to

mix

and

do

to

the

as

sacred,

departure

of

and
the

glypho

which

Israelites

Moses.
202

from

means

Egypt

to

and

element

on

stone

hieros

carve.

under

the

ance
guid-

HANDICRAFT

204
as

shown

in

at

You

Fig. 83.

it will

quarter and

BOYS

FOR

needs

all your

serve

buy

can

for

one

If

well.

very

buy a glass cutter with

diamond
a
point such as glaziersuse for about $4.00.
mond
This kind of a glass cutter has a chip of genuine diain a swivel end and it is a pleasureto cut glass
is

money

with

object you

no

of

one

can

It is shown

them.

B.

at

83.

Fig.

How

steel

B.

diamond

with

screw

steel wheel

is made

Glass

Cutter.

hammer,

into

cutter

will be

you

glass cutter.
point glass cutter.
"
"

There

ours," said the carpenter

but

in all trades
in

cutters

wheel

A.

Use

to

GLASS

some

and

if you

so

find

surprisedto

he

as

will

before

kerosene

tricks

are

drove

dip the

each

cut

easilyit

how

cuts.

To

hold

use

diamond

index

place the

and
cutter

middle

square,

it

along evenly.

three

it

just as

sided part with

fingers,as

firmly on

would

you

shown

againstthe straightedge

it down

press

cutter, hold

grip the

penciland

thumb,
Then

the

your
at

C.

of your

glassand

draw

THE

rightkind
sharp angle,that is,very
To

until

Fig.

make

83c

hold

it,and

the

THE

it

RIGHT

and

never

cut

never

clear

or

twice

over

ON

POINT

will

you

the

same

at

slowly

is made.

cut

DIAMOND

down

CUT

raise it

and
slanting,

205

hold the diamond

cut

HOLD

TO

WAY

straightup

of

and

smooth, sound

GLASS

WORKING

OF

ART

GLASS

Don't

CUTTER

surely spoil
line.

THIS

^T3QU/?R"
P^N"OFGl/?SS
DR^W/NG

Fig. 84.

It takes

than

will make

you

HOW

to

skill to

more

rightway

BO/7RO

to

use

cut

use

pane

of

diamond

steel cutter, but

proficient.

glass

cutter

the

littlepractice

2o6
When

head

the

and

You

clean cut.

along the
the
of

cut

sheet

of

rub

corners

it

stone

coarse

better

have

on

is to

way

good,

sheet of

glass

side of

each

put it into

one

and

glass cutter

it off.

Glass

which

on

it

on

glass as

make

Edges.

When

"

the

it up

and

zvhetstone, that is

your

grind

it

cutter

will

round

off the
of

kind

any

be

poured a little water.

a
grindstone if you

have

you

cut

you

on

one.

How

sheet

thick

inch

and

Glass.

in

Holes

Drill

to

through

as

it.

The

bed

bend

to

hard.

drill too

little should
Take

how, grind

know
than

it has

is to

sharpen it

The

when

best kind

ian, or
page

in every

it

on

you

for

your

of

direction.

putty is

to

press

down

you

hole

grindstone

the

on

to

next

sharper point

best

thing to

do

oilstone.

drill stock
as

to

the

use

shown

the pressure
Set

the

allow

twist drill and, if you

get it ; the

on

then

of

Morse

reciprocatingone,
29,

glass make a layer of putty /4 an

large as the sheet you are going to

lay the glass on

idea of using the

glass

drill

To

"

of

drill and

on

the

of

smooth

To

the

If not

on.

glass the edge left by

slightlyrough.

of

enough glass on

shank

Off

Finish

to

square

then

tightand

hold

the

on

the

easilybreak the

easilybreak

then

How

is

firm

it

then

can

notches

can

you

get

of

blade

glass lay it on

against the edge

if there

cut

to

the

the

it

of

sheet of

Fig. 84; hold

in

shown

with

board

drawing

to cut

want

you

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

drill

is
at

an

archimedin

Fig.

on

the

glass is

on

the

glass at

11,

even

the

THE

ART

point where
fingersof

the hole

much

too

the

break

Vie inch

in diameter

in diameter

its size, but

from

do

the drill stock

will

or

you

drill

slow

go

of

drill

to

hole

and

are

to

Cut

Ways

slow

break

with

Fig. 85.

Second

the wheel
The

right

You

can

CUTTER

Glass

Tubing.
rather

with

the other.

on

is marked
of

name

GLASS

off

all round

and

can

you

TUBES

and

use

seat

on

The

sure

cornered

to

way

end

one

and

of the rod

arm

cut

glass cutter;

gauge

off in fractions
three

ameter
di-

trouble.

easy

is to

of

The

"

break

cut

file ^^

FOR

An

"

smooth

steel rod

cuttingwheel

92

Way.

glasstubing off
this is

surely

careful.

three-cornered

it off at the line without

The

put

job because
% inch in

to

up

"

tube

not

hole less than

V/ay. A simple way to cut, or

piece of glass tube evenly is to make

the

the

slippingand

fairlyhigh speed and

will find it

can

you

Couple

First

it with

through ordinary glass because

and when
Ys
you drill a hole over

you

if you
A

to

quite hard

the drills will break

inch

hold

made;

207

glass.

will find it

You

on

pressure

GLASS

keep it
turpentine.

with

the drill at

be

is to

left hand

your

lubricate it well
Work

WORKING

OF

of

file is

an

steel

ing
hold-

inch

three

like

square

me.
^^

and

buy

Co., Fourth

one

Ave.

of
and

these

tools

of

13th St., New

Hammacher,
York.

^^

Schlemmer

208

FOR

HANDICRAFT

rule and

as

shown

in

To

use

cutter

on

the V

set

to

set the

togethertightand

break

can

How

on

this rod

Glass

the

at

put the rod

the seat

the

; press

in

the tube

good

length

with

outside

it and

turn

it will make

the tube in two

Cut

the rod

on

with

and

opposite directions when

you

stop

tube; then

the

cut

it in the tube

rods

in it slides

screw

Fig. 85.

the cutter

want

you

stop with

BOYS

and

cut

easily.

Disks.

sawing out a
round
board, laying it flat on a sheet of glass and
the edge of the
running your glass cutter around
cut out
an
approximatelyround disk
pattern you can
of glass.
to

Fig. 86.

But
a

an

to cut

^^

hardwood

mounted

be turned
base

so

shown

as

head

adjustable cutter
can

glass

perfectlyround

circular glass cutter

that the head

on

out

circular

By

"

it.

on

that it

can

cutter

disk you
in
on

The

Fig. 86.
a

square

rod

revolve

have

must

It has
rod

so

is mounted
around

the

latter.
After
of

the

the cutter

circle you

head
intend

is set
to

on

cut

the

hold

rod

for the size

it down

on

the

THE

ART

moved

in

round

which

the

Little
and

circle and

The

smoothed

which

circle

is made

cut

be

can

is then

head

cutter

clean

209

is

inches

20

after

up.
called

the

in diameter

about

If you

cents.

50

tional electric machine

the

GLASS

glass cutter,

will cut

Beauty

costs

disk

the

of

edge

circular

This

WORKING

thumb-piece.

the

glass by

OF

making

are

this is the tool you

fric-

need

cut

to

glassplateswith.

How
how

Bend

to

bend

to

interested

are

apparatus

to

There
tubes

with

Eimer
New

a
a

air,the

(i )

are

you

which

of

Bunsen

Burner

Is.

bend

to

Bunsen

Avenue,

Cor.

and

buy of
Street,

can

you

glass
^*

burner

being regulatedby

amount

closes the air holes

burner

Bunsen

the oxygen

plain Bunsen
have
Complete
in

This

"

i8th

is

jet of ordinary illuminating

gas

and

found

these

need

Fourth

in the tube

8*

things you

Amend,

gas

you

before

experiment.

and

and

how

know

York.

which

should

glass tubing, both

What

and

"

just two

are

the

(2)

It is useful to know
Tubing.
if you
piece of glass tubing,especially
in chemistry and want
to set up
some

in fact you

"

start

ever

Glass

The

gas

is shown
in

instructions

Magic

by Fleming

H.

hot

very

in

air aids

in the

no

faster than

burner

opens

in the burner.

makes

moves

with

is mixed

ring which

in

burner

your

of Science
Revell

at

house

by

the

Co., New

because

the

ordinary burner

an

the

making

for

flame

gas

to

bum.

A, in Fig. ^y.
you
Bunsen

present
York.

can

burner
author

If

use

an

will
and

be

lished
pub-

HANDICRAFT

210

alcohol

yourself.
Bending
tube

you

which

burner

Tube.

have

should

shown

as

hot

Hold

B.

the

want

to

for

make

an

of the

ing
illuminat-

tube

bend

the

over

lamp until it is

alcohol

or

along the place you

all

or

piece of glass

like

flame

wide

at

of the burner,

flame

bend

To

"

buy

fish tail jet set in the end

give

to

either

can

you

the Glass

burner

Bunsen

red

^^

lamp

BOYS

FOR

heated

it.

BURNER
fj CHEflP

BUNSENBURNER

BURNER
PIRHOLE
T0C/9S
SUPPLY

Fig.

Now

87.

the

turn

tube

as

you

will

little

very

smooth
95

the

it from

How

OF

flame

w^hich

practiceyou

bend
to

in The

just where
make

an

Magic

alcohol

of

with

flame

around

and

fingers

your

soft;

becomes

quickly but gently bend

and

you

burners

bunsen

in the

evenly all

until it is heated
take

KINDS

REGULPTOR
FOR/?/R

do

can

will be
you

able

want

lamp

Science.

very

out

to

it

easily.

With

make

good

it.
of

an

ink-bottle

is

plained
ex-

HANDICRAFT

212

tube
of

you

have

FOR

sealed off and

press

BOYS
it down

on

piece

iron.

^PULL

Make

To

apparatus it

89.

SEALING

Glass

very

-^

\))

FLAME

Fig.

PULL

OFF

Nozzle.

often

6"^^

THE

END

In

"

OF

TUBE

settingup chemical

happens that

glass nozzle

is

BLOW

H^^

J\

^HERE

CORK

UTTLE"ULB

B
-

^t^

"

THEHOLE
Fig. 90.

needed.
tube

as

To

make

described

HOW

to

make

nozzle

above

and

hole

in

seal off

tube

piece of glass
by nicking it with a file
a

THE

can

you

want

Hole

size in

have

which

is described

in

Fig.

in

farther

where

90,

it until

little bulb

take

trim

it away;

of the hole
round
To
cork

Join
into

until the

hole

one

will be

Tubes

Two
end

of

and

blow-pipe,

the

hole

and

and

gentlepuffs

of

the

and

edge

when

run

B.

at

Size.

tubes

glass

the

shown

Same

bulb

thin

around

glassbegins to
the

the

the

as

stick

then

When

produced

point,see

blow

the tube

of
one

of

hole

it is called,you

gently crack
heat

now

again

smooth

make

is formed.

file and

the

mouth

in your

and

size

on.

want

you

end

is cold

To

"

of the tube, heat

end

one

Tube.

or

other

the

213

of the tube any

piercingit,as
sharp pointed flame

to

up

in

tube,

ought
Cork

GLASS

it.

Make

any

WORKING

OF

the hole in the end

have

you

To

ART

Put

"

hold

the

^^
PRESS

^^

HERE

CORK

PRESS

HERE

A
PRESS

HERE

CORK

jXs.

HEmHERE

d
'PRESSHERE

Fig. 9IA.

WELDING

TWO

TUBES

TOGETHER.

B,

MAKING

TUBE

HANDICRAFT

214
other

in the flame

end

tube

shown

as

Let

at

enough

to

enough

of the other

end

one

melted

stick
form

them

as

get hot enough

the

them

make

BOYS

Fig. 91.

press

make

to

in

well

as

of the tubes

the ends

thicken; now

not

FOR

ends

but

together hard

together but
thick

melt

to

not

hard

ring.

FUJME

'/f/R

Fig.

To

make

92A.

good job

flame

and

heat

the

blow

into

the

open

glass

the

smooth.

the

BLOW-PIPE

should

you

juncture all
end

trifle. While

glass in

REGULAR

of

to

use

around
tube

red
to

pointed
hot

spread

and
the

ing
blowing keep turnthe joint nice and
make

are

you

flame

the

now

THE
To

make

heat

the tube

tube

as

press them
It is

in the

described

at

of

then

cork

and

togetherhard

while

it is stillhot

make

it less brittle

to

to

the

in

both

up

they

make

ends;

good joint.

the

glass,which

means

cold

soft

are

around

by lettingit get

the

of the other

When
to

One.

tube

end

cotton

wrap

anneal

the

one

enough

215

of Another

side

B, in Fig. 91.

good scheme

and

the hole

GLASS

Side

the

to

around

shown

WORKING

hole

aheady

manner

OF
Tube

Join One

First

"

ART

joint
to

slowly.

STOPCOCK
'FOR/ffR

RUBBER
COUPLING

\ TOP

OF
T/JBLE

J'
TO BELLOWS

Fig.

To

CROSS

92B.

Blow

Make

section

Bulb

"

the

blow-pipe in

For

to

get

blow-pipe

made

of

Tube."

blowing bulbs
need

like, you

order

home

End

the

on

Blow-Pipe.

flasks and

of

on

How

to

tubes, for

regular glassblower's

hotter

than

flame

Bunsen

burner

gives.
You
can
buy a blow-pipeas shown
for $1.50,^*^
of you
can
easilymake one
96

Blowpipes

Schlemmer

and

and

bellows

Co., Fourth

can

Ave.

be
and

bought

13th

at
as

of

St.,New

in

Fig. 92

follows

get

Hammacher,
York.

2l6

drill

and

Vz inch

of about

as

shown

Next

take

hole

end.

Make

Fig. 92c.

THE

in

make

hole

the

about

This

the lower

the

first

end;

an

angle

stopcock in

the

pipe over

in diameter

cork and

push

READY

ARRANGEMENT

into the brass

inches

long

to

long and
burner

of the

tubes

two

it

14
one

the

over

TO

USE

force

pipe and

tightenough

to

hold

ber
rub-

of it.

the middle
of the

and
from

in it 3 inches

completes the
ends

put

inch

bend

end

8 inches

size and

pipe.

one

length at

one

of the latter

glasstube exactlyin
tube

same

tube

the lower

from

long

Fig. 92.

BLOWING

GLASS

into the end

Connect

it to

through

glass tube; slipthe

the cork

first

glass tube %

solder

at

long and

inches

size and

inches

lo

in it 3 inches

hole

and

pipe

latter

and

in diameter

inch

pipe of the same

30 degrees to the

fit another

the

tube

brass

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

glasstube
a

of

the

stopcock into

this

brass

fit a
but

with

you

into and

tube

want

to

through

set

the

THE

ART

top of your
the lower

with

tube
air

molders'
or

of

make

bellows

which

pair,or

Fig.

at

92D.

mouth

of the brass

regulatingthe
or

brush

had

at

work
How
tube

to

about

be

buy

for

buy

can

which

gas

small

of

can

jet or
brass

compressed

ordinary
about $1.50,
pipe
regular blowan

are

very

much

BELLOWS

FOOT

of

the

which

tube

is the gas

of air and

amount

mouth

of

glass tube

is,drawing it in and

gas,

flame, that is,a flame

the

you

D,

REGULAR

that

"

you

$8.00.

By adjustingthe mouth
is the air tube

can

it and

the table.

the

source

blower

you

shown

better,for about

other

or

The

C.

as

projectbelow
and

217

above

stopcocks are

illuminatinggas

bellows
can

you

at

GLASS

large brass tube with

foot blower

shown

as

that the

so

the

connect
source

WORKING

of the tubes

ends

Next
other

table

OF

the

of

"

out

which
of the

tube, and

by

pointed flame

large size,can

blowpipe according

to

be
the

doing.

are

Blow

inch

Bulb.

"

Take

in diameter

good pieceof glass

and

15

inches

long;

2i8

HANDICRAFT

draw

end

one

shown

in

at A

Then

heat

PRESS

long

out

BOYS

FOR
and

thin for about

3 inches

as

Fig. 93.
part of the tube

small

in

large,or

HE/^THERE

HERE

PRESS

HERE

FLAME

Fig.

93.

A.
B.

brush

flame,

Drawing
Forming

at

BLOWING

the

out

GLASS

BULB

tube.

glass rings

then

and

glass thicker

IN

the tube

on

glass in the flame

the

turn

until it is soft
the

STEPS

FIRST

this

both

on

press

point.

all the
ends

the

Do

to

time
make

thing

same

/^ELT/?NPSE/fL
^

THICK

R/NG

OFFHFRF

'CORK

G
Fig. 93c.

MAKING

THICK

RING

several

ring thus formed, and

rings of glass as shown

enough

to

above

the

make

the sized bulb

so

at

you

OF

on

GLASS

until you

B, which
want.

are

have

thick

HANDICRAFT

220

glass surface
a

of

sheet

FOR

etch

or

BOYS

stencilled

name

or

is

need

(i )

inches

wide, 5 inches

shown

at

Fig. 94A.

in

Fig.

PARTS

OF

box

high and
Cut

94.

the

with

hole

apparatus

10

Hd 5
tightfitting
inches
long as
in

sand

for

wide

with

off and
name

(3)

and

Clean
etch

all around;

on

the

it

rub
it

pound

of

surface

w^arm

or

(2)
the

with

dry.

Next

can

pound

of

end,

say

etching

of wood
rather

an

coarse

of shot.

water

you

one

blast

4/{"X 4^4 inches, thus leaving a margin

emery,

design on

glass.

All you

inch

make

glass
a

you

littlesoda
cut
a

are

going

in it,wash

stencil

with

to

it

your

geometricaldesign by

THE

of

sheet

folding a

Now

cut

the box
in

out

and

the

and

sponge

cut

box.

piece of

a
a

Lay

hole
this

cutting it out with a

glass with a thin layer of
it and

rub

in the cut

be

flat.

parts with

get it all off

to

sure

it down

out

the

of

size of the hole

of

end

too.

cloth the size of the end

in it the exact
on

221

and

paper

Coat
the
pair of shears.
mucilage, lay the stencil on
the mucilage off clean
Rub

slightlymoist

GLASS

WORKING

OF

ART

the

with

box

GL/?SS
TENC/L

CLOTH

Fig. 94B.

SAND

BLAST

in it, lay the

the hole

togethertightwith
94,

or

tie it up

the box

and

PUT

APPARATUS

with

TOGETHER

it and

glass over

rubber

bands

string.

as

The

FOR

READY

shown

fix them

all

in

Fig.

at

cloth cut-out

glass will prevent the emery

ETCHING

from

between

sifting

through.
Put

the shot and

tight and

then

the emery

and

emery

shake

in the

it hard

box, fasten the lid

up

and

down

shot will strike the surface

so

of the

on

that

glass

HANDICRAFT

222

with

much

as

minutes

force

half

or

an

FOR

BOYS

possible. Keep this up

hour
when
the glass will be

for

as

15

etched

deep enough.
When

you

particlesof
shot

and

This

process

for

as

the

open

have

emery
of

each

of

box
been

find

embedded

the latter has

etching can

will

you

in

become

be used

that

the

the
lead

cuttingtool.

for metals

as

well

To

ground

glass.

How

Make

to

glass go

about

Ground
it

Glass.

above

as

"

described

make

but

in this

case

stencil is needed.

no

The

Acid

Hydrofluoricacid is made by
with
treatingHuor-spar,^''
sulphuric acid. The acid
which
is thus formed
acts
on
glass by eating into it
for this reason
and
it must
be kept in either rubber,
lead or platinum bottles upon
which
effect.
it has no
In etching large surfaces
the acid is not
the
put on
glass directlybecause it eats so smoothly the effect
is not strikingenough; instead the following process
is used which
leaves a rough surface
more
nearly like
Process.

that of the sand

Make
to

etch

an

ounce

pour
a

lead

and

"

blast.
dish

with

the

size of

the

sides

inch

an

glass you

high.

of

powdered

flour-sparinto

enough

concentrated

sulphuricacid

thick

paste.

Coat

the surface

of the

the
on

Put

you

can

York,

it of

buy
or

of
"

the

want

about

dish

and

it to make

glass with paraffin,or

Fluorspar is calcium
fluoride;
and
Ave.
i8th
Amend, 4th
St., New
Apparatus Co., Boston, Mass.
^"^

the

Eimer
L.

E.

beesand
Knott

THE

pointed instrument
intend

you

Lay

the

with

then

scratch
to

steel

on

mixture,
containing the fluor-spar
Fig. 95, and let it stand over night.
/RUBBER
BOTTLE

the

to

side down

waxed

other

shown

as

The

glass.
dish

the

on

sign
de-

the

or

name

your

223

scriber,or

etch, clear through

the

glass with

GLASS

WORKING

OF

rosin,and

and

wax

ART

at

vapor

in

formed

'^YDROFLUOR/C/?C/D

RUBBE/^
stopp":r^"

TRJ9Y
spmrno

FLOOR

/?ap

SULPHURIC
j7

ETCH/NG

THERnOMETERTVaE
Fig. 95.

ETCHING

A.

Etching

sheet

B.

Etching

thermometer

GLASS

of glass with
tube

WITH

ACID

fluor-spar.
with hydrofluoric acid.

by generatinghydrofluoricacid in this way

that is the sand, of the glass with
silica,
a

tendency

great
or

The
scrape

is eaten

unite, and

off the
on

wax

it.

thus

which

the

it has

grates
glass disinte-

the

away.

morning

next

etched

to

attacks

and

when
you

you

take

of?

will find the

the

name

glass,
or

sign
de-

HANDICRAFT

224
etch

To

the

coat

etc.,

with

them

just as

shown

B, using

at

How
the

edges

surfaces

or

in which

water

with

clean

cloth

fingerstouch
Brush
the

To

of

soda; dry well

careful not

be

bind the parts

in

some

let your

to

together as tightly

tin

which
bath

zvater

When
a

ounce

of

thick
A

larger pot

in

pot

tin of water

or

stir
or

"

gets clear take it from

the fire,put

keep the

to

it should

let it get cold, when

be

cement

about

as

cream.

solution

of

the

much

running

to

alum

Frost

water

glass on

of

the

off and

Glass.

zvater, which

in hot

alum

Lay

ounces

and

sugar

best

it is called.

as

Simple Way

much

in

1%

add

the mixture

Heat

drops of oil of cloves

and
as

and

of the

ounces

then

sets

the starch

few

sweet

and

dissolved.

they are
can

dissolve

hot water

pulverized starch

until

as

little

parts.

the cement

make
arable

gum

in

and

press

cement

possible.

as

or

made

and

as

edges or surfaces of the glass with

according to the directions which

the

over

cement

follow

the cleaned

direct

on

glass clean
hot
fixed together with

put

then

and

in this

but

"

and

for the purpose.

wood
To

"

be

to

have

you

above

hydrofluoricacid
Glass.

Cement

to

described

hues

the

scratch

spHnter of

BOYS

thermometers, burettes,

and

wax

put the

can

you

graduations on

them

figureson
case

FOR

alum

as

"

let it cool

to

means

saturated

dissolve

as

possible.

perfectlylevel
water

Make

as

table and

you

slowly,when

can

pour

without

the alum

on

its
will

THE

ART

the

cover

for

fine

with

glass

substitute

WORKING

OF

GLASS

crystals. This

salts in hot

Epsom
with

clear solution

cases

that

used

are

because

Mica.

silicate and

because

ways

Gelatine.
and

hoofs

substance

of

In

glass.

some

of
is

from

and

It is useful

animals.
a

wrongly

from

it

sheets; in color

obtained

is

but

India; it is

jet black

fireproof.

horns

is also

thin

it is

which

it

of

number

Farther

translucent.

gelatineand

pure

in

to

Gelatine

"

mixing

solving
dis-

glassbut generallythey
cheaper.

the

to

then

are

instead

splitinto

colorless

transparent

There

"

found

be

can

from

ranges

by

and

mineral, which

isinglass,is

called

be made

is better than

they are

This

"

good

arabic.

be used

can

substitute

Glass.

can

water

of gum

for

Substitutes
substances

is

ground glass.

cheap frostingfor windows

225

the

in many

skins,

the

Isinglass is

nearly

white, tough, partlytransparent

is obtained

chieflyfrom

the

ders
air-blad-

of fish.
make

sheets of either

some

of

To

is the
form

and

of

in

enough

it is still hot

hot

build

up

pour

the
on

lay another
the

edges
the

water

strain

with

that it will

so

it is cold.
it
a

through
clean

sheet

thickness
sheet of

let it stay there

piece of

putty;

some

gelatineto a
greased and hot

gelatineand

"

when

cloth; this done, grease

glassand
Now

"

solve
disisinglass,
ter
isinglass the lat-

glue, or

flexible solid sheet

While

cheese

best

finest

the

gelatine,or

of

the

warm

of

glass

Vs inch.

glasson

top

until it is cold.

226

The

of

sheets

How

buy

to

there

make

color

any

while

gelatine
Mirror.

it

While

ing
add-

by

is

hot.

it

is

much

"

mirror

times

are

the

to

BOYS

given

be

can

Silver

to

cheaper

gelatine

aniline

little

it

than

it

when

is

useful

is

make

to

how

know

to

still

one

to

one.

As

know,

you

free

from

film

of

bubbles

silver.

The

silver

of

silver

the

solution

until

hydroxide
little

caustic

and

potash

drops

more

is

mirror

air

solution

weak

FOR

HANDICRAFT

of

ammonia

the

glass

the

upon

clear

This

then

and

finally

adding
in

put

few

little

very

glycerine.
float

Now
will

is

thick

the

water,

film

be

soon

enough
of

dry

silver
and

this

on

with

coated
take

on

varnish

the

glass

the

back
it

and

mixture
silver.

When

from
of

your

when

the
it

with

mirror

the

face
sur-

the

film
wash

bath,
clean,
is

done.

ammonium

done,

and

is

mixing

by

with

clear

glass

which

of

made

nitrate
is

of

back

is

bath

it.

to

sheet

cold

228

FOR

HANDICRAFT

Street

clothier

shown

in

the

to

Fig.

96.

of

the

high

as

each

of

and

to

then nail the Israelite

stripvv^ith a couple of

policeman's

policeman

stripsby driving a couple of

into them

and

top

foot

the

near

both

through

brads
fast

leg

of

ends

the

inches

persuasion,3

Fig. 96.
the

Pivot

of Semitic

BOYS

or

puzzle,

brads.

will

now

be

you

Nov^

good

pull the stripsapart one of the long arms

and when
the cranium
the law^ will crack Ikey on
stripsare pushed together again the other minion
authority will bounce his club on the place where

v^^hen you
of
the
of
his

brains

color

ought

will add

How

to

to

be.

little red

the realism

to

Make

Truck.

toy will bring a lot of unalloyedjoy

fellow

and

Cut
inches
so

out

wide

that

to

board

for

and

it is

Fig. 97.
front

it's easy

end.

Bore

make,

inches
a

to any

V^ inch

little

tiny,weentie

inch

long ; trim down

wide

This

"

too.

the bottom

14 inches

water

of the toy.

Automobile

an

blue

and

in

hole

front

2%

as

one

thick, 4%
end

shown

inches

from

of it
at

the

off

Saw

inches long
this block

of

the

across

board

wood

inch

body 6%
line in

inches

long and glue or

with

"

and

2%

and

glue

the back

from
Make

Fig. 97.

thick, iVo inches

inch

229

square

the seat

this is to brace

"

by the dotted

shown
a

block

KIDDIES

THE

FOR

TOYS

wide

3%

and

seat

as

of

inches

nail it to the block.

C-TH^HOOD

VJ"W

TOP

Fig. 97.

To

34 inch

front

and

6%

short

back, and
inches

of

wood

the bottom.
Next

round

long

box,

or

make

wide

cut

4%

stripsof

for

the

the bottom

out

inches
wood

and

wide

long
2

Nail
to

stripsof

two

inches

sides.

close up

on

TRUCK

one

and

two

it rests

AUTOMOBILE

THE

thick and

stripson

blocks

FOR

body

2^/1inches

the other

and

the

make

wood

PLANS

for

and
the

inches wide
one

of

the

the seat

and

the

nail the side

stripson

"

off the lower

edge of the short board

HANDICRAFT

230
that

is

left; set it
and

drive

and

into

brings the
down

for the axles.

fast to

one

the

boards
side-

through

each

of

the

boards
side-

it

4^

front

inches

fast

the

or

up

and

long

end,

let

both
these

nail the

and

inch

of
are

tom
of the bot-

rear

bottom

the

have

and

the

near

back

of

this

bottom;

be closed

can

blocks

square

one

the

near

shoves.

at

over

from

the

of

that

so

Nail

inches

ends

tail-board

inch

shade

just a
2

the

BOYS

the

between

brad

tail-board

off two

them

in

the side view

as

Saw

FOR

other
the

from

end.

Fig. 97D.

Make

wide

hood

and

and

READY

TRUCK

block

inches

of

high
the

side

views.

wheel

RUN

TO

off the top

bevel

front

bottom

in

For

the

% inch thick and

inches

1%

wood

and

this to

top and

out

saw

of

nail

C;

in the

shown
wheel

at

AUTOMOBILE

out

long

shown

as

THE

as

steering

1% inches in

diameter.
The

last

thing

inch

thick

hole

in the exact

the

end

of

and

the

to

2%

do

inches

center

axle

is to
in

wheels

four

diameter; drill

of each

with

out

saw

wheel
inch

and

screw

long, round

Vs inch
it

on

head,

TOYS
wood

it will look
How

to

like D

and

Make

toy that
is

much

like

run

Swell

fire

is

This

"

but

when

engine.

will like

the automobile

231

bright red

Coaster.

little tot

every

just as simple as

very

the .automobile

Paint

screw.

KIDDIES

THE

FOR

tical
pracIt

immensely.
it must

be made

stronger.
/^"'

/s"

l.^f

/f-TOP

TWNDU

V/ey/

""K

"^

BOLT
\

C-/^^\A
T^
HmG5R

Fig. 98.

Get

thick, 5%
out

so

in

front

inches

that

bore

end

%6

and

make
a

with
the

inch

FOR

and

hole

inch

SWELL

is the

is 2%

end

Fig. 98;

Next
of

wide

one

places marked
out

PLANS

hardwood

board,

B'/fXLE SUPPORT

Y/EW

C'S/DE

14

COASTEE

best, %

inches

inches
i

holes

inch
across

or

long

wide

as

and

inch
it

saw

shown

in diameter
the

back

at

in the
at

the

circles.
rear

thick

axle
board

support
a

and

for this

piece 4 inches wide

saw

and

HANDICRAFT

232

long

7 inches
inches

the

the

end.

rear

This

it you

done

want

Fig.

use

98E.

THE

of

out

and

stick

READY

D, and

bore

B.

to

it and

RIDE

the
for

and
i

inch

ON

a
piece
long; saw
and
2^ inches deep

wide

inch wide

off this smaller

Round
at

bore

15 inches

iVs inches

until it is

down

C,

TO

piece2

by screwing an

hardwood

of

for the axle support for the front

end

at

steeringhandle,

COASTER

wide

end

one

it ii4 inches

across

the support

the

make

it

shown

as

seat

of

bit and

and

in the side view

to

thick, 2 inches

the

Brace

angle brace, as shown

seat.

end

one

hangers

this support to

Screw

BOYS

brace

your

through

hole

of

out

saw

Take

square.

inch

from

and

FOR

end

wheel

for the

the other

saw

6 inches

and

Yz inch hole close

deep.

handle, as shown

to

the end

for the

through the hole

in the front part of the seat, drive a nail through it
/4 an
just above the seat and glue in a piece of wood

handle

bar.

Slip

the

rounded

end

TOYS
in

inch

diameter

KIDDIES

THE

FOR
6

and

inches

long,

233
for

the

handle

bar.
Saw

diameter, bore
Set

one.

Push

bolt

through

bolt

in

each

of

center

hangers of

between

the

through

them

it won't
How

run

any

and

screw

Get

to

Make

long

for the

down

back

for

the

back

inches

of the last
in

at A

shown

at

E.

attractive but

more

little

make

no

% inch

other

axle; bore

ends

of the first two,

of

inch

the

inches

3 inches
half

holes

sticks 4

more

inch

choptie

24

about

one

is

time.

and

square

bore

two

bore two

it in

of each

Next

This

"

tickle any
can

you

end

one

done

cut

inches

6%

holes

finally5% inches back

% inch holes,as shown

and

more

inch

off four

third

inches

sticks %
will do

ones

square

434 inches long;

them

on

Fig. 99.

This
or

and

handle.

ones

as

run,

it

make

will

and

in the

through

way

to

screw

Nifty Wheelbarrow.

off

round

and

and

support

ready

sticks of wood

two

and

better.

half to death

'most

is

brightpaint will

wheelbarrow

cute

the axle

of

the coaster

of

coat

the

wheels

in the

inches

through each of the other wheels

hanger

nut, when

"

the

of

one

hole

is 4

nut.

^4 inch

which

of

each

steeringhandle, slipa

the
on

wheels

three

out

the

next

long, and

and

"

in diameter

inch

an

one

make

one

6%

inches

one

10^

the last

of

long,
inches

long.
Out
diameter

of

board

and

bore

inch thick
a

hole

saw

wheel

in its center

5 inches
an

inch

in

in

HANDICRAFT

234

Smear

diameter.

glue

some

stick and

shortest

FOR

is the

"14inch thick and

end, 6/4 inches wide

TOPVtEW

the

on

slip the wheel

exactly in the middle.

Make
the body, that
wood

BOYS

have
at

on

it

so

the

that it is

ofi

box, of the barrow

it

4^/4inches

other

the

of

middle

wide

at

one

end, 5 inches high

OF

B/IRROW

WHEEL

COMPLETE

C- mEBLBARROW

\
B- SIDE

Fig.

99.

A,

B.

VJEyV

PLANS

FOR

BARROW

and

7 inches
the

toward
holes

READY

and

the

the

THE

C.

WHEEL

TO

near

larger than

WHEELBARROW.

NIFTY

long. Through

back

shade

THE

an

middle, but

upper

inch

edge, bore
in diameter

little
two

and

slip the third longest stick through the holes in the

body; drive a brad through the stick on each side of
the body to keep the latter from
slippingfrom side to
side, but it must
swing easilyon the stick.
You
are
now
ready to assemble the wheelbarrow
and

if you

intend

to

paint it you

must

do

so

before

you

HANDICRAFT

236
wide

each

for

glue

smear

sticks.

down

side, cut
them

on

backs

The

FOR

BOYS

drive

and
of the

into

them

swing,

as

14

cross-

at

see

that

exactly like the sides except

inches long, and finallya singlebar

ends,

the

will

you

made

are

the

round

and

they

C,
are

thick

inch

C^OSS

B/fRS

/^"

/i-TH"SE/IT
E

21

C'
Fig.

FRONT
PLANS

100.

and

wide

and

each

end

goes

14

from

Now

get
about

rope
middle
front

and

two
10

with

long

the

front

of

one

bar, thence

end

and
seat

and

it.

the

inch

swing

inch
each

through

through two
finallythrough the hole
then knot

hole
to

in

keep

fallingout.

pieces of good %
feet long; double

pass

SWING

HIGH-LOW

THE

FOR

inches

across

the little fellow

B/fR

holes

in the

the

thick manila

piece

in

the

hole

in

the

in the

side-strips

cross-bar

of

the

This

the

done

of
cross-strips

the cross-bars

of the seat.

the

and

same

Fig.

All

way

have

you

do

to

of

to

Make

improvement
doesn't

Saw

as

low,

holes

through

pieceof

shown

swing

high

into

in and

rope

D.

at

of

the

the

top

loop the top

screwed

little tot

all

in

give him

or

swing.

How

runaway

hooks

last of

swing

is to

the

through

the other

done,

to

now

of the door-case, put the

her

is

ready

couple

over

ropes

Fix

swing

swing

the

iood.

side and

the

237

through the holes

end

back, then

the

of
cross-strips

in the

other

the

pass

KIDDIES

THE

FOR

TOYS

take

over
so

much

Stick

Horse.

"

This

is

great

because
riding a broomstick
imagination to change it into

it
a

horse.
out

of

board

5 inches

square

the

head

of

fierysteed as shown
dapple-gray,with a

a
a

real

Make

pony.

the head

stick %

on

for the rider to

in

at

its neck

inch

to

and

square

paint it

and

loi

like

look

then

nail

3 feet

long

webbing and

of

or

Fig.

on

mane

rein

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

238

straddle.
HE/) P

THE

HORSE

THE

OF

THE

STICK

HORSE

CO/iPLET"

Fig.

Make

long stick. Saw

stuff,4 inches
Slip a
a

thin

from
as

stick

down

out

in

to

cross

square

until

they

pair of

diameter

banbury

inch

axle

nail the

to

the

wheels

and

and

are

free

inches

inch

an

of

end

the

of %

inch

thick

inch

hole

bore

their centers.
wheel

over

each

through each
coming off, and it

shown

horse

stick

the ends
and

diameter

through

axle of

an

long; whittle
in

ride

ioi.

nail

at

B.

end

of the

end

to

will be

axle

prevent the
fit and

ready
"

drive

and

wheels
to

ride

TOYS
How
and

pony

Make

to

cart

to

are

make

to

be used

KIDDIES

Pony and
be played

Cart.

size marked

it the

can

THE

FOR

out-of-doors

with

in

If

"

little

this

in the house

Fig.

then you

239

should

if it is

but

102

you

it twice

make

the size.
Get
a

horse,

or

least

at

and

then

green,

for

Make

good

as

block

1%

them.

between

This

1%

wide

and

of

piece of %

diameter
the

Set

wheel

run

in the

shown

to it as

Make
of

wide

and

next,

or

inch

6 inches

the middle

of it.

so

red

but

are

shown

as

inch

the

inches

long

square

with

inch

opening %

an

A.

at

wheel

hole

drive

center

nail, glue

of

the

or

screw

long

an

inch

Saw

out

inch

through its

and

and

C, which

Saw

they can

is

stuff, 3 inches

inches

screw

that

see

long. Nail

4%

and

in diameter
of wood

done

cart

inch square

ture,
pic-

center.

nail

wire

in

for it

wheel

the horse

at B.

the

made

and

square

opening

and

This

on.

inch

inch

an

thick wood

Ke

through the frame

to

color

and

wood

long

inch

drill

wide

leaves

inches

and

it any

in the

in little picturebooks,

inches

stripsof
wood
% an

of

shown

it

on

colors.

by nailingtwo
a

thick,draw

one

Paint

ponies,even

frame

inch

an

the

as

it out.

saw

of these

never

board

nice smooth

out

them

pair of
to

turn

wood

the

ends

and

2%

wheels

an

in

inches

of the

strip

freely.

Next

make

the

stripsof

wood

^ inch thick and

shafts:

inches

the bottom

on

box

high, 4

stripof

long

simply

these

are

about

formed

5%

of

inches

two

long.

HANDICRAFT

240
Nail
the

the ends
middle

will

FOR

of these

and

at

the

to

front end

distance

just slipin between

BOYS

apart

of
that

so

the

cart

the

in

horse

them.

"xi:7
COMPLETB

FR/IMBFOR
THE

WHEEL

6*"

'^

PONY

Fig. 109 A,

PLANS

B.

FOR

PONY

CART

Glue,
as

shown

brother
you

otherwise

or

how

to

give him

finished pony

and

D,

at

play
a

and

CART.
DONE

fasten

the

you

with

chance
cart

AND

WHEN

shafts

then

can

C.

THE

PONY

to

the

show

your

it,but don't break

to

play

will then

look

with

horse,
little

it before

it too.

like the

AND

The

picture.

TOYS
How

Make

to

THE

FOR

KIDDIES

Life-like

241

Goose.

Nearly
unless they
"

including goslings,are lifelike

ready for the pot but this
being made
geese,

that

lifelike in
her

toward

her

head

body when

she is drawn

are

is

gray-goose

from

out

moves

all

and

the floor

over

back

by

string.
Get

two

and

wide

Fig.

HOW

103.

A.

The

size of

B.

The

size of

C.

The

crank

body

on

one

then

fasten

Saw

them

in the

V^ inch thick,3% inches

piecesof thin wood

6 inches long; draw

center

of

as

shown

together
drill

and

out

makes

which

of them,

the

a,

goose's

made

body.
and

the goose

at

with

circle which

bore, three

inch

the

of the

as

shown

body

of

neck.
life-like.

Fig. 103, and

couple of brads.
in

Viq inch hole through them

drill,or

edge

the

the head

for

the board

is

goose

for

board

shaft

them

life-like

the

the

the outline

is the

holes

at

by

the

the

wheel; also

points near

largercircles.

HANDICRAFT

242
On

long draw

inches

shown

as

goose,

hole

the

near

its head

mean

wheels

off

through the
on

C.

at

wire

hole

wheel

and

drill

Saw

in

the

goose's neck
form

to

in

small

of the wire

bend

and

end

body,

then

tightand bend

the

shown

as

each

put

in the

hole

thick, slipit

crankshaft

is to

move

end

wooden

-Ke hole

Viq inch

wire

iron

next

the

bird's

by which

two

drill

Vie inch

d.

"

out

and

of

neck

paint the

Now

5H

and

one.

The

each

it out

neck.

sides of it

on

the

part of its anatomy

both

through

wide

and

its neck.

piece of

inches

head

in diameter

of each

the center

wire

of

saw

and

inches

Cut

B,

at

end

the

out

the anterior

body and
I

V^ inch thick,2%

board

BOYS

FOR

of

the

force
up

what

is left of the latter.

Fig.

103c.

three

Make

inch

them
the

GOOsiE,

long;

goosie

pins of
smear

boards

apart and

which
the

goose's head.

When

the

front

ends

these

also act

wander

and

and

drive

pins will keep

right distance

the
as

in diameter

the

body

finished

shall

inch

glue on
holes;

the

form

pins in

wood

some

gently through

where

gander,

it will

guide
look

for the
like

C.

HANDICRAFT

244
Make
inches

box

long;

end;

one

through
hole

bore

the

it

both

shown

as

cut

upside

middle

through

hole in it

or

of

and

drill

%6

hole

top and

drill

%6

inch

the

large

down

the

sides

BOYS

wide, 3 inches high and 6

in
hole % inch in diameter

inches

turn

FOR

inches

from

back

at B.

ffj'
HOteWTOP
OFBOX
HOLE/N

0P"R/?rJNO

Fig.

off

Cut

long
it and

glue

it inside

the

stripand

OF

MECHANISM

%
stripof wood
box is wide, drill

the

as

THE

IO4B.

one

the

in the

box

THE

an
a

DANCING

inch

SAMBO

and

square

as

-J^einch hole through

so

that

the

top of the box

in the

hole

will be in

line.

Now

3J^

off

cut

through

it

through

the

the

through
shown

at

stripof

inches
hole

from

in the

hardwood

long for the lever

inches

under

end

and
one

of

drill

inch thick and

a

Ke

end; ,slipthe
the

with

box

cross-bar; pivot the lever by running

the
B.

hole

in

it and

the

sides

of

hole

inch

the

lever

its end
a

box

wire
as

Slip the

of

mechanism

shown

the

sorts

of

keep

the

down

its free end

Fig.

for

working
his

I05A.

How

of

end

THE

to

you

the

on

the

working

the lever with

fingers

your

sending a telegraphmessage,
small time Ethiopian will execute

as

all

long time.

the

lever

race

own

cleverly you

WIRELESS

Make

or

any

one

give

can

not

even

the

ber
mem-

possessed.

ever

PUP.

THE

DOG

HOUSE

Wireless

bull-pupfor

remarkable
when

rests

is all there is to the

darkey distinctive charactertistics that

of

the

fancy dance steps and cut up antics that will

children, and the grown-ups
too, in great

good humor
By

that

so

on

through
through

were

you

A, the

at

and

Sambo

245

Sambo.

By working

though

box

This

of the lever.

end

as

the

in the cross-bar

KIDDIES

is fixed to

which

wire

hole in the top of

hole

THE

FOR

TOYS

he will

SLOT

IN

Pup."

THE

This

jump out
else calls him, when

OF

FLOOR

is

THE

most

of the kennel
you

clapyour

246

FOR

HANDICRAFT

hands

on

or

other

any

occasion

BOYS
when

noise

loud

is

made.
make

Always
catch

him

there.

that when

so

house

and

cut

out

before

pup

wide

inches

you

he'll know

pine boards

thick

inch

piece 7

gets home

he

smooth

Use

for

dog-house

he's

for the
8 inches

and

"A"

k
CD

Fig.

long

inches

the

back

THE

out

inches

wide

floor.

Now

plane to

Cut
end

two

and

inch

OF

and

inch

of the

deep

as

HOUSE

wide

shown

long

groove

of

edge of
i-!4inches

the

and

at

sides
and

the board

through

slot cut

the

off the top

for the

DOG

parallelwith

an

8 inches

THE

slot clear

pieces for

bevel

allow

end

END

it V2

each

on

BACK

one

have

long and

Cut

from

and

long; then
inch

IO5B.

for the floor.

1%

7"
3/?CK

in

'V2an

Fig. 105.

the house

screw

them

to

the

edges of the sides with

slopeof

the roof

but before

TOYS

put it

you

of

out

This

apparatus

(i)

are

three cells of

The

247

wireless

of the

7 inches

spanker; (2)

out

apparatus
Make

dog-house.
shown

as

square

solenoid; (3)

B.

at

of five chief parts and

consists

clock-spring
; (4)
or

jump

board

back

KIDDIES

install the

must

you

the pup

that makes
a

on

THE

FOR

these

stiff pieceof

telephonetransmitter

and

(5)

two

dry battery.

spanker,so called

because

it spanks the pup

out

TACT
TIN CONSTRIP

'LUNGER.

30 LT
CONT/fCT
PL/fT"

BR/fOS
ORPIVOTS
Fig. 105c.

of

his

SPANKER

THE

WITH

ELECTRIC

SOLENOID

CONTROL

wood

at C; it is simply a stripof
kennel, is shown
% inch thick, i inch wide and 3% inches long.

Tack,

or

to

form

middle

an

of

end.

one

the brads
A

otherv^ase fix,a

electrical contact
it and

The
rest

solenoid

then

drive

spanker

sets

in the grooves
is

merely

an

tin to

piece of
; cut
a

brad

one

side of it

% inch hole in the

in each

edge

near

in the slot in the floor and

and

serve

as

pivots.

electromagnetwith

loose

248

HANDICRAFT

iron

core

long

and

it %6

in it.

inch

double

Fig.

in

cotton

is done.

inches

Make

i/4 inches

cardboard

in diameter

covered

wire

your

iron

bolt

long makes

CROSS

magnet

section

inch

view

house
Make
and
when

screw

the

of

in the

spanker is back

as

section

cross
a

is drawn
far

as

22

solenoid
and

1%

loose

iron

ready

pup

wireless

the hole in the

stripof

this to the floor back

plunger

the

or

spanker

the inside of the back

to

plateof

contact

the

in

action

Slip it through

shown

as

20

in diameter

good plunger, as

side

the solenoid

screw

and

inches

the hole

No.

is called.

and

have

it full of

FOR

core

and

spool i^^

diameter; wind

An

105D.

BOYS

FOR

into

drawing
tin

of the
the

or

at

D.

sheet brass

spanker so

solenoid

it will go the

of the

and

platewill

that
the
come

TOYS

the tin

with

in contact

THE

FOR

front of the spanker

the

on

to

KIDDIES

spanker.

249
Put

stop in

prevent the latter from

falhng

far forward.

too

Next

get

in

holes

two

house

strong, stiff piece of

end

one

and

pressingout

the

THE

IO5E.

the

free end

spanker. Fasten

by

of

the

spring

of

means

the

of

hang-

FRONT

Fig.

it to the back

screw

the top, with

near

punch
clock-spring,

END

FRONT

VIEW

OF

THE

PUP

WIRELESS

HOUSE

otherwise, an

ers,

or

the

roof

the

front of

of

for the pup

diameter,
front

on,

ordinarytelephonetransmitter

the house

as

the house

and

to
as

the

get in and
shown
hole

at

will

of the transmitter.

shown
cut

out, and

E,
be

so

D.

at

that

4
a

when

directlyover

make

Now

opening

hole 1%
you

to

in it

inches in

put the

the mouthpiece

HANDICRAFT

250
Before

at

of the transmitter
of the solenoid

these

connections

IO5F.

WHEN
HE

plete if
then

Saw

be

2%

he must

CALL

THE

Now

make

the

pieces of

made

OF

inches
slide

wires

plate;join the

other

PUP

HOUSE

OR
IN

of the

spanker. When

in and
the

on

one

circuit will be

WIRELESS
DOG

atus
appar-

the

one

the

on

the

connected

put

of

the

front

CLAP

YOUR

com-

HANDS

HURRY

the
of

spanker
the

is

house

the pup.

body
wood

HIS

up

battery; lead

the tin

are

OUT

back.

the

to

to

battery is

pushed
and

YOU

COMES

connect

the contact

to

wires

FlG.

front

BOYS

D, that is, connect

of the transmitter
wire

the

putting on
shown

as

FOR

of the pup
and

high

and

easilyon

legs out of separate

together. He should
and
done
5 inches long when
See F, Fig. 105.
the floor.

glue them
and

his

CHAPTER

is music

There

get it

to

MUSICAL

MADE

HOME

beats

fence

he

in

pie-pan

INSTRUMENTS

everything if

without

out

XI

cracking it.

with

making music, only

is

When

how

small

drums

stick, or

only know

you

on

boy

wooden

neighbors won't

the

believe it.
This

is because

he

after

while

and

singlenote
he

is

gets

it is

By this I
by uneven

music

Any

musical

by

sounds

instrument

Q8

The

use

gong,

and
9"

For

Science
and

the

it is

as

by

set up

will

tone,

drum,

these

not

called
of

by the present
York.
Co., New

sound

air

cymbals
bombastic
and

waves

air

by shock,

is

played
or

all set

octave

up

the

alone

musical

or

but if
it is

as

by

sound

cussion
con-

instruments.
sound

see

The

author, published by Fleming

252

waves.

be bombastic.

sweet

set

while

to

eight of them,

bell, and

order.

volume

and

produces

very

are

is sound

even

instrument

of

are

theory

that

^^

tones, of

called,is said

it are

set

or

the sounds

call noise

in time

this

especiallyif

nerves,

bombastic

we

^^

zvaves

bombastic

of

sion
succes-

repetitionof

he thinks

hence

that what
air

is made

When

you

grown-up's

in

note

same

constant

reallymusic

mean

concussion

or

on

the

up

the

writing a book;

noise but

up

sets

Magic
H.

of

Revell

MUSICAL

called,and

air

before

one

vibrate

"

is

one

then make

first one

Coins.

very

music

in cold

even

How

"

higher than
and

the other

and
a

pleasingway

to

is to

brass

it with

'"ose diameters

pair
from

range

by

bining
com-

resemblance

them

io6a.

and

out

the

Them.

show

take

that

"

is

there

piece of

sheet

Vie inch thick and

circles

compasses

eight

inches

inches.

f^

Fig.

of

Make

to

brass, or, better,sheet steel,about

Saw

in

call music.

we

on

heard

and

note

properlyyou will have

simple and

scribe

is the

which

pitch

produced

are

each

253

produce pleasing tones,

Musical

The

of

it and

these tones

of what

that

"

will

you

that the

so

waves

of time

second

the

them

tune

of

number

INSTRUMENTS

to 3

3H

musical

file them

coin

down

so

that

each

one

ring out a whole number, as it is called in physics;

that is,if the largestand deepest toned coin, or disk,
make
makes
250 vibrations a second, the next one must
will

500

vibrations

until the
2000

smallest

vibrations

second, the
and

next

750

and

highest pitchedcoin will

second.

so

on

make

nearly so,
series.

in

at A

Fig.

io6b.

^^^

how

to

surface

its

and
of

as

edges

of

or

harmonic
each

one

until the

then file them

and

To

"

hold

the

play
the

on

of

coin

and

"

tune

top

musical

the

top table is the best

marble
down

in the

number,

is justright.

one

to

musical

is known

what

Fig. io6

Play Them.
coins spin them

How

its whole

out

notches

saw

of each

tone

rings

will have

you

Now

shown

as

coin

each

When

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

254

to

each

as

the

with
table

spin

"

it

coin dies

edge strikes progressivelyagainstthe

it will

table

ring

out

in

clear, loud

tone.

The
100

that

If

coins

will

you

when

it

be laid in

should
look

spins

closely

fast at

at

the

first the

row

on

the table and

spinning coin

axis

about

which

will
you
it rotates

see

is

mences
upright. As the coin comit spins gradually begins
the axis about which
to die down
of the coin until finally
the diameter
to the center
to shift from
This
its center.
is spinning directly about
at the finish the coin
of the earth.
motion
is the same
the processional motion
as

its diameter

and

that

the

coin

stands

MUSICAL
whatever

will

which
it

note

INSTRUMENTS

produce it,hold

little spin. You

the

and

hand

either

of

combination

little distance

very

to

more

of

will

them
that

learn

to

with

going

at

agreeable

in music

they look like

give

spin them

have

to

easy

B, and

mony.
har-

as

play

real coins

and

and

at
are

pleasingnovelty.

The
Them.

off

learn

that is known

are

at

coin

the

pick up

out

shown

as

or

you

tones

coins

musical

it

soon

two

time, when

same

The

can

keep

ring

to

want

you

^SS

Musical
The

"

instrument

musical

tomato

How

"

make

cans

I should

bombastic

very

"

Cans.

Tomato

Make

to
a

bombastic

say.

Be

that

n/JLLET

FELT'
Fig. 107.

as

can

and

cans
on

Now

CHOPIN

TOMATO

get eight tomato

It may,

carefullyand
the

THE

keep

paste the labels

piece of

felt

by pouring

as

water

melt

Next
on

shown
in

them
in

the

the labels off

soak

cans,

them.

CAN

off the

again.

Fig.

107.

cans

you

tops of
Set each

can

tune

256

HANDICRAFT

them

that each

so

regular order

of

forth

whole

number

notes

You

need

octave.

an

BOYS

togetherwill give the

in the first

water

any

will send

one

all of them

and

note

FOR

but

can

do

this

use

note, that is the note

not

to

put

for the

one

which

on

in the

the

damenta
fun-

chord

is

formed.
Make

couple of mallets,as

with

cans
as

ball
To

the Tomato

Play

them

set

cans

of

couple
and

mallet

While

harmony

dissonance
the

way
101

the

to do
These

combinations
102

Chopin

103

"

tomato

the sweetest

board

the
of

three

tones

are

canned

still

about

crazy

tune

Make

to

cans,

the

and

heard.

ever

chief
we

factors

Them.

musical

glassgobletsand

wide

which

(pronounced

dirge is

be

the instrumen

play Chopin's ^^^

"

glasses
make

To

them

mount

feet

this is to fasten the foot of

are

melody,

that both

How

music

thin

inches

12

for

say

to

one

softly.

ear

to

will do,

no

Undertakers

Glasses.

from

cloth

may

tuned

cans.

get eight very

^^

have

tap them

have

great

on.

Musical

about

set

on

is

tomato

Different

who

one.

you

woolen

hand

thick

as

piece of felt,or

performer ought

dirge ^'^^

The

on

the

glue a wooden

of each

When

"

thick

in each

and

the musical

row

and

end

one

of

folks

instrument

funeral

some

and

make

in

sticks about

long

as

Cans.

thicknesses

with

the

pair of

lead-penciland twice
% inch in diameter on

the

called,of

are

the sticks to beat

that

long. An easy
each gobletdown

make

up

the

various

call music.

Sho'-pan)

was

expressing grief and

Polish

musical

mourning.

poser.
com-

MUSICAL
with

couple

in

shown

as

To

stripsof
the

ends

glassespour

When

octave.

of

tin

brass

or

placed

these to the board

of

musical

in them

water

until each
form

together they

learned

have

you

octave

an

257

108.

exactlythe rightpitch and

has

on

thin

Fig.

the

tune

of

screwing

it and

across

INSTRUMENTS

to

an

play simple tunes

glassesyou

build

can

the

up

glassesor three octaves, which will give you

enough notes to play almost any of the popular airs.
set

to

22

Fig.

How

play

Play

to

108.

the

the

moisten

Glasses.
of

rims

GLASSES

MUSICAL

THE

"

the

startingin

Before

rub

glasses and

to

your

vinegar,
fingerswith water in which you have put some
or
better,a little acetic acid/^^ until they feel quite
rough.
when

Now

the rim
between

edge
a

of

glassand

the

of the

lay the tips of

you

skin

of

glass will

wonderfully sweet

the pressure
a

104

This

very, beautiful
acid

them

fingersflat

around

roughened fingers and

set

the latter into vibration

will be sent

fingerson
tremolo

contained

in

the

out.

on

it,the friction

your

tone

of your

is the

rub

your

the
and

By varying

glassesyou

can

duce
pro-

effect.
vinegar that gives it its value.

258

HANDICRAFT

It is

scheme

good

into each

goblet so

of

begins

sound

will be

The

Tubular

easilymade
and

BOYS

drops of acetic acid

quickly as the volume

few

just as

fall off you

to

glassthey

play

can

services

those

put

friction between

the
If you

to

that

whatever

tipsinto

FOR

of

Harp,"

of the musical

and

glass.

the

of

Make

tones

glassesbut they

This

much

much

are

your

ments.
entertain-

It."

very

crease
in-

so

glasses well

to

gives out

and

to

musical

How

finger

your

nearest

for all kinds

in demand

instrument

are

them

set

dip

can

like

deeper

louder.
/?

s^

B
\GLUE

CLOTH

ON

HERE

ff.r'
!?"'"

="=

36'

"V

6
Sl.

Fig.

To

1*^5

"

^^^

and

Brass

Hungerford

A,

this

make

hell-metal

good

109

"

bell

brass

"

metal

Copper

OF

THOUSAND

will need

you

it into

cut

Brass

HARP

harp

tube

and

THE

B.

tube

THRILLS

feet of

12

will do

eight pieces;

but

saw

V2

inch

it is not
off the

as

first

bought of the U.
York.
Co., 89 Lafayette St., New

tubing

can

be

T.

26o

HANDICRAFT
this

and

ment

if you

the

want

harp

the expense.

about
How
stand

get

powder

pair of

to

nice

harp

is shown

Harp.
old

When

"

rub

tubing

don't

you

care

C.

complete at
off the

cut

into

the

made

have

you

it well

metal

or

and

gloves and

rosin and

some

look

The

the

Play

to

either wood,

be of

can

BOYS

FOR

fingers;

palms of

the

the

gloves.
This done, put

tube

and

draw

your

sounding board,
will be

shown

as

emitted.

Not

the sound

make

gloves, grip the top of the

the
hand
toward
slowly down

the

on

but

C, and

at

only

the

does

it is hollow

as

beautiful

vibrate

tube

it acts

tone

as

to

tor,
resona-

tions
smypatheticvibrations
in the tube which will reenforce
the simple vibraof the tube both in strengthand quality.
the top of the tube
By waving your finger over
while you are playing it with the other hand
a tremolo
if
beautiful
and
effect can
be produced that is very

that is, the

versatile

are

you

will

sound

up

make

can

you

set

it sound

Musical

The
This

musical

played

like

Push

Pipe.

How

"

is

instrument

an

you

slide trombone, that is

use

can

off four

stripsof

long and

have

other two

2%

off

one

of

other

any

two

Make

It.

inches

the

them

wide,

3 inch

kind

as

wide

"

it is

pipe but

by pushing

in and

it.
the

you

pipe of

organ

have

at

% inch thick and

wood
of

to

organ

pullingout a slide that fits inside of

to make
Spruce is the best wood
Saw

like

voice.

human

but

almost

inches

shown

in

boards

so

i6 inches

wide

and

Fig. no.
that

hand.

the
Saw

it will be

12%

inches

edge

as

2/4 inches
Cut

out

wide
as

and

shown

at

wide

end

2V2 inches long and

and

to

thick and

inch

an

inches

for the

board

V2

board

high

end

one

sharp

B.

at

another

Take

plane down

and

long

shown

261

INSTRUMENTS

MUSICAL

as

inch

bore

it

make

shown

D.

at

thick, 2% inches
% inch hole in it

E.

fiVi^
o

Fig.

As
take
of

it

common
as

mouth;
bottom
a

supply

you
a

square

PARTS

1 10.

shown
then
board.

OF

this

pipe

at

with

air

spool and

thread

push

musical

that

can

glue the large end

over

Next

tube and

make

glue
and

the

by blowing

trim

you

so

pipe

down

one

in

it,

end

get it into your

the hole in the

sides together

to

form

glue into the lower end

262

HANDICRAFT

piece of

three-cornered

2%

and

high

inches

of its

bring one
Glue
lower

of the

end

its top

between
side of
lower

thick

G.

at

piece of

edge

the

and

of the tube

inch

space

of

the

short

mouthpiece

this part of the

and

the

to

Y^

sharp edge
the

at

that it leaves

pipe so

close

very

pipe.

shown

wood

will

This

and

side of the

pipe. Finally glue

the

end

shown

as

wide, 3 inches

inches

of the short

thick

the

wood

sharp edges just under

sharp edge

to the

BOYS

FOR

in the

push pipe is

done.
If
of

now

the

To

it.

play

but

which
of

push
wide

inches

tune

these

of the

and

boards

The

on

inches

to

pipe
do
or

must

of

and
"

of

inch

long; screw

block

stop,

sides and

two

out

stripsof %
12

with

pipe

organ

clothespinwill

handle.

popular airs

slides in and
two

have

screw
on

wood
a

it in

slide, will of

slipsnugly

stop,

pipe.

Make

2%

wood,

thick

of each

end

one

the

size of

the
knob

"

the

head
for

center

course

but

half

movable

the

the

range

it.

on
a

and

octave

an

from

will issue

it must

pipe

if it will sound

top of the organ

of

the

on

top

mouthpiece, a soft

whistle

steamboat

the open

over

the

through

this fit the

do

pushj

this

blow

of

hand

place your

play many

can

To

of

and

octave

an

you

or

pipe

like that

note

of

will

you

be

open

easily in

the

pipe.
^

will blow
Play the Push Pipe. If now
you
through the mouthpiece and slide the stop in and out
will be produced. It takes
various tones and semi-tones
to stop the slide
to learn just where
very littlepractice
To

"

MUSICAL
make

to

given

playing musical
the

thing for

The
This

how

iioj.

make

To

to

the

make
above

How

Make

to

is easy

and

off

because

of

rule-of-thumb

learn

the

method

play.

to

maple

longestone

all the
a

variation

the

"

stick of

little at

any

It.

is
zil-o-fon^,

to

make

in

just

played

right lengths of

difference

is

pronounced

and

them

saw

for tone,

out

will
Hence

^^^

pipe

"

is

act.

off fifteen bars

cut

get the

will have

try them

is

thick,% inch wide

5 inches.
you

buy

or

one

inch

an

push

all apt in

at

are

push pipe ^^^

musical

the

instrument, which

To

Xylophone.

make

263

that is if you

"

black-face

Curious

cheap to
Y2

note

instruments.

Fig.

INSTRUMENTS

length
for

others

time

and

in thickness
of

them.

ing
determin-

the sizes of them.

Drill
106

107

Can

Ke

inch

hole

through both

be bought for
push pipe can
Apparatus Co., Boston, Mass.
be

bought

the L. E. Knott

Co.,

of

any

Boston.

dealer

ends

of each

bar

$4.00 of the L. E. Knott

in musical

instruments

or

of

string them

and
Make

inches

wire

on

rolls of

two

straw

ends

of

long; fix the

in Fig. iii

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

264

inch

in

them

keep

to

and

in diameter

these rolls

on

place.
20

board

as

lay the maple bars on them

when
they are ready to be played on.
The
How
to Play the Xylophone,
xylophone is
To
make
the latter
played with a pair of hammers.
sticks % inch in diameter
and 8 inches long ;
cut off two
shown

and

"

get

or

turn

/4 inch

wooden

two

in

hole

balls

each

and

one

in diameter

inch

in

glue

; bore

of

one

the

sticks.

Fig.

Take
stand

III.

AN

hammer

the middle
for dear

of the bar

life and

it will sound.

this

the

and

about

and

with

WOOD

it

loosely;
of

the

inches

pound
the

the

above
in

ball ends

the bars
musical

more

pieces like

reason

OF

sticks
6

Now

over.

faster the tune

the
For

the

Circus

are

you

brass
can

tubing %
inches long

Use

it is

hold

and

that

so

MADE

"

By using
metal,

hand

ARE

especiallyadapted for the xylophone.

It.
How
Peculiar
to Make
Tubaphone.

Life Gallop
The

in each

xylophone
are
parallelwith
of the xylophone

bars

BARS

THE

the

over

hammers
the

XYLOPHONE.

tubes,
have
inch

or

made

better, tubes

xylophone

in diameter

for the

"

and

fundamental.

of

another

have

of

bell

order.

the first

one

MUSICAL

Keep

inches

wide

17

Fig.

Saw

of

at

and

inch

end,

17

and

all in tune.

stuff and

4 inches

til
un-

Make

the bottom

have

wide

down

the other

at

end

long.

BARS

THE

TUBAPHONE.

off two

them
filing

inch

265

off and

all done

one

inches

112.

wide

them

frame

wooden

and

sawing them

on

have

you

INSTRUMENTS

stripsof wood %
inches long. Bore

apart measured

MADE

ARE

an

TUBES

thick, i inch

inch

fifteen

their

from

METAL

OF

inch
in

centers

holes

them;

glue a stripof felt or thick cloth to the wood in each

and slipthe tubes in the felt lined holes as shown
one
in Fig. 112.
How
To play this peculiar
to Play the Tubaphone.
instrument
a
use
couple of felt covered mallets; these
be made
can
by winding a littleball of string around
"

end

one

of each

in diameter
with

felt.

exactlythe
The
This

and
Beat
same

one

inches

the
way

Cathedral
is

stick which

Chimes.

with

do

"

the music

and

depth.

about

then

the

when

you

Hozv

to

of the easiest musical

and

be

long, and

tubes
you

should

inch
it

covering

in

felt mallets

phone.
play the xyloMake

instruments

Them.
to

"

make

produced by it is impressive in its

tone

266

HANDICRAFT
make

To
about
a

inch

off

saw

inches

12

block

it

BOYS

FOR

wide

board, %

and

inches

22

each

to

square

or

eight bindmg posts ^*^^ of the

Fig. 113; drill eightVs inch holes

inch

long

and

for it to

corner

Get

thick,
screw

rest

size shown

on.

in

at

in the board, 4 in

Fig.

with

row

each

CATHEDRAL

full sized

A.

B.

The

the

holes

also 5 inches

THE

113.

binding post.
the sounding board.

chimes

on

5 inches
then

apart, and

eight spiralsof

No.

better, phosphor-bronze '^^^

Co.,
109

apart and
screw

have

the

rows

binding post

into

hole.

Make

108

CHIMES

These

Place,

Park

Get

be

can

it of

Hungerford

bought

New

the

York

U.

T.

Building, New

of

spring brass, steel or,

do this by
wire; you can

the

14

Manhattan

Electrical

Supply

City.

Hungerford
York.

Brass

and

Copper

Co.,

HANDICRAFT

268
beech
a

hold

to

which

board

timing pins and the hitch pins. Cut

the

hole 3 inches

sound

BOYS

FOR

is to

be

in diameter

used

for

both

near

the top; then

togetherand screw
up the ends
clamps to hold it togethertight while

with

box

Fig.

When

shown
the

holes

shown

inch
in

at

Fig.

like

1V2 inches

about

inch hole drilled

brads

violin

long and
near

have

each

Make
one

notches

driven

wings
Each

pegs.

two
i

cut

bridges of hard
inch high and
5
in

one

peg

side.

inches

inch

wide

get

as

row

to

pegs

them

should
have

pins can

of the box

is shown

wood

Now

hitch

end

inch

fit
as

be

%2

for the end

the top of the shank

The

on

should

one

into the other

wood

dozen

dozen

the holes, all of which

line with

each

should

the

drying.

end, six in

Make

114.

glue

your

it is

drill

one

of the

AEOLUS

OF

string to pass through.

of the
brass

HARP

deep in

these

and

at

THE

thoroughly dry,

it is

holes

peg

114.

ends

at

and

be
in

A.

thick; have
and

dozen

with

12

catgut

MUSICAL

269

INSTRUMENTS

stringsof different thicknesses and put them

sounding board; to do this twist a loop on
of each
the other
thread
end
through
one;
in the peg and tighten it up a little.
When

bridge

you

have

under

each

all of
end

wind

out

another

% inch
set

it

won't

is to make

the
the

over

How

the

^olus

it

on

may
the

wind

blow

Plays
play the harp
an

in order

be

and

cover

the wind

emitted

and

as

It,

To

this

force

much

produced but

to

make

the
as

window

slant.

the

end

cut

block

and
cover

as

sible
pos-

that

old

abilityset

that

so

the

the window

Pull

all of the wind

strings.
softlybeautiful
blows

wind

the

the

the best of his

to

blows

when

"

open

the

When

done,

of

purpose

with

Wind

stringsat

the

The

strings.

sill of

harp

This

pine board and glue a

i^ inches long to each corner

strikes the
on

vibrate.

top of the harp.

on

set

strings in
very tight or

thick

and

square

hole

the

the

tune

stringson

them

make
inch

the

end

the

strings in place

then

and

unison, but don't stretch

the

the

the

on

wind

down
pass

tween
be-

will be

tones

discords

hard

wind

will

monies
exquisitehar-

subsides

will

again prevail.
Egyptian Fiddle.

An

"

early Egyptians
called

invented

it,but they did

in medieval

this fiddle. came

played

with

shall tell you

the

not

times, that

How)

be called

bow.

I'll bet
to

it with

is in about

make

though
and

"

rehah
a

the

rehec

It.

Make

fiddle,or

play

to

how

to

as

bow.

The

they
Later

9th century,

and

it

that

the

was

play sounds

then

fiddle I
better

HANDICRAFT

270
than

Egyptian

any

rebab

To

make

make

fiddle of

stringand

only

box

it is

though

"

be 4 inches

inches
Cut

long.

of the board

wide
hole

which

hoard
J

using

wood

For

clamps

the neck

2/4 inches

inch

and

glue

end

of

thick,

screw

this end
The

110

The

Antonio

inches

wide,

it down

until

of this end
conical

Next

the

in the top view

and

the

to

the
back

inches

shape of the neck

hole

out

saw

of

of the neck

to

center

pieces together

bore

it is fixed

way

one

inches

12

in the

cut

length

at

for the sounding

the

peg.
a

stuff;

piece out

deep;

fit in

and

with

narrow

the

peg

box

sounding

is

side view

the

115.
a

inch

bridge
high

make
and, finally,

inch

cut

deep for

the

out
I

and

thick

and

use

long;

"

wood

wide

tight.
wood
1V2

stick of

inches

clearly shown
Cut

them

inch

the box.

Fig.

hold

15 inches

and

and

in it and

all of

thick

this end

end

glue

and

inch

wide

through
other

take

thick

is

end

one

to

inches

to

one

thick

inch

in diameter

going

has

violinist

inch

end

are

you

then

and

other

inches

%6

or

only

master

high, 6

the

at

it

"

be of %

should

this box

end, 8

by

Vs

of

which

should

kind

is needed

one

sounding

this

except the ends

made

ever

exactlya Stradivariiis}'^^

not

in

BOYS

FOR

thick

and
a

an

of

a
i

piece of

Y2 inches

of
tail-piece
inch

wide

priceless fiddles made

Stradivari
of Cremona,

17th century.

at

hard

long
a
one

shown

as

bit of

end,

by the famous
Italy, in the

wood

old

hard
i

inch
violin

early part
"

inch
at

C ;

wood
wide
maker
of

the

INSTRUMENTS

MUSICAL
the other

at

and

end

each

and

end

whittle

or

inches

271
Drill

long.

hole

plane the large end

to

in

sharp

edge.
of the

In the middle
bore

"S^inch hole and

large end of the sounding

glue in

hitch-pin. Fasten

piece of catgut string. Slip the

stringthrough

the

the

SOUNDING

hole

hard

to
tail-piece

in the

wood

peg

box
for

hitch-pinwith

the

end

of

sharp

end

an

violin

tail-

of the

BOX

Cd

TUNING
PIN

Fig.

other

bring the
in the peg

G
not

keep

end

in the

FOR

it from
and

up

neck.

clef,if
tune

make

you

it
to
a

so

that it

Make

the

violin bow

FIDDLE

pulling through, and

thread

it

Finally put

enough

know

EGYPTIAN

AN

stringand tightenit up.

How
to

PLANS

it to

piece; knot

the

115.

the

bridge

under

it to the treble,or

Tune

about

the hole

through

music

to

it,or if

do

gives a pleasingtone.
Bow.

"

The

best

of is Brazilian

kind

of

lance-wood

wood
or

of

HANDICRAFT

272

but

snake-wood,
can

you

use

Take
and
round

stripof

inches

24

drill
not

hole

Y2

wood

long and

in each

it out

it to

screw

Cut

they

as

IJ

""

bow

Fig.

not

115D,

HOW

the hard

comes

hairs; get 50

"

the

60 white

or

pullingthem

buy

bunch

of

under

one

and

even

this done

of

the blocks

close

screw

where
If

down

when

you

you

blade

the block

they go
will
will

10

under
look
see

I told you

and

put

the

end

of each

block

them

them

have

you

down

of the hairs

have
a

cents.

one

when

tail but

Sears, Roebuck,

20

or

ends
you

Dohhin's

of

put

and

the other

oppositeblock, and

putting on the
about 2 feet long;

from

together screw

fasten

made

that is

out

them

somehow

them

Having got

is

horsehairs

advise

to

bow

part and

Co., Chicago, 111.,for

and

but

'^}^

"

zr

rather

called:

are

the

out

"

y^'

I do

; then

at

it smooth.

frogs

and

one

shown

as

sandpaper
or

wide

tight.

very

Now

yours

inch thick, i inch

an

saw

fit the ends,

to

stringedfiddle of

one

beech.

the stick and

up
blocks

two

for this

piece of

BOYS

FOR

under

the

all

tight;

all drawn

littleglue on

one

the
taut

places

the blocks.
at

that it
about

horsehair
seems

very

in the second

through

scope
micro-

like the scroll

saw

chapter,that is,

INSTRUMENTS

MUSICAL

it has
same

the

on

direction

other

the

on

same

so

Do

You

not

genuine
costs

and

buy
but

5 cents

much

use

can

kind

Bernardel

makes

HOW

rosin
of

that

large

played

up

the

in

teeth

and

of

the

fiddle

gives the
It

from
bites

of
at

E.

tion
direc-

one

hairs

down

to

in

the

is the

strokes.

played

is

bow

ought

running
the

the

run

hairs

but

best

sound.

rosin

results

on

The

for

is the
which

and

France
hard

it often.

rosin

regular violin bow

volume

is shown

the

the

on

the

them

running

friction

imported

quarter.

a
a

with

the

piece

the

about

fiddle is

115E.

of

teeth

the

that

string on

Fig.

half

the

half

other

the

and

with

bow

all of

it and

on

rights then

By

way.

be put

fine teeth

lot of

273

the
way

string
the

XII

CHAPTER

is

There
too

having

youngest
is

This

time

get the

to

neither

the

of

It

family
is

soiree

^^^

with

call

to

after

folks

will

is

divertisement

it

off

you
1"

the
all

know

This

then

and

whenever

is

to

be

French

the

time

old

and

month

boy

of

or

cians
magiwill

you

all of

that

one

coming

them

let

couple

let all hands

spirit

about

as

if

the

your

next

one

the

next

pleasure.

should

you

the

to

with

even

you

the

as

first

the

given

and

interest

spare

divertisement,

every

once

forward

look

give

to

swa're)

it,

have

you

Moreover,

comes

plan

(pronounced

to

up

which

"

it is done.

that

see

well

can

it takes

as

it with

give

it is

"

enjoy.

but

do

the

which
can

to

to

mother

or

noble

used
find

to

thing

together

props

inclination

the

had

member

oldest

hard

father

your

they

all

at

not

getting together

entertainment

of

the

as

is

of

heads

the

that

that

and

evening

well

life

home

overlook

an

as

of

feature

famiHes

many

and

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME

it and

word

of

join
them.

moves

they
and

gathering.
274

it

what

know

don't

means

weeks
in

and

talk

Naturally
know

an

it

before
about

since

anything
evening

social

HANDICRAFT

276
cents

and

"

board

tack

the wall.

or

crayon,^^^which
it makes
or

sheets

dozen

Also

buy

is better

to

your

stick of black

chalk

than

or

heavy black line that will

Fig. 116.

Drawing
in hand

not

and

an

HOW

the Cartoons.

explain that

"

easel

is

drawing
marking

charcoal

for

smut,

blur

in with

Start
what

made

you

propose

principlesupon which free-hand

Then
make
a simple line drawing

the

show
based.

store.

off.

rub

112

BOYS

FOR

You

can

buy

marking

crayon

at

hardware

your
to

crayon
do

is to

drawing

is

of the boxer
or

stationery

SOME

EVENING

reaching for
shown

as

in

ENTERTAINMENTS

the

Fig. 42,

draw

Next

and

free hand

of
43.

you

can

lines with

performance,

your
mark

After

have

you

all about

them

draw

the

mark

on

your

next

outline
the

inches

in

features

Now

these

do

is

and

the

in

human

this makes

it easy

explained

the clean

on

shown

as

and

Fig.

with
at

for any

the

and

44

body.

Have

the lines
time

same

to

one

one

get the

proportion.

each

the

that

one

You

that

your
can

last part of

finale

grand

is your

so

family audience

The

drawings

and

practicedrawing these

11*

have

gin
be-

the crayon.

in the face

comes

fingers.

to

draw

the

figures on

all you

squares

"fi-na^le) and

about

these

in

expert

then

man

ruled

not

are

off into

apart

explain that

figures,which
lines
beast, the out-

you

proportions of

sheet

loping
gal-

lead-pencilbefore

ofif the sheet

of

and

man

trace

and

made

tear

Drazv-

the horse

line

If you

the lines with

over

draw

simple

the

Fig.

drawing

in faint

paper

to

in

chapter called

then

these

around

shown

as

invisible opponent

three-quarterstretch.

reallythe skeletons

are

the

on

his

in the

over

ing Simply Explained,

home

of

maxillary

277

and

(pronounced

cartoons}^'^
also

when

tongue

^^^

have

you

will be

You

an

exhibition

and

it is

patter

some

do

them

as

clever

begin by explaininghow

should

for
as

'^'^^

the
your

the expres-

generally the climax

of it.
11*

is

usually a caricature of a person

or
thing done
word
from
the
sketchy style. The
French
comes
carton,
which
means
pasteboard.
115
Witty or amusing talk to help along the act.
in

cartoon

278

HANDICRAFT

sions of one's face

when

mind

the

representedby
Draw

is at

rest

few

very

row

shown

the

on

at

sleep can

be

lines and

you

MUCH

some

DISDAIN

Fig.

Next

four

draw

before

you

it and

laugh
is

Joy

can

shown

by

down

as

Show

its

PRINCIPLES

OF

four

awake

of

ends

your

each

/J LITTLE

/?NORY
CARTOONING

circle and

littleaudience

curved
fourth

modesty

little arcs,

pointing up,

circle,while

oppositeto

how

sorrow

will

see

approval.

third

in the

is the

more

first circle.

vertical lines in the second

say

the

in the

draw

FIRST

represented by four

lines with

joy

SURPRISEP
II7A.

crayon

first that

say

in the

SOMEY^H/IT

y^

straighthorizontal

shown

as

WDEMme

you

four

in

marking

your
Now

Fig. 117.
represented by

QUITEMODEST

all be

can

"

in diameter

inches

in

F/fsrmLEEP

look

features

simple lines.
with

them

the

is excited

or

or

paper

draw

BOYS

that is the way

"

eight circles 5

double
as

FOR

lines the

of

is

you

course,

which

circle,since the emotion

that of

curved

which

is, of

sorrozv

ends

or

point
of

row
sor-

joy.

depictedby drawing four

lit-

angles in

tie

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME

of each

the

the bottom, while

at

one

fifth circle with

the

279
vertex,

point

or

is the

disdain,which

reciprocalof modesty, can be illustrated in the

circle by reversingthe positionsof the angles and

sixth
ing
hav-

their vertices at the top.

To

surpriseall

portray

BYDEUGHT
OP

nOON
Fig.

P/JTmO
H/SPO/PE

S/LV"/^Y

DE

117

Q
THREE

B, C, D.

SIMPLE

two

vertical line for the

nose

and

pointed down

without
shown

of
your

them

at

half

marking

is to

draw

large circle

and

JUSTHEmO
^

my
B

crayon

YOU

will have

CAN

the

DO

the ends
a

eyes,

very

of

good

(or maybe it's a Chinaman.)

tellingyou how to
and D in Fig. 117,

dozen

JOKEf)

THAT

CARTOONS

you

the

HAS-

slantinglines for
and an angle with

representationof anger,
Now

do

HE

eighth circle draw

the lines

seventh

to

caught the expression. Finally In

will have

you

the

little circles inside

four

have

you

times
and

on

when

sheet
you

draw
draw
of

the
each

paper

get before

toons
carone

with
your

audience

lightning

of

Here
some
are
Chemistry.
experiments in chemistry
pretty and easilymade
as
give the explanation
you can
you perform them

Thirty
and

like

artist.

crayon

very

them

able to do

will be

you

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

28o

Minutes

about

written

I have

"

each

will

which

one

as

serve

the

patter.
The
show

Mystic Glass of Milk."

glassof perfectlyclean water

BLOWING

ii8.

Fig.

it with

The

of

or

amor,

all intents, though not

through

ouDY

BLOW/NG
STR/JW
you

are

or

blow

to

love?

in

comes
it be-

when

straw

all purposes,

milk

variety. See Fig. ii8.

To perform this chemical trick get 50
Cause.
of good quicklime and powder it in a pint milk
cow

bottle.

then

oracle

Effect." Yon

"

grams

once

the

glass tube, clay pipe

to

of the

/fFTER
THROUGH

STR/^W

THROUGH

and

'M^ci
\g-

Ci e/p^

BEFORE

7/i^

in

Let
a

pour

it stand

while.

Let

for

24

hours

it stand

and

another

off the clear solution,which

shake
24

it every

hours

and

is called lime

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME
^^^

water

this

and

is the

281

common

mystic

of

name

milk.

Action.

Chemical

The

in the water

is calcium

through the

lime

breath

acts

on

insoluble

white

gives it

carbonate

sells it

the Fun

For

tell which

the

water.

"

whom

you

girlsare
ordinary water

You

must

want

water;

forms

limestone.

as

and

this

verily look

like

man
the milk-

unto

woe

By pretendingyou

Thing.

boys and which

lime

see

make

to

then

to

who

and

as

everybody
change

of clear

many

that those

course,

are

the

in love

given

are

and

blow

can

around

in love hand

it,of

believe

have

sign that those

sure

but

and

your

such.

as

of

several glassesof

the lime

is white

in

solution

doth

that

blow

dissolve in the

not

in the

suspended

the lactic fluid which

who

does

hme

you

dioxide

hydroxide
powder commonly known

opalescenthue

an

carbon

the

when

calcium

the

it remains

water

first place the

the

hydroxide and

water

the calcium

Since

In

"

it is

into

water

milk

in love.

are

The

Magic

bottle, or

empty

an

cork

Fountain."

with

two

The

Florence

Effect.
"

then

flask, and

push

of the bottle.

in it into the mouth

holes

show

You

end
push a glass tube having a nozzle on one
through one of the holes in the cork until the nozzle
nearly touches the bottom of the bottle.
Next

Through
dropper, or
tube
116

the other
fountain

down
project's
You

can

buy it in

hole
pen

into
a

drug

in the cork
filler.
bowl
store

The

push
end

medicine

of

containingwater
already

to

use.

the

long

which

282
have

you

FOR

HANDICRAFT
colored

blue

^^'^

you

can

copper sulphate or

dissolvingin

it

arrangement

of

BOYS

either with
make

indigo

or

violet

beautiful

the

apparatus is shown

at

by

The

little potassium permanganate.

with

in

Fig.

119.

FJU7SK

TUBE
GL/7SS
NOZZLE
WITH

HOLE

TWO

'RUBBER

STOPPER

NEP/C/NE
PROPPER

GLfiSSDISH

Fig. II9A.

Now

when

you

MYSTIC

THE

squeeze

the

FOUNTAIN

bulb

of

the

medicine

and
rushes
the tube
dropper the colored water
up
squirts out of the nozzle into a pretty fountain until
the

flask is
The

117

Any

nearly

Cause.
kind

"

of

full.

Instead
colored

of the bottle

water

will do

being empty

for this

experiment.

as

HANDICRAFT

284

table salt ; put

mon

flask you
with

tube

to filland

piece of

this tube and

connect

rubber

ence
into the Flor-

down

straighttube

want

BOYS

FOR

tube

shown

is also

as

the

atB.

The

funnel,

the

The
dish

of

described

When

in diameter

shake

touch

reach
will

take

by

The

hydrogen

compound
bubble

with

and

gas

is

flame

it fires the

necessary

bubbles

The

"

which

the

combine

bubbles

Show

with

the

3 inches

size of about

will rise

they

slowly

Before

sharp report like

that

are

oxygen

gas

filled with
and

when

mixture

these

two

they form a very explosive

called detonating gas.
is brought close enough to the

simply mixed

are

When

"

revolver.

Cause.

gases

bottle

they get out of

long lightedtaper and they

air.

the

them

on

explode viciouslywith

made

Effect.

The

blow

off and

them

gracefully in

and

the

the

below.

bubbles

the

then

and

and

gas.

"

soap-suds

tube

of

mouth

the

down

salt is all gone

nozzle

long

the

apparatus

of

the

hydrogen chloride
Vicious
Soap Bubbles.

filled with

until the

it,into

in

dropper

time

with

fit the cork

medicine

sulphuricacid

up, pour

little at

very

then

and

set

apparatus

gases

in

they explode and

it, and

chemicallyto form zvater.

to do this experiment with

The

apparatus

is shown

in

Fig.

120.

It consists

(2)

an

The

oxygen

of

(i)

gas

hydrogen

gas

generator and

generator.

hydrogen bottle

or

flask

is fitted with

two

stopper through which

hole
L

an

and
is

shown

another
The
hole

in

in the fountain

Fig. 119.

stopper which
in

the L tube

to

the other end

of which

has

is fitted with

flask

or

tube

an

OXYGEN

to the L

.\

^BURNER

K^^

^DROGEN

it
is

free

/.S'
\

.BERTUBE

-^

\\

^BUNSEN

tube

in the

tubing and

^_^_LTUBE

RUBBER

single

running through

Connected

Fig. 119.

length of rubber

fi^xed another

and

experiment

Connected

tubing into

bottle

oxygen

at

glass funnel

is fitted.

tube

shown

as

at

length of rubber

runs

just as described

tube

285

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME

W/fX7^R^
o

GENER/JTOR

iri/BESCEME/^T-

EDW/mSEW/YCmy

^DISHOF
SOAPSUDS
Fig.

end

120.

of this is fixed another

place the
them

tube

two

short

together with

rubber

tube

is forced

soap

shorter

and

tubes

side

the

over

by

tube.

side

sealing wax.
on

bubbles

and

Now
cement

long length of
of

ends

the

double

free end
and, finally,
a clay pipe is fitted into the

of the rubber

tube, all of which

Set the bottles

in

VICIOUS

THE

the

hydrogen

or

flasks

bottle

far apart

as

put

in

is shown

handful

as

of

Fig. 120.
possibleand
granulated

286

HANDICRAFT
Dilute

zinc.

the funnel

hydrochloric acid
the zinc when

on

generated

or

Put

handful

potassium chlorate

and

burner

under

When

the two

gases

in the

long

rubber

Caution.

The
both

the

hydrogen

of

parts of

dioxide,

bottle and

oxygen

it will

give
L

then

set

off oxygen.

tubes

they

mix

by the time they reach the

and

detonatinggas all right.

the
bring a flame anywhere near
further precaution wrap
thick
a

hydrogen

that

bubbles
the

as

around

towel

be set free,

manganese

leave the short

not

and

apparatus

part of

tube

Do

"

down

poured

mixture

it when

will have

claypipe you

is

hydrogen will

of

in the

finelypowdered,
Bunsen

^^^

it is called.

as

small

BOYS

FOR

flask.
rise in the air because

blown

are

the oxygen

and

lighterthan

are

the

air.

The

full of

is shown
4 inches

and

Wheel.

Uncanny

emptiness and

in diameter, with
inch

mounted

on

wire

so

"

then

the

to

that it can

Effect.

be

pitcher
wheel,

cardboard

buckets, or

glued

across
a

The

"

cones

rim

and

inch

high

which

is

revolved, is passed

for examination.

Placing the wheel

pitcherabove
wheel

will turn

water

on

at

in

The
11^

it.

it and
round

on

pour

the

out

just as

It is indeed

table you

hold

nothing on
though you

uncanny.

The

the

empty

it when
were

the

pouring

idea is shown

Fig. 121.
Cause.

If you

But

"

want

hydrochloric acid.

to

it is all canny

enough

buy dilute hydrochloric acid ask

when

you

for normal

EVENING

SOME

empty
gas

called

wheel

cardboard
the

latter

does

pushes

however, you

When,

the

air.

as

The

287

pitcheris apparently
have, forsooth, previously filled it with a
carbon
dioxide.
This gas is 1% times as

you

heavy

While

it is done.

how

know

ENTERTAINMENTS

not

in the air because

move

all parts of

on

the carbon

pour

it

equally.

dioxide

gas

on

CU'

PiTCHEfi

C/}RDBO/}RD
WHEEL

P/JPER

/1IXTURE0F

BUCKETS,

SUPRIC

FL/JSK,

OXIDE

/JND

C/fPBON

DELIVERY
TUBE
6UNSEN

BURNER

8
PITCHER

"^^
Fig.

it from
the

air

heavier
and

the

121.

the wheel
Make

dry bottle

and

poured

than

is heavier

(the gas)

if you

them

makes

water

on

them;

revolves.

Carbon
or

it

WHEEL

little buckets

just as surelyas
to

UNCANNY

THE

pitcher,since

it fills the

hence

How

HOWTHEUNC/INNY
IS M/POE
WHEEL

flask

Dioxide
of

the

Gas.
kind

"

Take
shown

in

fectly
perthe

fountain experiment; fit it with a singlehole stopper

and push a glass tube through it until it nearly touches
the bottom

as

picturedat

B.

288

HANDICRAFT

Set the bottle at

equal

cupricoxide)
minutes

wood

burner
the

longer;
dioxide

carbon

mixture

charcoal.
it

until

is

(that

this mixture

Heat

glows and

will then

bottle

in it of

oxide

copper

for

few

full of

be

glasspitcherand put

it to

keep the air away

ready to perform the uncanny
A
Giving a Travelogue.

over

the

gas.

it into

Pour

BOYS

put

powdered

and

Bunsen

over

slant and

of

amounts

FOR

from

sheet of

it until

glass
are

you

experiment.

travelogue is simply a
country, illustrated with pictures
"

talk
of

travel,or

on

on

kind.

some

give a

be able to

To

that

country

going

are

you

have

must

you

neither, it does

done

talk does

travel

to

not

traveled

but

tell about
that

mean

if you

have

read

must

you

in the

been

or

essarily
nec-

mean

up

it.

on

country
then

over

it

outline

yourself,but
there

Now

talk

read

on,

of

whatever

on

carefully,

them

just as though

this must

four

are

books

good

had

you

gone

conform

course

to

get.

can

series of

choice

to
route

picturesyou

show

several

get

intend

you

and

the

this

do

To

methods

pictures and
the amount

according to

can

you

follow

can

you

of money

make
you

to

your
want

to

invest in it

(i)
dozen
them
around

The
or

expensiveway is to cut a
pictures out of magazines, arrange

first and

twenty

least

according to

your

As

you

them.

route

and

describe

build

each

up

your

place pass

talk
the

EVENING

SOME

ENTERTAINMENTS

which
pictures,
each

to

turn

(2)
the

should

is to get

better way
the
^^^

stereoscope

country

and

Each

different

through
when

the

lenses

in three
the

stereoscope

one

person

far

(3)
schemes

look

can

is to

the

chapter called

can

show

any

kind

Some
of

and

on

from

view

blend

The

slightly

into

looks

image

one

clear

and

parently
ap-

of

only drawback

travel

pictureat

formed

observer

wonderfully

talk is that

only

time.

plan than either of the above

^^^
in
described
as
reflectoscope

better
make

the

they

aid to
at

talk

made

when

out

an

to

present.

scene

dimensions.

as

stereographsof

pictureis called,is

them

at

are

person

same

stands

scene

in

of

pictureshowing the

the

and

viewpoints
the

the

each

to

stereograph,as
picturesof the

of two

cardboard,

on

set

you

pass

the instrument

and

mounted

present.

person

trip or

be

289

Kinks

in

picturein

You

Photography.
a

if
reflectoscope

it is

inches but picturepostcardsare

larger than 3x5
especiallygood to use for a travelogue or a talk of
thrown
a
on
any kind and they show
up nicelywhen
not

with

screen

reflectoscope.

(4) Finallyeither make,

it,buy, a magic lantern ^^^
119

stereoscope

Underwood
Roebuck

and

and

the

Underwood,

or

better,if you

that

will take

afford

can

the

regular

be bought
can
stereograms
Fifth
New
York, or
Ave.,
417

from

Sears,

Co., Chicago, 111.

120
You
of the Busch
and Lomb
Optical Company,
buy one
can
and
for it
Rochester, New
York,
can
get post-card views
you
of the Post-Card
York.
New
Store, 946 Broadway,

magic lanterns and slides address

York.
Co., 131 East 23rd Street, New
121

For

and

the

Charles

Beseler

slides,namely,

full size lantern

of

Sets

slides

lantern

BOYS

FOR

HANDICRAFT

290

^^^

for

3%

4%

inches square.
talks

traveloguesor

on

subjectcan be rented cheaply and in these days of

the screen
throw
on
a picture
can
cheap electricity
you
so
big and bright and real that your offeringis bound

any

to be

success.

Soiree.

Electrical

An

Experiments

"

always interestingto all

are

that have

for of all the powers

it is the least

however

electricity

in

by

harnessed

been

old,

or

young

man

yet the effects produced by

tangibleand

spectacular.
there are
Now
some
very extraordinary effects that
^^^
do not
which
with static electricity
show
can
you
require apparatus of any kind as you will presently
will make
but if you
or
buy a /'^inch induction
see,
coil ^^*
ments
can
perform a series of classic experiyou
that will create
sion
a profound and
lastingimpresit

the most

are

all who

on

them.

see

Electricity Without

Demonstrating
Did

"

and

without
electricity

Well

dark

in the winter

room

this is

one

way
need

apparatus though you

"

Sets

122

Co.,
123

lantern

of

make

to
a

cat

^^^

Many

and

Complete

found
125

can

be

rented

make

can

of the

Charles

lot

Beseler

York
City.
23rd Street, New
in
static electricitywill be found
with
experiments
of Electricityby the present author and published by

Appleton
124

slides

you

East

131

Book

The

But

Papers,
Electrified

The

be

in

cat

do it with.

to

D.

sparks fly?

the

see

rub

ever

you

Apparatus.

in
cat

Co.

instructions

The
is not

for

making

of Electricity.
but only
apparatus

an

induction

coil will also

Book

kitten

growed

up.

HANDICRAFT

292
How

to

that

Person

will

your

make

is without

that

"

Electrify a

girlsgiggle when

school

strikes

This

"

is

above

as

gathering giggle just

real

except that the idea

bones.

then

and

and

them
his

cheek
them

or

her

of

each

cheek.

Put

drawn

interest

their

this

time

and

hold

them

free

ends

of

other.

If

repeleach
the

there
two

hence

they
other
is

steel
Since

the

tell

get

the

in

periment
ex-

just the

together by

the

fly

other.

positively

are

signs,they repel each

In

same.

the

across

either
the

would

it shows

case

space

between

paper.

two

or

magnet

"negativelyelectrified.

will

papers

paper

like

acting

force

paper

of

strips of

negatively electrified they

Experiments

dry battery of

128

strips of

are

were

stripsof

Making

common

both

is, since

electrified and

will

Electrify two

"

repel each
apart for like signs of electricity
That

the

and

This

club.

same

stick
on

paper
at

tween
be-

and

to

shown

as

one's

some

attraction

electrified

an

paper
news-

least.

Instantly the

ends.

to

mutual

lessen

not

it close

will be

Repels Like.

Like

newspaper

the

to

it will

be

present

person

in the
How

will
paper

they belong

laugh but

hold

the

as

tintypestaken

their

have

reason

funny

face; instantlythere

that

ment
experi-

an

perform this experiment electrifya stripof

To

to

}^^

they

any

their mental

BOYS

FOR

is

With
three
and

Apparatus.

electric

cells,an
an

"

electromagnet,

positivelyelectrified

the

person

With

bell, a
all
must

of
be

which
so,

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME

demonstration, and

hour's

^^^

buy

or

entertainment

provide

can

you

easilymake

can

you

293
dollar

thought

or

for

enough
for

food

for

an

last

to

year.

Induction,

The

is
but

for

apparatus

an

Spark Coil.

or

changing

direct

from

large quantity current

low

pressure,

battery

coil

induction

An

"

into

an

alternatinghigh pressure but small quantity current,

which
electricity.
is called high tension,or high potential,
With

coil you

induction

an

of wonderful

experiments such
beautiful

brilliant and

in gases,
small

^^^

electric motor

tubes, which

that

so

they

produce

electric discharge

By fixing these

etc., etc.

of

streaks

showing the

colors

number

any

miniature

as

Geissler

lightning,lighting up

make

can

tubes
be

can

to

revolved

passing through
them, the eflfectsare further heightened.
Demonstrating Wireless Telegraphy. All you have
while

the

high

tension

is

current

"

to

do to make
that

of brass
wire

to

wall

near

with

129

the
wire
L.

Manhattan

on

the

of them

one

coil into

wireless

is,the sending apparatus, is to put

balls

The

induction

your

the

the other

and

ceilingand

which
E.

points of
then
in

ends

couple

spark-gap, fasten
end

connect

small

mitter,
trans-

to

nail in the

the

sheet

other

of

one

brass

or

Apparatus
Co., Boston, Mass., and The
New
York, sell all these
Row,
Co., Park

Knott

Electric

things.
130

small

electric motor

in electrical

supplies

Park

New

Row,

or

York.

of

can

be

bought for $i.oo of

the Manhattan

Electrical

any

dealer

Supply Co.,

HANDICRAFT

294

that

copper

rests

FOR
the

on

floor

BOYS
shown

as

in

at

Fig.

123.
To

make

send

(b)

on

receiver

relay, (c)
can

that will tap out

transmitter,you

your

You

make

the

of the apparatus

"

an

signalsyou

will need

(a) a coherer,
electric hell and
(d) a dry cell.
coherer
but the other three pieces

you

M"T/fl

the

had

better

buy.

PLmE

"WIRE

3P/fRK

G/IP

^REL/)Y
INDUCT/ON

CO/L

0:

B/1TTER.Y
MEr/lLPLff7t\

B/rriERY

v^UYING
THE

Fig.

1 I ONFLOOR.

TRANSMITTER
123.

SIMPLE

WIRELESS

4
DEMONSTRATION

SET

pieceof brass rod % inch

in diameter
and 1% inches long, file the ends off even
and
slipthem through the holes in the binding post.
Put
into a piece of
a
pinch of nickel and silver filings
glasstubing about an inch long and push the ends of
the rod into the tube with
the filings
them.
between
Screw
the rods into a couple of binding posts set 2
the coherer

For

inches

apart

on

cut

block

off

as

shown

at

and

your

coherer

is done.
Connect

up

the

coherer, relay,tapper and

dry cell

board

on

fasten
a

nail

shown

as

wire

to

to

the

in

at

C;

of the coherer

and

to

wire

small sheet of brass

295

wiring diagram

of the rods

one

ceiHng; fix

the

near

and

rod

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME

or

coherer

the other

to

which

copper

rests

the floor.

on

B
C^^^

PLUG

J^FiL

to /)"R//JL

DkP'-'^^
_R"

I NO

TOORYCELL
Fig.

TO/$EL/fY

section

CROSS

123B.

TOORQUf^D

the

of

its

showing

coherer

CONSTRUCTION

when

Now

is

which

which

of

side

one

on

the

press

you

is

the

on

key

the

of the sender,

button

or

the

room,

oppositeside

bell of

the

will

of the room,

wires

ring out a signal. The fact that there are no

connecting the sender with the receiver will
much

will find it

City.
Reading
P. T.

simply explained in

which

was

breaking
to

American

see

Fun.

with
their

necks

to

it,the great showman

people

love

sacred

whitewash,

to

be

pay

less
of Wire-

Book

York

and

white
a

elephant,

small

the

their

remarked

humbugged."

when

ago

years

less than

nor

more

deep but

rather

Co., New

Many

"

exhibitinga

nothing

elephant covered
coin

for

was

my

Appleton and

D.

Palms

Barnum

telegraphyis

wireless

theory of

published by

were

create

wonder.

The
you

ceiver,
re-

Indian

good

folks

hard-earned
that

And

"

the

they

HANDICRAFT

296
do.
a

palmistry is

Now

scale and

small

squint you

can't

of

First

FOR

for

find

kind

of mild

evening

an

anything

all there

BOYS

fun

beat

to

three

are

of

humbuggery

words

and

on

bunkum-

it.
that

are

con-

WO"S

'^ro^s'
THBN/JR
OR

Fig.

I24A.

the

parts

the

of

hand

named

to

according

SCIENCE

stantlyused

which

The

first is

you

you

will

must

know

how

surely show

palm, pronounced pom;

palmist,pronounced poV-mist, and the

ignorance.
is

art

correctly or

pronounce

second

in the

to

your
the
third

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME
is

palmistry,which

be

sure

to

While

is

say

is pronounced

them

nearly

poV -mis-try
;

now

right.
believes

one

every

in it in-so-far

nothing

297

it is

as

in

palmistry there

possibleto

read

per-

muNrs

i"

k\

lii
K

LINEflCi
^

^
^

m
B

Fig. I24B.

son's

is not

PARTS

character

it; but
hand

THE

there

you

in

afe

OF

or

are

HAND

THE

to

divine

ACCORDING

one's

future

things

some

reading

good health

NAMED

and

and

you

these

whether

are

can

PALMISTRY

TO

by

tell from

if its

owner

the brain

of

means

that

the
is

or

goes

298

HANDICRAFT
it is

with

mechanically

Further
from

supposed

the

be

to

and

temper
foibles

and

man

or

reading

and

temperament

peculiarities. In

fact

Sherlock

of the person

Holmes,
limited

means

Read

to

should

you

these

learn

the

human

hand

the

scientific
stock

The

before

of

of

knowledge
of

names

the

and

these

by

palmists.

eminences

are

at

planets of the solar

the

that

palmist
these
To

they

it goes

all down

find

out

without

it is

by

alone.

of

the

hand.

and

system,

saying

of

; these

24

of

for

that

are

the
To

you

the

terms

observe

these

to

by heart.

the

are

are

greatly

very

down

inter-related.

were

la

parts

mounts

will

You

mounts

palms and

the

Fig

add

the

used

called

in

and

shown

are

of

lines

and

the

things which

read

get them

to

of

hand

different

will

you

his

corresponding parts

at

and

names

or

much

the

to

her

or

her

very

two

mounts

the

shown

given

are

the

his

whole, and

are

begin

you

names

are

There

"

given and

names

as

are

you

palmistry

deduction,

(2) the lines and

hand, and

your

in

the

investigationof

an

Palms.

(i) the

are

The

to

study

hand

about

also

but
of the

mannerisms
whose

perament.
tem-

hand

the

good deal about

"

artistic

an

from

woman

How

is of

or

not

"

palmists is simply

no

BOYS

face, stature, carriage,and

girl or

or

inclined

gather

can

you

the

boy

FOR

hand
that

the

that

after

named
ancients

get

by

must

posed
supas

have

pat.
what

kind

of

health

the

subject is

in,

HANDICRAFT

300

the line of fortune

Apollo, as
to

talk at

or

she has

that he

length on;
had

the

is

called,is

be, live in New

may

living in the country

and

the

everybody

live

anywhere

is in

he

to

wants

don't

and

"

if

already

the

except

for

"

place

you'lllive happily

say

after."

ever

Since

will

folks

convince

to

try

foolishlybelieve

them

to the

in it, when

nothing
them

Just

two

and

play palmist

you

these

mighty

ladies do not

connubial

the

be

only

doing

loud

careful

snitch

before

that the

latter

singlegirlsand
so

former

are

(whatever
felicity

the

palms of each one

whole
gathering, and

the

rings and

the

istry
ignoble art of palm-

the

read

(i)

are

thinking that

that

is

there

tell them

will then

you

pointerson

more

present right out

be

palmistrydon't

real service.

(2)

in

contrary, but while

nice, pleasant things and

the

of

he

handsome

about

way

"

forgetto

York

other

one

will follow;

pretty girl,or

good

subjectthat

luck, but that fortune

had

case

BOYS

tell every

can

you

will marry

she

or

as

man

FOR

lead you

are

living in

the

Steam

into the trap

enjoying
^'^^

state

married

that may

^^^
territory

state

be)

of
and

of

single

your

final

blessedness.
A

Talk

on

evening entertainment
and

steam

You

134

one

give

"

For

thumb-nail

lecture

on

steam-engine.

will find every

it is

133

the

Engine.

one

of the great

Probably Utah.
Most
likely Arizona.

is interested

prime

movers

in steam

cause
be-

but there

are

EVENING

SOME
few

very

people

who

indeed

have

301
idea of how

any

engine works.

steam

If you
and

will do

the
the

know,

when

steam

engine
how

you

of it is not
how
To

the

and

why

engine

that

entirelyof

by steam,^^^

runs

wood

and

power

but

I shall tell

the purpose
to

show

actly
ex-

inside

the
saw

this may

be

done

the

cylinderand
split-down the middle
lengthwise so
the
of them
be clearlyseen
and
can
functions of the pistonand the slide

are

in these

it is to

parts will be clear.

cylinder first

and

disks

of

out

two

"

the

easiest

wood

for

to

way
the

do

cylinder

94 inch thick stuff,4% inches in diameter and

of them
/^e inch hole through the center
of one

heads

bore

that

and

Make

so

it works.

movements

valve

The

model

actuallyto produce

chest

that

engine

steam

develops power.
"

not

on

listeners, they will

your

Engine.

almost

the end

steam

and

runs

build is

made

one

of

talk

can

you

through, exactly how

the Model
to

of
principles
age

are

you

Making

I tell you,

exactly as

demonstrate

that, whatever

but

ENTERTAINMENTS

of
a

for the

pistonto slide through, as shown at A, C and

F in Fig. 125.
Turn, or whittle out a piece of wood
for the stuffinghox,'^^^i inch in diameter
and V^ inch
long, and bore a %6 inch hole through the center of it
How

1"-^

to

build

model

engines and all other kinds is

Engine Building for Boys, published

steam

book
explained in my
new
and
by Small, Maynard
Co., Boston,
136

in the
and

box
stuffing"

cylinder and

the

slide valve

on

steam

rod.

real
chest

steam

from

Mass.

engine

is to

keep

the

steam

leaking past the piston rod

302

and

the holes
Next

4%

outside

in diameter
from

the short
The

6 inches

and

have

edges

shown

as

piston rod.

The

it in the center.

cut

%
and

deep
C.

the

Put

piston
smear

hole

thick

rod

in the

wood

chest,
one

of

rod

to

wood
inch

go

inch

end

chest is next

in

pieces are
at

drill

is

in

hole
or

it

inch

an

shown

as

fit it into

for it

at

of

heads
in
for

whittle

out,

square;

the

the
the

the

%6 inch

use

inches

stuffingbox % an inch in
long, bore a % inch hole through

for the

and

it and

B, and

inch

12

pieces 2
the

piece of
inches
long;
a

cylinder,slip the
the cylinder headv

order;

for
and

the

the

through

hole

simply

wide

of

four

through. Turn,

of

of wood

disk

inch

through

of

inside

out

piston and
a

and

hole

the

saw

inch

hole

shown
them

the

and

these
as

M.6

piston
through

steam

of

two

glue on
piston.

some

The

bore

bore

diameter

end

one

inch

an

each

from

inch

out

piston rod

in

inch

an

slot in

and

in diameter

3 inches

hole %

list is the

piston,saw

the

For

of

D.

at

the

on

two

and

rings

out

cut

of each

the center

the

of

tin, a piece 5%
holes V2 an inch

of

long ; cut

make

inside

the

Now

better

or

long edges

thing

next

wood

one

glue

F.

and

at

that

so

inch thick wood,

cylinderheads.

and

of the

one

shown

and

C,

head

cyhnder

and

thin cardboard,

wide

inches

303

in diameter

see

of the

end

of

sheet

inches

in diameter,

each

to

the

exactlyin a line as
out two
rings of %

are
saw

inches

of

the center

it to

glue

the

ENTERTAINMENTS

EVENING

SOME

steam

center

of

slide valve
a

piece of

diameter
the center

and

of

HANDICRAFT

304
it and

it to

glue

that has

the

the hole
two

holes

inch

square

two

chest

heads.

wood,

of

or

//VT/PAr"

inches

rQ

A, C and

at

of

out

square

F.

the other

and

make

cardboard

chest head

steam

glue these to the steam

a
trough of -54 inch thick
tin, 1% inches square, out-

blocks

sr"/?n

the

shown

as

i%

Now

of

center

in it

Saw

BOYS

FOR

or

CHEST

SUPPORT

STEfinCHESr

rh!^

HE/fD

T^h
B/fC/c

POf?r

CYU/VDEP
HE/iP
SLiDEVniYl
CONNECTING
,

\j^O PIVOT-

EDHEfSE^
V
.

B/fSE

BO/?RD

^//zBlock

BLOCK

WHEEL

FL Y
GOES

CONNECTINeROO^.f^^;!

"'/z

GOES

Fig.

125B.

END

VIEW

of

the
THE

engine,

2%

side measurement,

and

sides of

chest;

Bore

the steam
a

trough ; this
through
the

steam

inch

which

inches

at

in the center

flows

three

of the bottom

CRANK

SHAFT.

".

long; this is for the

shown

as

the steam
Bore

THE

H/P/VDLE

HERE

ARM

hole is for the intake

chest.

in the middle

hole

d.

ROCKER

-/*-

HEeE

of

and

F.

the top of the

port, that is the

from

-J^inch
of the

ing
open-

the boiler into

holes

trough

in
as

line

is also

305

3o6

HANDICRAFT

shown

at

and

F.

the ports to

are

of

ends

The

the

and

long

as

that

the

only

it will

high,

the

of

out

ends

the

posite
op-

hole, or

central

of

one

the

at

the

on

at

the

bottom; the
E, is

and

cut

cylinder ports

time

same

i/4 inch

wide, and

long

will observe
cover

Vs inch thick wood

vise

inch

inches

port

side

one

inch

you

exhaust

slide-valve ;

and

top

on

bottom,
so

it %

make

into and

cylinder,and

the

nearest

port C.

the

make

BOYS

holes

two

let the steam

port, is the exhaust

Next

FOR

and

need

you

out

and

put

it.

on

slide valve

% inch in
piece of wood
diameter
and 11% inches long. Whittle
or
plane one
end
flat and
drill a %
inch hole through it. This
done, set the slide valve in the steam
chest; slipthe
slide valve rod through the head
and
glue it to the
The

is

rod

slide valve.
Now
an

make

inch

long

four

tubes

in diameter, and

and

formed

the other
all of them

cut

lengthwise;the
they are hollow.
When

of

fix, one

or

the

chest

exhaust

glue,or

the

fix the two

out

of

ones

other

done

steam
a

chest and

guide

block

wide

intake

one

into

of the steam
into the

the holes

for

the

have

of each

out

is to

tin

inches

you

show

that

otherwise

glue, or

the

short

long tubes

1%

long; when
which

into

or

of them

stripY2 inch

port in the bottom

ports, of the
Saw

cardboard

two

the tubes

short

and

have

purpose

have

you

pipesof

3 inches

two

one

steam

or

port of the
the

middle,

chest; then
end

in the

piston rod

holes,

or

cylinders.
to

slide

3o8

HANDICRAFT

FOR

BOYS

will fit easilyinto the slot in the end

and

drill

centers

crankshaft

thick wire

eccentric

Saw

rod

force

out

it

slipthe

of

made

on

The

of the

forming

back

of

the base.

inch

wide

in

place by
This

the top,

high;

drill

exactly 2^4 inches

the end

over

is thus

the

to

ever,
bent, how-

in the end

of

the

it.

on

8 inches

the crankshaft

block

real

board

inch

of the crankshaft

supported
engine,but the
inch

line
to

of

be

the

to

thick, i
and

top of it

in the

next

end

the bottom

at

base

then

crank.

an

hole

and
;

screwed

is

inches wide

the

must

from

the other

on

of the crankshaft

is held

inches

be bent

it to form

bend

and

end

at

inch

thick wood,

inch

in

rear

piece of %

the crank

pillow block just as it is

their

must

connecting rod

wire

front end

that

so

Vs inch hole through its center

the wire

over

end

bend

flywheelof %

the crankshaft

end

pistonrod

apart.

long which

then

and

diameter, drill

by

each

inches

be

can

inches

13

in

at D; before it
shape shown
slipthe wire through the hole

exact

in

hole

precisely8%

are

The

inch

of the

slip this
the connecting
and

rod.

The

last
the

mount

thing

it is built up

wide

inch

from
the

one

wide

inches
and

end

back

of

is to

set

to

on;

an

inch

base

sort

to

of

in

from

one

Saw

corner,

slot in it
2

inches

the side ; this is for

in.
it

an

% inch thick,6 inches

board

long

make

this is

long for the base.

9 inches

and

fly-wheelto

Screw

done

parts of the engine

shelf and
and

be

to

inch thick, 10

inches wide

309

HANDICRAFT

310

3 inches

and

necessary

glue
the

four

the

from

the base-board, then

glue

and

the hole

clears the

it is all done
How

all is in

sides

the

of

flywheel around

small electric motor

slide valve opens
other

clear

chest to

with

2%

inches

first one

from

the

that the

the

pipe, when

in

pillow

flywheel
Then

base-board.

"

your

Now

if you

hand,
will

or

will

turn

better, belt

port in the cylinderand

the port is open

used

steam

then

which

passes

the

exactly how

see

from
the
flow
to
path for the steam
the other port is connected
the cylinder,

exhaust

the

crankshaft

it into

of

up

like F.

it,you

to

the

line and

look

that when

and

end

Works.

Engine

of

slot in the

the
will

and

board

end

one

other

slipthe

that

see

put

the

board, and

the base-board.

to

arm

base; the

the

to

exactly 16^^ inches

base-board

cylinderhead

block;

block

the back

to

for the rocker

it

it is

% inch hole in the back

the

front

open

assemble

as

guide

block

guide

rod

pivot block
Drill

cylinderto

piston rod

the

slide valve

be

put the engine together,or

screw

the

this must

of the base-board.

called,screw

the

can

legs

corners

To

or

perfectlyrigid and if
brace it with angle blocks.
Finally
inch square
and
2V2 inches long on

long;

you

BOYS

FOR

gives
steam
to

into

the
the

air.

When

give your
being to

you

know

last
say

it you

all aoout

evening divertisement

Good-by.
THE

END

are

and

then

ready

for the

to

time

INDEX

etching on glass, 222

harp, 267
Alcohol
lamp, 52, 60, 209
Acid

Brass

Aeolian

How

make

to

Alloys

frost, 75
Stencils, 198-200
Bromide
photo paper,

dy
66, 68, 93
Pewter,
Solders, 66, ^2
metal, 66, 68
Type
Useful, 67
Aluminum,
67
Arkansas
carving tool slip, 46
of
Art
working
glass, 202
Auger
bits, carpenter's
6, 13
Brass,

Automobile

truck,

make

to

dull, 74

To

52

an,

continued.

"

To

Bunsen

burner,

Burning
196

brand,

making,
Calipers, spring,
Cameras,
135-140

Camouflage
Candle

228

make

to

a,

1-23

62

57,

photographs,

shade,

pierced
how

154

brass, 91
make

to

87

repousse,

Carbon

142
209

how

Cabinet

Candlestick,

an,

60,

dioxide

how

gas,

to

make,

Badges,
Barnum,

how

to

P.

T.,

Bellows

for

Bench,

make,

Carbon

Carborundum

295

blow

how

192-196

pipe,
make

to

Cards

217
a

penter's,
car-

iron

work,

Venetian

Bismuth,
Blow

Venetian.

bent

iron

See

for

glass

blowing,

214

Blue

prints,

Bluing

to

make,

131

steel, 74

Brass,

Caricature

glass,
and

How

to

sharpen,

How

to

use,

Miter

"

Book

of

Oil

"

Book

of

Brass,
How

To

and

Electricity," 290
Wireless," 295
bits, carpenter's,

Nail

6,

11

4,

12,

8-12

glue, 7,

il

6,

set,
can,

2,

10

7
4,

Rule, 6, 10
Saws, 2, 8
Screw
drivers, 6
Screws, 6, 10, 11

6, 9

67
to

box,

Planes,

blue, 74

color, 74
311

155

bits, 6,

auger

4,

rivets, y2
Bookbinding,
179-181

Brace

and

Mallet,

203

d^

stone,

tools:

Chisels,
Gimlets,
Gouges,
Hammer,

Liquid

74

Bohemian
Bolts

how

123

printing, 175
photographs,

for

Brace

work

95

pipe

oil

Carpenter's

20.

Bent

287
impressions,

13

INDEX

312
Carpenter's tools
To

etch

To

remove

name

your

14

oil-stone, 7
bench,

Washita

Carpenter's work
to

make

chest, 22
Carpentry work, 1-23
Woods
for, 15-17
Cartoons, 275-278
Carver's

Carving
Carving

room,

Dead

black

For

46

Die

glass, 224

294

a,

Colored

glass, 203
metals, 73, 74, 81 ;
Coloring
wood, 54
Colors, printing in, 174; stencil,
201

lathe,

turning

wood
for

drawing,

stand,

167;

use,

Cricket

to

make

189-191
scroll saw,

sawing,
iron

30

work,

dry plates,137

bromide

143

paper,

glass cutters,

Dividers

203

and,

Spring, 57, 61
For
drawing,
Disston

saws,

Perspective, 108
to find vanishing point,

How

109-111

How
to shade, 11 1
Isometric
perspective
118

Plain
With

ellipse,121
a
pantagraph,

30

Cutting pliers,57, 60

121

Cartoons, 275
:

carpentry

stick,

For

metal

Isometric
and

ellipse,

Circle, 119
Spiral, 120

For

132

112

Drawing :
Free-hand, 103
Life models, 104
Still life,104, 107
Human
figure, 105-108

Tracings
how

bent

for

Working,

printing,photo,

Copper, 66
Copygraph,

scroll

112

162-169
Contact

for

Drawings

37

Compasses
Composing

trace

57, 62

punch, machinist's,57, 61
Chase, putting type in use, 170
Chemistry, 280
to make
a tool,22
Chest, how
Chimes, Cathedral, 265
Chip carving, 47
Chisels, 4, 9
to draw
Circle, how
a, 119
Clamps, carpenter's, 6; wood
carver's, 46
Cleaning metals, 89
Coaster, to make
a, 231
Coins, musical, 253

Companion

to

sinking, 192, 193

Dies, screw
cutting taps

Cellulose, 176

make

how

wood,

Venetian

for

24, 44-51

Cathedral

to

in a, 53

96

Diamond

Coherer,

burn

to

on

Developer

93, 97
chimes, 268

for

128

stencils,199-201

a, 29

Casting pewter,

Cement
Center

iron, a, 81

for

Decorative
Design, how

Designs

oil stone,
washita
tool slip,46

wood,

a,

136

Dark

Design

Tool

make

to

243

Decalcomania,
how

20

a,

Sambo,

Dancing

14

on,

from,

rust

Try-square,

continued.

"

work,

19

work, 68
in

perspective,116
of,

124

Drawing board,
Reflecting, 123

113

Drawing

paper,

Drawing

tools, 112,

113
113

INDEX
Drill attachment

for scroll saw,

313
Files:

for

stock, 57, 60
Twist, 28
Drills,Morse
twist, 57, 61
"

Dry

plates,136, 137
For
lantern slides,151

Flint glass,203

Easel, how

to make
an, 276
stain for wood, 55

Ebony
Egg boiler,Venetian iron, 79
Egyptian rebec, 269
Electrical evening, an, 290

experiments, 292
:
Electricity
Demonstrating without
Static,291

person,
to

how
draw

to, 292
an,

Fumed

oak, 55

Glass

paratus,
ap-

Induction or spark coil, 292

Electrified papers,
290

118,

Cartoons,

276

Chemistry, 280
Travelogue, 287
Electricity,290
Wireless
telegraphy, 293
Palmistry, 295
Steam
engine, 300
Etching glass, 219, 222
to make
Etching tool,how

of

How
To

your

name

on

tools, 14

Excelsior

printing presses,
158
in chemistry, 280
In electricity,
290

Experiments

thermometer

Blow

pipe for, 214, 215

Bellows
for, 217
How
to etch, 219,

222

To

make

222

To

cement,

To

frost,224

Egyptian, 269

ground,
224

Substitutes for, 225

To
silver,226
Glass bulb, how
to blow

Glass

a, 215
cutters, 203, 204, 208
disks, how to cut, 208
edges, to finish off,206

Glass

nozzle, how

to

make,

Glass

tubing, how

to

cut, 207

Glass
Glass

To
To

bend, 209

To

seal, 211
pierce, 213

round

Glue, how
Glue

the

ends

scale.

to

to

of, 211

253

make

pot, how

212

and
make

use,
a,

11

11

Gold, printing in, 175

Goodyear Rubber
Co., 183
Goose, to make
a
life-like,241
Gouges, carpenter's, 4

Gravers,
Ground

an

202

cut, 203
drill holes in, 206

Graflex

Fahrenheit

11

to

join, 213
Glasses, musical,

52

ing
saw-

working, 202-226

made,

To
To

an,

Scroll

121
loi
Engraver's wax,
Engraving on metal, 99
Engraving tools, 99
Engine building for boys, 301
Enlarging apparatus, photo, 140
Entertainments, 274

soldering,71

sawing, See

Art
How

290

for

Fret

Gimlets, carpenter's,6,

Electrical

Electrify a
Ellipse, how

a,

134

Fluxes,

Fiddle,

28

sawyers,

machinists, 57, 62
Figure carving, 51
Finger and hand prints, 125
Fixing bath, how to make

Drill

Etching

scroll

For

33

camera,

140

99

glass,

to

make,

Gutenburg, Johanne,

157

222

INDEX

314
Hack

Jig sawing, See Scroll sawing

Job printing, 172
Joining, See Carpentry
wood,
Joints, edge and corner,

57, 60

saw,

carpenter's,2, 8

Hammers,
Scroll

29

sawyers,

Machinist's, 57, 60
Hand, parts of the human,

298
finger prints, 125
inlaid printing presses,

and

Hand
Hand
Hand

157
made

carpenter's,2
carpenter's, 6,
screws,

Hand

Justifying,169
Kodaks,

176

paper,

17

Metal, 70

saws,

Hand

scroll

table, 27

saw

scroll

for

Hardware

sawyerS;

how

make

to

Hieroglyphics, 202
Hydrogen chloride
make, 283

stick,

gas,

how

to

stone,

Printing, 173

188

Metals

How

64
color

to

black,

dead

81

bent, See

work, Venetian
Venetian

Isometric

bent

work

iron

ings,
draw-

perspective

ruled

Jeweler's saw
Saws, 60

153

gauge,

carvers,

64

uses,

solder, 71

to

Iron, 64
Tin, 64
Lead, 65
Zinc, 65

Copper, 66
Type-metal, 66, 68
Brass,

paper,

116

67

frame, 57

Bismuth,

95

work
Metal
:
Tools
for, 57-63

Drawing

Metal

46

carpenter's,6,

Aluminum, 67
Pewter, 68, 94

116

Ellipses, 118
Isometric

wood

for

Their
How

Iron:

2)7

science, 209

Metal, engraving, 99

pads for rubber stamps,

"Inventing for Boys," 119
Wrought,
Steel,64

photographs,

10

Ink

151

fountain, 281
make
to
lantern, how
and
operate, 148-150

Marking

191

stencils,200
rollers, 173

For
Ink

150,

turners,

use,

Magic
Magic

Markers

189

stamp,

copygraph,

For

and

Magic
Mallet, carpenter's,2
Machinist's
tools, See
tools
working

120

India, 113
rubber

wood

of

Ink:

For

make

Lead, 65, 93
Lead
glass, 203
Lead
pencils for drawing, 113
Lenses, photo, 140
vitae mallets, 46
Lignum

Magic
Imposing

to

slides, 139,
for

Lathe

Harp, the tubular, 258

Hectograph, See Copygraph
Hershel, Sir John, 153
Horse,

Lacquer, how
75
Lantern

10

Hand

Iron

139

plans for, 68

3i6

INDEX

conthmed
Printing
stand, 167
Composing
Imposing stone, 169
for press,
Chase
169
Making
ready, 172
Ink, 173
Ink
rollers, 174
In colors, 174
In gold, 175
Stock
supply, 175
See also Type

Sconce,

"

Printing

Screw
Screw

Woods
Scroll

worked,
Prints, photo,
for

Pulp

133

drawing,

113

Pyrography, 51-53
substances, 152

Radiographs,

152

photographs,

Radium

for

Rosin

Rubber

i
Crusoe,
fiddle bows,

stamps
to make

How

151

123

use,

183-

pads, 188

blast process,

219

Carpenter's, 2, 8,
Disston,
Hack, 57

Jeweler's,57, 60

12

Shellac

70

varnish, 96,

158

197

metal

work,

Metal

See

work, 70
Silhouettes, 126
Silvering glass, 226
Silver prints, photo, 133
Sketching, see Drawing
Snibs

Inks, 189
Rule, carpenter's,6, 10
for drawing, 112
Ruling pens
bits, 6
Russel
Jennings' auger
Rust
tools, removing, 14
on
Sand
Saw

27-29

Self-inking printingpresses,
Sharpening tools, 63

Skiagraphs,
273

and

Fleetwood, 2)3"
sawyer's tools,
Designs, 30
Hardware,
Z7
Seams
in metal
work,

Scroll

Sheet

188
Ink

30

Shears, tinner's,57, 60

Rag engine, 177

Reflecting drawing board,
Reflectoscope, 145-147
Repousse work, 84-88
Rivets and bolts, y2
Robinson

36

Lester, 32

paper,

Radioactive

use,

11

25

Cricket,

176
pipe, musical, 260

Push

Foot-power, 30-35

160

for

Protractors

to
saws

Hand,

157, 158
and
prices, 160

Sizes

drivers

Carpenter's, 6
Machinist's,60, 63
to drive,
Screws, how
Scroll sawing, 24-37
Designs for, 29, 30

Kinds,
How

iron, 82
and
dies,

57, 62

presses

Venetian

cutting taps

for

151

wood

carvers,

46

Soap bubbles, vicious, 284

Soiree, a, 274
Solder, 60, 66, 72
Soldering metals, 71
Spark coil,292
Spirit photographs, 153
Spinning coins, Virgil's theory
of, 254
to draw
Spiral, how
a, 120

Staining wood, 54, 55

Stanley planes, 4
Steam
engine, 300-310
Steel, 64
How

to

blue, 74
and
figures, 193

Letters
Glass cutters,

203

INDEX
Steel rule, machinist's,57, 61
Steel

machinist's,

square,

57, 61

Stencils,198-201
inks, how

Stencil

make,

to

200,

Triangle for drawing, 113

Trick
photography, 153
Try square,
carpenter's, 6
T
for drawing, 113
square
T

201

Stradivari, Antonio,

Swing,

make

to

Turning

270

tools

cutting,

Cases, 167
How

to

heit,
Fahren-

How

to

to

spinning coins, 254

How
See

screw

57, 62

scale,

Thermometer

65
Theory

of

Thumb

tacks,

make,

to

213

for

wood,

40

Type:
Styles of, 163-166

a, 235

dies,

and

tube, how

Tubaphone, the peculiar, 264

Turning lathe,scroll saw, 33
Turning wood, 24, 37, 41-43

Stereoscope, 289
Stereographs, 289
Stereoptican, 151

Taps

317

113

Tin, 65

set, 169

distribute, 173
clean, 173

also Printing
Type form, how to lock
Type-metal, 66

up,

171

Tin-foil, 65
snips, 57, 60, 6s

Turner's

Toaster,
Tomato

musical,

cans,

255

Toning photo prints, 133,

Tool
chest, how to make
Tools

134
a, 22

Venetian

bent

Carpenter's

Carpenter's,see
tools

Woodworking,

Wood

40

turning,
working,

Metal

holder, 81

to

horse,

Pony
Goose,

and

Dancing
Wireless

carvers,

holder, how

13
to

a,

carve

48

227

Wheelbarrow,

to

make

nifty,

233

Wireless

pup,

to

make

Wireless
Wireless

set, to

make

237

telegraphy,

Wood

241
243

245

to make, 124
Tracings, how
Transfer
pictures,128
Travelogue, giving a, 287

a, 245
a,

293

strating,
demon-

293

cart, 239

pup,

ters,
carpen-

46

slip stone,

Watch

231

Sambo,

for

oil-stone

Washita

truck, 228

Wheelbarrow,
Coaster, 231
Swing, 235

76

Washita

puzzle,

Policeman's

work,

For

make

Automobile

Vulcanizing rubber, 186, 187

Vise, carpenter's, 21
Wood
carver's, 46
Machinist's,60

84

Repousse work,
Engraving, 99
Drawing, 112
I'oys, how

work, 76-84

57-63
iron

bent

Venetian

iron

Toaster, 78
Egg boiler,79
Plate

Stick

wheel, 286

iron, 78

Venetian

Uncanny

How

to

turn, 41

Coloring and staining,54, 55

Wood
burning, 24
See also Pyrography
carver's
Wood
tools,44-46

3i8

INDEX

Wood

carving-,

Wood

filler,

Wood

24,

how

to

turning,
Lathe

for,

Tools,

40,

Woods

Work

44-51

make,

li

For

carpentry,
scroll

For

carving,

to

Isometric

See

15

sawing,

also

Woodworking

joints,
tools.
tools

make

plan,

115
116

perspective,
Drawings

36

17

See

a,

47

Xylophone,
Woodworking

make

18

carpentry,

How

41

For

drawings

For

37-40

to

20

Working

2"7

24,

how

bench,

penter's
Car-

Zinc,

65

curious,

263